Home

CheckSight user manual

1. vSetEnum hDev LvDevice GainAuto LvGainAuto Continuous switch digital gain to automatic mode since now th xtended checks omitted wSetEnu hDev LvDevice GainSelector LvGainSelector DigitalAll wSetEnu hDev LvDevice GainAuto LvGainAuto_ Continuous switch to automatic black level mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice BlackLevelSelector LvBlackLevelSelector All vvSetEnum hDev LvDevice BlackLevelAuto LvBlackLevelAuto Continuous switch the analog gain back to manual mode reading the newly adjusted value vSetEnum hDev LvDevice GainSelector LvGainSelector AnalogAll vSetEnum hDev LvDevice GainAuto LvGainAuto Off double FloatVal LvGetFloat hDev LvDevice Gain amp FloatVal m m GEN lt i gt CAM switch analog gain to automatic mode write enum GainSelector AnalogAl1l write enum GainAuto Continuous switch digital gain to automatic mode write enum GainSelector DigitalAll1 write enum GainAuto Continuous switch to automatic black level mode write enum BlackLevelSelector A11 write enum BlackLevelAuto Continuous switch the analog gain back to manual mode reading the newly adjusted value write enum GainSelector AnalogAl1 write enum GainAuto Off read float Gain When using automatic gain together with the automatic exposure feat
2. Acquisition Mode Continuous E Trigger Selector Frame Start Trigger Mode On Generate Software Trigger Trigger Source Line 1 Opto In Trigger Activation Rising Edge TriggerDelay 100 us Trigger Caching Cache Early Triggers Exposure Mode Timed Long Range Exposure Mode Off Exposure Time 1000 us Digital 1 0 Control E Line Selector Line 1 Opto In Line Mode Input Line Format TTL Figure 6 22 Example trigger configuration triggering over Linel optocoupler input activation on rising edge trigger delay 100 us 6 6 5 Frame rate The frame rate frequency of acquired image frames of course varies among camera models but it also depends on current settings in particular e Pixel clock sensor digitization clock e Area of interest AOI also known as partial scan e Binning decimation In triggered mode the actual frame rate obviously depends on the frequency of incoming triggers but it still cannot exceed the maximum defined by the current settings The maximum achievable frame rate in triggered mode is lower than in the free running mode because in free running mode the exposure of a new frame overlaps with readout of the previous one while in the triggered mode the two operations are sequential new trigger is not accepted while readout of the previous frame is still in progress When using the camera in the free running mode non triggered it is sometimes useful to decrease the frame rate from it s max
3. 6 9 2 2 Black level and pixel format Since the black level values are expressed in the digital number DN units the same value can have different meaning for different pixel format To reach the same effect higher black level value is needed for pixel formats with more bits per pixel To give an example a sensor pixel which would give value 10 in 8 bit pixel format would in 12 bit pixel format yield value around 160 Therefore also the black level value 10 DN in 8 bit pixel format has the same effect as 160 DN in 12 bit pixel format To keep the black level effect constant when changing the pixel format the camera readjusts the black level range and the value itself whenever a pixel format is changed 6 9 3 Automatic gain and black level Similarly as automatic exposure Section 6 6 2 1 Automatic exposure p 105 selected camera models offer also automatic gain and automatic black level operation modes The automatic gain algorithm observes the luminance of acquired images and attempts to keep it at constant level by compensating for any changes by adjusting the gain for subsequent frames To prevent flickering the adjustments are low pass fltered it may take several frames until the target luminance is restored again The automatic black level algorithm monitors the dark pixels ie the pixels out of the effective sensor area which are not exposed to illumination The value of the dark pixels is aver
4. LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle store current configuration in user set 1 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice UserSetSelector LvUserSetSelector UserSetl 1vvCmdExecute hDev LvDevice UserSetSave load and apply settings stored in user set 4 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice UserSetSelector LvUserSetSelector UserSet4 vvCmdExecute hDev LvDevice UserSetLoad load and apply factory default settings vSetEnum hDev LvDevice UserSetSelector LvUserSetSelector Default vvCmdExecute hDev LvDevice UserSetLoad use settings stored in user set 2 after during camera boot vSetEnum Mev LvDevice UserSetDefaultSelector LvUserSetDefaultSelector UserSet2 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 158 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control GEN lt i gt CAM store current configuration in user set 1 write enum UserSetSelector UserSet1 exec cmd UserSetSave load and apply settings stored in user set 4 write enum UserSetSelector UserSet4 exec _cmd UserSetLoad load and apply factory default settings write enum UserSetSelector Default exec cmd UserSetLoad use settings stored in user set 2 after during camera boot write enum UserSetDefaultSelector UserSet2 6 13 3 Software control of configuration sets Besides the camera controlled configuration handling the application might want to store reload the confi
5. c U LeutronVision Simplon El Be sure the specified folder has writable access for any application and is not protected by UAC a Leutron Vision 7 In the next step you can select the Simplon components to install Note that for testing the cameras the runtime components suffice However for programming with Simplon you need to make sure the Developer s tools are installed as well When finished with the selection click Install Ssmo S O O Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Install to start the installa Select the type of install Developer full i Or select the optional components you wish to install P Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 13 Vision CheckSight user manual Quick start 8 After starting the installation the selected components will be installed to your computer The installer will inform you about the progress 9 When completed the installer displays the final dialog Keep the default option Reboot now and click Finish After rebooting Simplon is ready to use 1 3 Testing the camera s The Simplon package contains the Simplon Explorer tool which allows to enumerate connect and configure camera s acquire images or generate sample source code for Simplon API It is a useful tool for testing both the Simplon and camera functionality 1 Start the tool from system menu Start gt Programs
6. 6 3 2 Runtime information Apart of the basic information the camera also provides various runtime status information Temperature The camera self diagnostics includes temperature measurement at various loca tions Currently reported measurements include temperature at the sensor board and at the main board Note that before reading the actual value it is necessary to first adjust the Temperature Selector to correct measurement point Up Time Current up time of the device time period elapsed since camera boot as integer value in milliseconds EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle read sensor temperature vSetEnum hDev LvDevice DeviceTemperatureSelector LvDeviceTemperatureSelector Sensor double FloatVal LvGetFloat hDev LvDevice DeviceTemperature amp FloatVal read main board temperature vSetEnum hDev LvDevice DeviceTemperatureSelector LvDeviceTemperatureSelector Mainboard LvGetFloat hDev LvDevice DeviceTemperature amp FloatVal read device uptime int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice LvDeviceUpTime amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM read sensor temperature write enum DeviceTemperatureSelector Sensor read float DeviceTemperature read main board temperature write enum DeviceTemperatureSelector Mainboard read float DeviceTemperature read device uptime read_int LvDeviceUpTime
7. 6 3 3 Resetting the camera It is possible to reset reboot the camera using the Reset Device command It is important to re member that after issuing the command the connection with the camera is lost immediately and Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 82 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control it needs to be re opened after it is booted again Any temporary camera settings will be lost the camera will start in the default settings note that the default startup settings of the camera are user configurable see Section 6 13 User sets saving loading camera configuration p 157 The camera also performs complete initialization procedure such as eg IP configuration when using DHCP it can boot with different IP address EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle reset the camera vCmdExecute hDev LvDevice DeviceReset GEN lt i gt CAM reset the camera exec_cmd DeviceReset 6 3 4 Pixel clock sensor digitization clock Pixel clock feature is a bit special since while it s typically a read only informative feature on certain camera models and firmware versions it might be configurable section Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 discusses other options to configure acquisition frame rate To access the pixel clock frequency through the Clock Frequency floating point feature it s first necessary to
8. Float hDev LvDevice BalanceRatio 1 0 Enum hDev LvDevice BalanceRatioSelector LvBalanceRatioSelector Blue LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice BalanceRatio 0 8 vse GEN lt i gt CAM select the white balance LUT mode write enum LvLUTMode BalanceWhite write enum BalanceRatioSelector Red write float BalanceRatio 1 2 write enum BalanceRatioSelector Green write float BalanceRatio 1 0 write enum BalanceRatioSelector Blue write float BalanceRatio 0 8 Besides the manual setting of the white balancing ratios the camera might compute them automatically based on an actually acquired image To instruct the camera to compute the new ratios switch the Automatic White Balance feature to Once the default value of this enumeration is Off As soon as switched to Once the camera will automatically evaluate the acquired image and compute new white balancing factor considering that the acquired image is color neutral i e suitable for white balance calibration When computed the Automatic White Balance will switch back to Off and the newly computed values will be available through Balance Ratio Selector Balance Ratio Of course the new values will immediately become effective When required the process should be repeated again EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle select the white balance LUT mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvLUTMode LvLU
9. a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 157 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control There are few exceptions among the read writable features that do not belong to the user sets These are the low level features used to set up the basic connection with the camera These features are always under direct access of the camera controlling library and trying to restore their values among sessions makes no sense e The same applies for features defining identify of the camera such as its persistent IP address or user name These values are anyway persisted by the camera and trying to apply them to multiple cameras through software controlled configuration set functionality would lead to unwanted results e The default user configuration set used during camera boot is also not stored The user sets are designed to be expectable storing a configuration away and reloading it back brings the camera to the same status as when the configuration snapshot was made The user set storing loading should be performed only when acquisition is not active Once the acquisition is started some features are not writable any more and the camera will not allow adjusting their values or load a user set 6 13 2 Camera s user configuration sets The camera can store up to five configuration sets one with factory default settings Default User Set and four user configurable sets User Set 7 to User Set 4 The set with
10. e Acquisition parameters The luminance of the acquired image can be controlled either explicitly through exposure time and gain functions or automatically through corresponding auto functions Exposure time The Exposure Time feature in Acquisition Control category configures the length of the exposure in microseconds Analog gain Analog gain to be applied on the sensor during acquired image digitization can be configured through corresponding features in Analog Control cat egory Verify that the Gain Selector feature is set to Analog some cameras models support also digital gain Now the Gain feature controls the desired analog gain value in decibell Auto functions Selected camera models support automatic gain and or automatic exposure functions when the camera keeps adjusting given parameter automatically to maintain constant image luminance The features will be displayed in the feature tree only if the camera supports them To switch the auto function on navigate to corresponding control feature Automatic Exposure in Acquisition Control category or Automatic Gain in Analog Control category and switch them from Off to Continuous Device remote features Device Control Image Format Control je Tim Exposure Time 15000 us Automatic Exposure Off Acquisition Frame Rate Control Off ste 0 0100 Hz E Analog Control Acquisition Frame E Gain Selector Analog Gain 3 870 dB Automatic Gain off Transport
11. 1 O connector Pin 2 I O line 1 Opto input _ opto input anode I O line 1 Pin 3 I O line 1 opto input cathode Pin 4 I O line 2 Opto input opto input anode A 5 1 O line 2 Pin 7 I O line 3 Opto input opto input anode I O line 3 Pin 8 I O line 4 Opto input opto input anode I O line 4 Pin 5 I O line 2 4 opto inputs common cathode Figure 3 16 Diagram of the internal optocoupler inputs connections 3 8 4 3 Optocoupler outputs The CheckSight camera is equipped with four optically isolated output lines One output opto coupler is fully independent the other three are connected with a common collector Section 3 9 2 I O connector p 37 due to limited number of pins on the I O connector After power up the optocoupler outputs are in high impedance state and they remain in that state until reconfigured from the software interface Whenever the optocoupler output is discon nected in the SW interface it gets in high impedance status The optocoupler output s logical state is understood as logical 0 when its output transistor is in high impedance logical 1 if it is in low impedance mode The optocoupler output work with operating voltage range of 5 24 V The maximal switched output current is 100 mA per optocoupler higher current could damage the optocoupler output circuit The rising edge switching to logical 1 propagation time is 750 ns the falling edge propagation time is under 25 us
12. Auto Disabled Enabled Disabled Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting This will decrease the time needed to boot the systen Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v2 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 12 BIOS Setup boot settings configuration Copyright Leutron Vision 70 gt 3 Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced PCIPnP Boot Chipset Exit Install or Change the password Security Settings Supervisor Password Not Installed User Password Not Installed Change User Password Boot Sector Virus Protection Disabled e Select Screen Tl Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 13 BIOS Setup security settings BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced PCIPnP Boot Security Configure North Bridge features Advanced Chipset Settings WARNING Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction gt South Bridge Configuration Select Screen Tl Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen Fi General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 14 BIOS Setup chipset settings Copyright Leutron Vision Leutron 71 h Vision CheckSight user m
13. Event specific data fields e EventLvLogMessage log message as string of variable length If a log message is too long longer than the maximal possible event data size allowed by the GigE Vision standard the camera splits it among multiple events Message signalling that a frame trigger was dropped because it was issued too early before the camera could accept it Note that the way how early triggers are processed cache drop can be controlled through feature Trigger Caching Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 Info Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 155 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Smart Application Log LvSmartAppLog Smart Application String LvSmartAppString Smart Application Signed Integer LvSmartAppInt Smart Application Unsigned Integer LvSmartAppUint about delayed triggers are delivered through within chunk data for the corresponding image Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 Event ID for this event type is 0xBBO7 Event specific data fields none this event type serves as a pure signal carrying just the timestamp The smart application log event is analogical to the regular log event but it s dedicated for use by smart applications running on PicSight Smart cameras The contents and purpose of the log messages is thus strictly specific to the running smart ap plication Event ID for this
14. Feature category GenTL Stream Module ule p 206 StreamID GUI name Stream ID StreamAnnouncedBufferCount GUI name Stream Announced Buffer Count StreamAcquisitionModeSelector GUI name Stream Acquisition Mode Selector StreamAnnounceBufferMinimum StreamAcquisitionModeSelector GUI name Stream Announce Buffer Minimum StreamType GUI name Stream Type Feature category GenTL Buffer Module Description Stream ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature refer to Section 7 4 GenTL data stream mod Stream ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Number of buffers announced for the data stream Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Selects desired acquisition mode Type enumeration Possible values Default GUI visibility beginner Minimum number of buffers to be announced for selected acquisition mode Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Stream type Type enumeration Possible values Custom GEV GUI visibility beginner Read only feature The GenTL producer currently does not provide any features for this module Table 7 1 Summary of all GenTL producer features some of them available only for specific camera technologies Copyright Leutron Vision 214 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages 8 Connecting with 3rd party softwar
15. Figure 6 57 Flow chart serial port communication EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure the communication interface parameters vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvSerialPortBaudRate LvSerialPortBaudRate_ Baud9600 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvSerialPortParity LvSerialPortParity None vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvSerialPortDataBits LvSerialPortDataBits DataBits8 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvSerialPortStopBits LvSerialPortStopBits StopBits1 configure the response timing parameters LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice LvSerialPortTimeout 100 0 in ms LvSetString hDev LvDevice_ LvSerialPortEOTMarker n LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LvSerialPortMaxResponseLength 16 send simple command abc 5 n LvSetString hDev LvDevice_LvSerialPortCommandString abc 5 n LvCmdExecute hDev LvDevice_LvSerialPortCommandSend wait for the response and pick it up unless failure is reported wait until the operation end using LvCmdIsDone ov by specifying the timeout in LvCmdExecute call above int32_t EnumVal LvGetEnum hDev LvDevice_ LvSerialPortCommandStatus amp EnumVal char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice LvSerialPortCommandResponse StringVal 1024 GEN lt i gt CAM z Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 162 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera fea
16. Leutron Vision Simplon gt Simplon Explorer under Linux start opt simplon bin lv explorer 2 Connect the camera to be tested select it in the list of found cameras and press the Connect camera button Of course the camera must be connected and powered BS Simplon Explorer Camera Acquisition Display Features Sourcecode Help DAE Found cameras Connected camera 7 v oop 000 iir 4 N i 4 Leutron Vision GenTL Interface 4 GigE Interface Leutron Vision 2 Bobi 6 Leutron Vision PicSight P52B GigE RTF ScaryBear 10 0 2 220 4 PClinterface NPRSM 0 Cami P202M NPRSM 0 Cam2 G43AB 3 Configure the camera features as desired Pay attention especially to features in Image Format Control and Acquisition Control categories BS Simplon Explorer Camera Leutron Vision PicSight P52B GigE RTF ScaryBear 10 0 2 220 File Camera Acquisition Display Features Sourcecode Help S than meg PRONE Found cameras Connected camera System Interface Device _Stream Renderer Feature Value a 4 Device remote features Device Control 4 Image Format Control Width 716 Height 582 Offset Y Offset C Pixel Format Bayer RG8 Acquisition Control Analog Control Bayer RG8 Bayer RG 12 BGRA 8 Packed Info sera PixelFormat Pixel format provided by the device The feature combines pixel coding size and color filter attributes Current acces
17. Power Options Properties Power Schemes Advanced Hibernate UPS pay When your computer hibernates it stores whatever it has in amp memory on your hard disk and then shuts down When your computer comes out of hibernation it returns to its previous state Hibernate C Enable hibemation Disk space for hibernation Free disk space 1 081 MB Disk space required to hibernate 1 015 MB Figure 4 12 Power options hibernation disabled 4 3 Windows Embedded Standard Embedded family of operating system is suitable for small platforms with various integrated modern technologies It s componentized design and advanced features allows hardware resources to be utilized optimally 4 3 1 Requirements 1 Please check a minimal requirements for selected version of operating system listed below Note This requirement become optional in case your CheckSight has an on board compact flash at least 4GB 2 Monitor USB mouse USB keyboard USB DVD drive 4 3 2 Installation procedure for systems distributed as ISO files 1 Burn ISO file on DVD 2 Prepare a CheckSight for installation Connect all required devices insert DVD from step 1 into USB DVD drive 3 When CheckSight logo appears press F11 key to get into boot menu 4 Select a USB DVD drive as a boot device and press ENTER 5 Let Windows installation environment to boot up and wait for a command prompt 6 Use command prompt to start installation a In case a compac
18. Copyright Leutron Vision 206 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Stream ID Unique ID of the stream This feature is used for communication between the GenTL producer and consumer it should not be interpreted anyhow by the user Stream Type A feature dictated by the GenTL specification It informs the consumer about the camera interface technology of the camera device the stream belongs to For Simplon GenTL Producer it s always GigE Vision for streams belonging to the GigE Vision cameras such as PicSight GigE and Custom for stream belong ing to CheckSight CheckSight ll Stream Announced Buffer Count Number of buffers currently announced by the GenTL consumer to the stream This value is volatile it can be changed at any time by the consumer when adding removing acquisition buffers from the stream Stream Acquisition Mode Selector Selects the acquisition mode to be used by the stream Acquis ition mode describes how the data stream handles the pool of input acquisition buffers which buffers it delivers first to the consumer application and how buffer locking behaves Simplon GenTL Producer currently supports just a single acquis ition mode the default acquisition mode required by the GenTL specification In this mode the buffers are delivered to the consumer application in FIFO order the application must explicitly queue unlock all the buffers after processing to make them again
19. Copyright Leutron Vision 5 h Vision CheckSight user manual Table of Contents 6 12 2 Event features NAMING CONVENTION eee cece cece ceeecececececececececeeeeeeeees 154 G 12 3 EVENLY DES cies sssestiessccccens sinners e nonas E eS ESEE ssbvevcdenuayeud susvveecdennes 155 6 13 User sets saving loading camera configuration 0 0 00 eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 157 6 13 1 Features defining camera Configuration cece cece eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 157 6 13 2 Camera s user configuration sets oo cece eee ee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 158 6 13 3 Software control of configuration Sets 2 0 0 cece ceeecececececeeeeeeeeeeeees 159 6 13 4 Comparison of the two methods 1 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 159 6 14 External device Control eee sees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeey 160 6 14 1 Serial Port Control ss siessisesacesiesseu seed save senevarasane aed sanebats daa sae denevaeasanesaees 160 6 15 Special features sss 0 scsi cidawl ae was a assed ailian andes aed EESE TEE 163 6 15 1 Special purpose triggers 0 00 eee ee cececececececececececececececececesecececeeeceeeees 163 6 15 1 1 Image stamps TESEE ss 0ccccsssewesesssececespsesescbe secevsesecwecces ones csavesresen 164 6 15 2 Watchdog timer control 00 ee eee c eee cecececececececececececececececeeeceeeeeeeees 165 6 16 Feature SUMIMALY sinvsntsccsdsesdecssbsescdescvecchsdovecessbuseccdsvencscd
20. DN Black level value 5 DN means that values of all pixels will increase approximately by 5 The offset is actually applied to the analog sensor output signal before the analog to digital conversion The black level function can be used to keep the camera response constant in changing environment conditions For example if the camera and the sensor heats up the response of the sensor will slightly increase thanks to the thermally generated pixel output Decreasing the black level value will compensate for that It is usually desirable to keep the values of the black pixels slightly above zero so that a possible decrease of their value can also be recognized and appropriately compensated The range of possible values is model specific Positive and negative values are possible as well as decimal values Note however that the camera might be able to adjust the black level only in small but discrete steps It will align the requested value to the closest step to know the exact used value the application might want to re read the black level after setting it a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 130 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Resulting pixel value DN Sensor output voltage Figure 6 39 Output pixel values for various black levels assumes that no gain is applied Decreased black level Increased black level Figure 6 40 Black level example artificially in
21. LvWatchdogTimerReset GUI name Watchdog Timer Reset Description Enables disables the reset trigger functionality for the selected image stamp type Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Selects the firmware type to load on next boot Type enumeration Possible values PureGEV Legacy GUI visibility guru Selects the Bayer decoder algorithm Type enumeration Possible values VariableGradient GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Sets the Bayer decoder threshold Type float GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Enables the watchdog reset function Type bool GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets When watchdog is enabled the device reboots when the timeout specified expires Type float GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit s Current watchdog timer value reports the cur rent value after which the timer expires Type float GUI visibility guru Read only feature Unit s Resets the watchdog timer the watchdog starts counting the specified timeout again Type command GUI visibility guru Copyright Leutron Vision 180 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvWatchdogFailed GUI name Watchdog Fail
22. Supported operating systems 62 3 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 7 4 x 7 4 um 5 79 x 4 89 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 16 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 6 30 dB default 4 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a 40 dB 63 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Vertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Directly supported image pro Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV cessing libraries Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 258 a Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Ordering information CheckSight P33M e 110801 CheckSight P33M 4GB e 110802 CheckSight P33M 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 16 CheckSight P33M technical specifications A 17 CheckSight P34B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P34B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MhHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2
23. The Trigger Activation feature controls which edge of the trigger input signal will be active ie which edge will actually ignite the trigger action Possible values are Rising Edge and Falling Edge rising edge being the transition of signal level from logical 0 to logical 1 The interpretation of signal levels for different input types TTL opto a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 109 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control coupler is discussed in Section 3 8 Input and output signals p 32 Not applicable for software triggering 6 Other options Eventually other fine tuning options can be adjusted Thes include e Trigger Delay delay in us between the trigger and actual exposure start e Trigger Divider allows to filter the trigger signals by a given ratio only every Nth trigger is used e Trigger Caching decides what to do if a trigger arrives too early before it can be accepted by the camera Possible values are Drop the trigger is ignored and Cache the trigger is applied as soon as the camera is ready 7 Triggering The triggers being generated from external device using a trigger input line or from the application through the Generate Software Trigger command can be issued as soon as the acquisition is started Eventual physical triggers delivered when no acquisition is active will be ignored the Generate Software Trigger command will not be executable EXim
24. This feature provides the version number of the installed Sim plon package Path to the GenTL producer file the ct i file The exact loc ation depends on how the Simplon package was installed Another feature dictated by the GenTL specification It informs the consumer about the camera interface technologies it sup ports For Simplon GenTL Producer it s always Mixed because the producer supports multiple camera interfaces Check Sight CheckSight Il cameras and GigE Vision compatible cam eras Major minor version of the GenTL specification implemented by the producer Major minor version of the GigE Vision specification implemen ted by the GenTL producer s component handling GigE Vision cameras open the system to get the handle read basic information about the system LvGetString hSys LvSystem_TLVendorName StringVal 1024 LvGetString hSys LvSystem_TLModelName StringVal 1024 _ Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 195 h Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features LvGetString LvGetString LvGetString LvGetInt32 hSys LvSystem TLID StringVal 1024 hSys LvSystem_TLVersion StringVal 1024 hSys LvSystem_TLPath StringVal 1024 int32_t EnumVal vvGetEnum hSys LvSystem TLType amp EnumVal int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hSys LvSystem GenTLVersionMajor amp IntVal hSys LvSystem GenTLVersionMinor amp IntVal LvGetInt32
25. 42 dB 73 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Vertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 140801 CheckSight P83M 4GB e 140802 CheckSight P83M 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 22 CheckSight P83M technical specifications A 23 CheckSight R132M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity CheckSight R132M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CMOS sequential readout type Aptina MT9M001 Quantum Efficiency Monochrome 3 TT l ge e gt ami j 2 40 5 i Si 6 I I a E S A m o4 350 450 550 Pen ath on 850 950 1050 Monochrome color monochrom Output image resolution HxV 1280 x 1024 pixels Frame rate 30 fps E a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 266 h Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Video fo
26. 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 249 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification CheckSight P142AM Supported operating systems Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Directly supported image pro Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV cessing libraries Ordering information e 170801 CheckSight P142AM 4GB e 170802 CheckSight P142AM 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 9 CheckSight P142AM technical specifications A 10 CheckSight P202B Specification CheckSight P202B PC technology Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output Sensor 1 1 8 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX274 Spectral sensitivity w i Na ia EA INE 400 450 500 600 650 700 550 Wave Length nm Monochrome color bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 1624 x 1236 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1688 x 1248 pixels pixels Frame rate 14 6 fps Video format 12 bit single tap Scanning progressive Pixel size HxV 4 4 x 4 4 um Sensor size H
27. Accessing the image data itself is thus not affected by the fact whether the chunk data are used or not a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 146 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Image without chunk data Image with chunk data Image chunk header Chunk1 header Chunk2 header Figure 6 48 Chunk data layout the image data are always at the start of the buffer chunk data parsed from the end of the delivered buffer Naturally since the chunk data increase the image buffer size the bandwidth required to deliver the image stream to the application also increases However the chunk data size is usually very small compared to the image data size therefore its influence is marginal The GigE Vision compatible cameras PicSight GigE and PicSight Smart naturally deliver the chunk data with images using the GigE Vision payload types intended for chunk data Other camera families in particular CheckSight CheckSight ll deliver the image with chunk data through GenTL image acquisition engine Note that all camera families including CheckSight CheckSight ll de liver the chunk data in GigE Vision compatible format Therefore every library application capable of parsing the GigE Vision chunk data can use the same mechanism to parse also CheckSight Check Sight Il chunk data Not all GigE Vision and GenICam based software packages are capable of working with the chunk data If accessing the camera
28. Baud115200 The default value is 9600 1 Baud9600 Enumeration adjusting the parity error detection method Possible values are None default value Odd and Even Enumeration adjusting data bits per character Possible values are 8 DataBitss8 the default value and 7 DataBits7 Enumeration adjusting stop bits per character Possible values are 1 StopBits1 the default value 2 StopBits2 and 7 5 StopBitsidot5 The interface always uses one start bit per character and no handshaking After sending the serial command the camera has to wait for the response sent by the connected peripheral The response timing is strongly device specific and thus wait operation can be controlled by following two parameters Serial Port Timeout Serial Port EOT Marker Maximal time the camera waits for incoming response charac ters before reporting the response to the application as floating point value in milliseconds If no EOT marker is used the full timeout is always spent before returning the response End of transmission marker a string token frequently just a single character unequivocally identifying end of the response Each device might use different characters to mark the end of transmission Maximal length of the token is 8 characters but the practically used markers are usually just 1 2 characters When specified the camera observes the received characters and when the marker is encountered in the rece
29. DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 1 8 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX274 1 0 s A gt 0 8 07 06 Z 05 Relative Response 0 4 03 02 01 0 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Wave Length nm monochrome Output image resolution HxV 1624 x 1236 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1688 x 1248 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter 14 6 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 4 4 x 4 4 um 8 5 x 6 8 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 30 ms Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 251 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P202M e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 10 26 dB default 0 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a 40 dB 69 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e V
30. DN Inversion Input pixel value DN Figure 6 41 Examples of functions implemented through luminance LUT Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 135 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Inverting LUT Contrast increasing LUT Figure 6 42 Luminiance LUT function effects illustrated The camera internally always work with the image data read out from the sensor in 12 bit format regardless the target format transferred to the host application The luminance LUT thus always uses 12 bit depth at both input and output meaning that the luminance LUT has always 4096 entries index 0 4095 and each LUT value has also range of 0 4095 0 corresponding with black 4095 with white pixel a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 136 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control input value 2048 grey pixel input image LUT indexes LUT values output value 4095 white pixel output image Figure 6 43 12 bit luminance LUT used as a binarization function EXimpion LvHDevice hDev adjust the luminance LUT open the devic to get the handle vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LUTSelector LvLUTSelector Luminance to0 invert the image for int i 0 i lt 4095 i LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTIndex i LvSetInt3
31. Device ID LYGTL 00 18 66 86 68 34 Device Vendor Name Leutron Vision Device Model Name PicSight P203B GigE RTF Read Write Dev Greenhorn Device Serial Number 0 Device IP Address Device Subnet Mask levice MAC Address 34 Figure 7 2 Example GUI showing the GenTL interface module features 7 2 1 Information about the interface The interface module provides basic set of features describing its properties Interface ID Unique ID of the interface This feature is used for communic ation between the GenTL producer and consumer it should not be interpreted anyhow by the user Interface Type A feature dictated by the GenTL specification It informs the consumer about the camera interface technology it supports For Simplon GenTL Producer it s always GigE Vision for the in terface s handling the GigE Vision cameras such as PicSight GigE and Custom for the interface controlling Check Sight CheckSight ll a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 198 h Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Interface MAC Address MAC address corresponding with the interface GigE Vision interfaces only Interface gateways information The Interface Gateway Selector feature zero based integer index allows to loop through the gateways configured for given GigE Vision interface The Interface Gateway then reports the IP ad dress of the selected gateway GigE Vision interfaces only Interface subnets
32. Initial configuration and preparation BIOS SETUP UTILITY Configure advanced CPU settings Module Version 3F 15 Manufacturer Intel Intel R Atom TM CPU Z530 1 60GHz Frequency 1 59GHz FSB Speed 533MHz Cache L1 24 KB Cache L2 512 KB Ratio Actual Value 12 Intel R Virtualization Tech Enabled Execute Disable Bit Capability Enabled Hyper Threading Technology Enabled Intel R SpeedStep tm tech Enabled Intel R C STATE tech Enabled Enhanced C States Enabled BIOS SETUP UTILITY IDE Configuration gt Primary IDE Master Hard Disk gt Primary IDE Slave Not Detected Hard Disk Write Protect Disabled IDE Detect Time Out Sec 35 ATA PI 80Pin Cable Detection Device Disabled for WindowskP Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit Disabled Compatible Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 4 BIOS Setup advanced IDE configuration Copyright Leutron Vision 66 Leutron a Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation BIOS SETUP UTILITY ACPI Settings General ACPI Configuration settings gt Advanced ACPI Configuration gt Chipset ACPI Configuration Select Screen Tl Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit EE Exit v02 61 C Copyright 19
33. LvLensControlPlusEnd LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Plus End LvLensControlinvertedPolarity LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Inverted Polarity LvLensControlPulsePeriod LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Pulse Period Description Pulses the selected power switch with minus polarity Type command GUI visibility expert Minimum ADC range required for calibration Type integer GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Starts automatic calibration Type command GUI visibility expert Reports current calibration status of the selected power switch and its bound ADC Type enumeration Possible values Invalid Valid GUI visibility expert Read only feature Calibrated minimal ADC achievable by driving the power switch s with minus polarity plus if the polarity is inverted Type integer GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Calibrated maximal ADC achievable by driving the power switch s with plus polarity minus if the polarity is inverted Type integer GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Indicates if the lens is wired with inverted polarity Type bool GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Calibrated slow motion pulse period for the se lected power switch in microsesonds Type float
34. North Bridge gt Integrated Graphics Mode Select Enabled 8M SDIO controller Some Linux distributions have a problem to handle SDIO controller As a side effect they can produce a big amount of information into log files Increasing of log inform ation may occupy valuable place on Compact Flash card One way is to disable SDIO Controller in case the user doesn t need it Note BIOS version 105 and higher provide a hot fix for this issue BIOS Menu gt Chipset South Bridge gt SDIO Controller Disabled e GRUB configuration Linux kernel must know that CheckSight Chipset is missing Super IO chip otherwise a reboot command will not work and CheckSight stop responding right before restart is performed User can inform kernel by passing reboot b parameter at the time when operating system is booting up Following procedure is specific for Grub 2 x installed on Ubuntu 10 04 LTS Please note that configuration may differ from distribution to distribution 1 Open etc default gruband add reboot b parameter into GRUB CMD LINE LINUX DEFAULT key Modified line should look like GRUB CMD LINE LINUX DEFAULT reboot b where may represents further commands spaced by white character 2 Call wpdate grub command to make changes in Grub permanent Operating system will be able to restart CheckSight after reboot e LOG files Itis useful to safe a lifetime of Compact Flash by reducing amount of w
35. Pulse Calibrate AdjustPosition Drive GUI visibility expert Read only feature Power switch to configure Type enumeration Possible values PowerSwitchl PowerSwitch2 PowerSwitch3 PowerSwitch4 GUI visibility expert Binds an external ADC to the power switch Type enumeration Possible values None ExternalADCl ExternalADC2 ExternalADCs3 ExternalADC4 GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Drives the selected power switch with desired polarity Type enumeration Possible values Off Plus Minus GUI visibility expert Power switch pulse duration in microseconds Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit us Pulses the selected power switch with plus polar ity Type command GUI visibility expert Copyright Leutron Vision 183 a Leutron i Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvPowerSwitchPulseMinus LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Power Switch Pulse Minus LvLensControlMinCalibrationRange LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Min Calibration Range LvLensControlCalibrate LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Calibrate LvLensControlCalibrationStatus LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Calibration Status LvLensControlMinusEnd LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Minus End
36. The trigger should be delivered through one of the input lines see Section 3 8 3 Trigger in put p 33 Section 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 The trigger pulse duration should be at least 2 H Trigger overlapping is not supported therefore the maximum frame rate in triggered mode is always lower than the frame rate in free running mode The programmable exposure time range is limited but the exposure timing is accurate no jitter across the entire range Ext trigger ff Exposure programmable 2 a CCD charge storage leg T fon a VD 5 Ee S Readout see video output timing 2 Picture pending Figure 6 18 Triggered mode timing 6 6 3 3 Triggered mode long range exposure Long range exposure mode is an alternative to the accurate exposure mode The two modes are functionally equivalent the long range exposure mode differs only in two aspects a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 107 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control e The exposure time range is extended towards long time exposures e The short exposure times might be affected by a jitter 6 6 3 4 Trigger modes of the CMOS rolling shutter cameras The way how the pixel integration and readout is handled by rolling shutter cameras see Sec tion 3 6 1 3 CMOS global vs rolling shutter p 30 is significantly different from cameras featuring global shutter Thus
37. To specify a file type the name and press lt Enter gt Settings Strobe amp Trigger Image Properties Imaging Device Custom Properties Connecting with 3rd party software packages af Image Source CogJob1 fal For example in VisionPro QuickBuild you put these strings in the feature access dialog BS Simplon Explorer 1 00 073 32 bit CheckSight P32B Jog Fie Camera Acquisition Display Features Source code Help EK ZARE System Interface Device Stream Renderer Info Statistics User Log Smart App Light panel Feature Y Offset Pixel Format AOI Mode Readout Height Acquisition Control Acquisition Mode Trigger Selector Trigger a ftware Trigger 7 ce Trigger Activation Exposure Mode Long Range Exposure Mode Exposure Time tion Frame Rate Control Acquisition Frame Rate Digital 1 0 Control Value 0px BGR 8 Packed Automatic Continuous Frame Start On Line 2 Opto In Rising Edge Timed Off 16019 us not available La TriggerSource Specifies the internal signal or physical input line to use as the trigger source a Type Val This feature is selected by TriggerSelector Simplon constant LvDevice_TriggerSource ss Read Wri eration e Line 1 Opto In Line 1 Sets the signal source for the selected trigger to line 1 optocoupler input e Line 2 Opto In L
38. Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems 9 2 fps 12 bit single tap progressive O x O um 6 38 x 5 26 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 100 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 6 26 dB default 6 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Directly supported image pro Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV cessing libraries Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 253 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Ordering information CheckSight P203B e 201801 CheckSight P203B 4GB e 201802 CheckSight P203B 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 12 CheckSight P203B technical specifications A 13 CheckSight P32B Specificatio
39. decrease blue leave green channel intact vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LUTSelector LvLUTSelector Red for antee 0 ai lt 2 SS er tal LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTIndex i j Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 139 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTValue 1 2 i LvSetEnum hDev LvDevice LUTSelector LvLUTSelector Blue for int i 0 i lt 255 i LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTIndex i LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTValue 0 8 i LvSetEnum hDev LvDevice LUTSelector LvLUTSelector Green for int i 0 i lt 255 i LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTIndex i LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTValue i don t forget to enable the LUT enabling any of the thr tables enables entire LUT LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LUTEnable 1 disable the LUT later if needed LUT contents will be preserved LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LUTEnable 0 GEN lt i gt CAM adjust the RGB LUT for white balancing increase red decrease blue leave green channel intact write enum LUTSelector Red ore Gl 54 255 write int LUTIndex i write int LUTValue 1 2 1i write enum LUTSelector Blue ore 2 O 4 2585 write int LUTIndex i write int LUTValue 0 8 i write enum LUTSelector Green forn le OTS write_in
40. hDev LvDevice LvGevCCRC 3 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LvGevCCTIT 500 ms GEN lt i gt CAM adjust message channel retransmission parameters write int LvGevCCRC 3 write int LvGevCCTT 500 ms 7 3 5 Determining the GigE Vision streaming packet size This topic is specific to GigE Vision devices only When acquiring the image data from a GigE Vision camera it is usually desirable to stream the data using larger packets to improve the performance The possible packet size value is however limited by the capabilities of the networking hardware involved When connecting to a camera the Simplon GenTL Producer determines the maximal packet size usable with the current network configuration and adjusts it on the camera For applic ations needing to further control the packet size while working with the camera Simplon GenTL Producer provides two additional features available only in the guru feature visibility level Remember that changing the streaming packet size on the fly might be tricky and these features must never be used while any streaming is active When the application suspects that the conditions affecting the maximal possible packet size are incorrect or if the packet size became otherwise invalid the procedure to determine the maximal possible packet size can be executed again using the Find Maximal Packet Size command When the operation finishes the resulting maximal packet size usable wi
41. optionally even at runtime It might not be implemented on all camera models since the same functionality can be achieved using the manual mode e The AOI is fully applied in camera memory the image is clipped before transferring out of the camera e Since sensor settings are not involved the AOI has no positive impact on the frame rate e All four AOI parameters Width Height and X Offset Y Offset are freely configurable No sensor specific constraints apply e Offsets are configurable during active acquisition e Size can be configurable during acquisition see Section 6 5 5 Fixed vs variable payload size p 99 ClipOnTransfer AOI Mode WidthMax Full sensor size eventually size after applying binning Sensor Entire sensor is acquired to camera memory No frame rate increase WidthMax Camera memory AOI is applied in memory before the transfer to the user buffer Size and offset Width can be programmable even during acquisition User buffer Figure 6 10 Clip on transfer AOI mode EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle select clip on transfer AOI mode vwSetEnum hDev LvDevice_ LvAOIMode LvAOIMode ClipOnTransfer z Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 94 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control adjust AOI size to 300x200 pixels with offset 100 pixels from top and left image sides note that the order
42. timestamp counter at the time the event was generated It is a 64 bit integer value Feature s carrying value s of the event data yyy associated with the given event For each event type there might be multiple event data fields single field or even none The data type and value range of indi vidual fields might also be different for each event type Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 154 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control The same features are used for all instances of given event so at every moment they provide the value s carried by the last delivered event As soon as the next event instance is delivered the values are overwritten by the new data When using a software package that does not support event delivery no callbacks will be delivered and it will not be possible to read any event data The event related features will not be even available for reading To demonstrate the rules on a real example the log events of PicSight GigE cameras are identified by LvLog entry in the 1 EventSelector The name of the subcategory related to the event data is EventLvLogData The primary target for registering the callback for this event is EventLvLog The subcategory also contains the timestamp feature EventLvLogTimestamp and a single data feature specific to this event type in this case EventLvLogMessage Note that other event types mi
43. tion sets Adjusts the target lens position Type command GUI visibility expert Starts automatic calibration Type command GUI visibility expert Baud rate used for the serial port communication Type enumeration Possible values Baud2400 Baud4800 Baud9600 Baud14400 Baudl19200 Baud38400 Baud57600 Baud115200 GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Copyright Leutron Vision 185 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvSerialPortParity GUI name Serial Port Parity LvSerialPortDataBits GUI name Serial Port Data Bits LvSerialPortStopBits GUI name Serial Port Stop Bits LvSerialPortTimeout GUI name Serial Port Timeout LvSerialPortKOTMarker GUI name Serial Port EOT Marker LvSerialPortMaxResponseLength GUI name Serial Port Max Response Length Description Parity used for the serial port communication Type enumeration Possible values None Odd Even GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Data bits per character for the serial port com munication Type enumeration Possible values DataBits7 DataBits8 GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Stop bits per character for the serial port commu nication Type enumeration Possible values StopBits1 StopBitsldot5 StopBits2
44. 20 0 0 eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenenes 60 4 5 2 4 Notes for the most common distributions 20 0 0 eee cece ee eeeeeee 62 5 Initial configuration and preparation ces seseseseseseseseseseseeeaeaeaeeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaes 64 Subs BIOS sissisccissssedians scssdea vies teas eseaae sid aaa E aed aia ede eae a 64 5 1 1 BIOS sp cifications sacs cvccvecs scecsace sets cous covtsade bere caes foncsaus vane caus ssudsacevane sacs covesen 64 5 1 2 BIOS Setup CONFIQUIATION oo eee essri ocius rE anne E Nuar raa EEIE rE a 64 5 1 3 BIOS Upgrade sesionin srrisieisnersnisse rinnen E ninis sects Err EEEE SEEE TORERE VETOED SIETE ES 73 5 2 Firmwate Update sissircarssisisnsisiers pesu ieko nesan NEEE eset see sedeastnuseecsmpenecasspenesseeeencees 74 5 3 Simplon configuration sesssssressssssiessisisissossss eesi sssnessss isare nssr si caosi E ene LSSs Esne Essas sekos 76 5 3 1 Simplon Settings utility and the configuration file s es 76 5 3 2 Selected configuration Options esssseeeseeererererrrererererererererererererererereees 77 5 4 Acquisition and runtime configuration eseseseseeerererererererererererererererereererrreereeee 78 6 Camera features and their control ssssseeeserererererererererererererererererererererererererereseeereneses 79 6 1 COMMON principles vss ecsse cess neis ierre k EEEE NEEE ENEE EERTE 79 6 2 Camera Classes saivesacgsazd sued saeusats save sdvasaes vabasanesdve EEEn ASEEN v a
45. 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 2 CheckSight G32M technical specifications A 3 CheckSight G43AB Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color Output image resolution HxV Frame rate Video format CheckSight G43AB Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 3 CMOS parallel readout type Aptina MT9V033 MT9V022 Quantum Efficiency Color Quantum Efficiency 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1050 Wavelength nm bayer pattern 752 x 480 pixels 62 fps 10 bit single tap Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 241 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight G43AB progressive 6 x 6 um 4 512 x 2 88 mm global 10 us 1000 ms default 15 ms e Free running Triggered mod
46. 21 CheckSight P83B technical specifications A 22 CheckSight P83M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P83M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 3 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX204 monochrome Output image resolution HxV 1032 x 776 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1077 x 788 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes 32 5 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 4 65 x 4 65 um 5 8 x 4 92 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 30 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 265 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P83M e Analog gain 8 28 dB default 14 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a
47. 35 t T X I 30 T Ng iy 10 E 7 7 54 BE PS j 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 Wavelength nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 2592 x 1944 pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI 11 7 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 2 2 x 2 2 um 5 702 x 4 277 mm rolling 39 us 55000 ms default 10 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Global reset mode e Analog gain 0 18 06 dB default 0 dB e Digital gain 0 24 08 dB default 0 dB e Black level 0 2 55 DN default 0 DN e Automatic black level 38 dB 70 dB Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 269 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight R502B e Horizontal 2x 4x e Vertical 2x 4x e Horizontal 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x e Vertical 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in
48. 3x e Horizontal 2x 3x 4x 8x e Vertical 2x 3x 4x 8x C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Directly supported image pro Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV cessing libraries Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 268 m Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Ordering information CheckSight R312AB e 441801 CheckSight R312AB 4GB e 441802 CheckSight R312AB 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 24 CheckSight R312AB technical specifications A 25 CheckSight R502B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight R502B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MhHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 5 CMOS sequential readout type Aptina MT9P031 Quantum Efficiency vs Wavelength 50 5 45 B S A i YR Ed N 40 ri ig A x A X 7 Ae 20 N ll ate tnt TT WT i i Quantum Efficiency
49. 8 SCOPE OF the manual vase csscssssvesnvensdsescedscessvesseneycoscovassen NERA EE EE ENNET SNEER EEEE 8 Related GOCUMENES oesie E e E E E E E 8 Where do Iii das sccadissscsssacasesissshscendestavedibeieateaedhaansatsasdendbsbvehelensnsedeSaseniatsascsadsontcstadeniseds 9 Important information ossea iiaa aeaa aE ERE EEE ESEE 10 PLECAUTIONS incncesssdcctindnnsserseavtcedsateusertsaststscewiusessotstcedcsbausipds epdtcedcsiavtess S SE TETEE 10 Licensing INFOFMATION ennienni eiiie E E EEEE EE E 10 Te Quick Star Ecc csttecdcccsscoss eehedaceueveas lt tescideceussnate shade E aR EE EEE E E EE 12 1 1 Prepare the camera S rcnincsneiccressiea ani a a 12 1 2 Simplon installation quick guide for Windows ssssesssssssssssesesesrrssssssesreersesssses 12 1 3 Testing the camera s ssessssssseeesessssssseceressssssesceressssssseesresssssseseeeesssssseseseesesss 14 1 4 Basic camera features ssseeceasssecceisestuiniessviesadsbelieiscvsensdesibvcdssesscnsdedendessesecanieend 15 2 Basic informatiom ssssiccnisessnse isi e aa e a a a EA e AES 19 2 1 Prod ct PACKAGE wes casccsscvensraccetecses scenweanesnesdsdeconsvadsthescesdesvensestesnca seeds iais Rs 19 2 2 CheckSight Model naming CONVENTION cee eeeeseeeeseeereeereeeeneaeneeaeeaaaeeaeeees 19 2 3 Ordering option SUMIMALY 0 0 eee ceeeseeete sees eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesseaseeseseeesnesesaeaeeaees 20 ZA ACCESSOMES cessiseseccuctssevscseGeuuscdast obs duievsetveeen tous EE E e E
50. Chunk Data Control Chunk Mode Active on E Chunk Selector Frame ID Chunk Enable on Offset 0 Y Offset 0 Width 1304 eight 976 Pixel Format BGRA 8 Packed ine Pitch 1304 Frame IC 71700 Timestamp 93530417860 Exposure Time 64312 us B Gain Selector Gain Line Status All 0x10000 External ADC Selector ADC 3 External ADC Value 3 Figure 6 47 Example GUI showing the chunk data features The chunk data are additional data optionally appended to every acquired image The data can be retrieved through the feature tree similarly as regular camera features The individual chunks contain information about the camera status and configuration of certain important features at the time the image was acquired thus providing additional information about the image In triggered mode the chunk data are collected in the moment of applying the frame trigger effective exposure start In free running mode the chunk data are collected upon start of sensor readout The application can selectively choose which chunks should be delivered The chunk data are always delivered in the same buffer with the actual image data The status of chunk data configuration thus affects the payload size Section 6 4 1 Acquired image data size p 84 and the applic ation must consider that when allocating the acquisition buffers The chunk data are always ap pended to the end of the buffer in a standardized format the image data are always in the be ginning
51. Chunk data feature naming illustrated 6 11 3 Chunk types The Leutron Vision cameras currently support following chunk types Width width Width of the image in the buffer Height Height Height of the image in the buffer X Offset Of fsetx Horizontal AOI offset used when acquiring the image in the buffer Y Offset Of fsety Vertical AOI offset used when acquiring the image in the buffer Pixel Format PixelFormat Pixel format of the image in the buffer Line Pitch LinePitch Line pitch in bytes of the image in the buffer a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 149 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Timestamp Timestamp Frame ID FrameID Exposure Time ExposureTime Gain Gain Black Level BlackLevel Line Status All LineStatusAl11 External ADC Value LvExternalADCValue Trigger Delayed LvTriggerDelayed Strobe Dropped LvSt robeDropped Smart Application String LvSmartAppString Smart Application Signed Integer LvSmartAppInt Value of the camera s timestamp counter at the moment the image was acquired 64 bit integer The camera timestamp frequency is 1MHz ie the ticks correspond with time unit of 1 us Value of the frame counter associated with the image in the buffer 64 bit integer Exposure time used to acquire the image in the buffer Gain used to acquire the image in the buffer Since some camera models support two typ
52. E 20 2 5 Standard CONOPMILY svceccccveccerseensackeanncceued ensnetedvaccenecunedeceavascenssvnenecervadcenacvnenecests 22 Fe OGM Al peeves iecact Wisse Get cet clshdus cautee sect E A S 22 2 5 25 CES FCC sisnivsesivversietindaed savteaeteasten cast saudetebbaua be N E EE 23 2 5 2 1 Declaration of conformity 20 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeereetneeeeaeeeaeaeanaeeeaeeees 23 2 5 2 2 Regulatory NOTICES 2 0 eeeeseeeseseseseeeeaeaeaeaeaeacaeaeaeaeaeeeaeaeaeaeaeaea 23 2 5 3 ROWS sissicecersssed cede sscecerssbececissnecachespeciervspeeveresbeetatosenevebesbeetetoieeovenesaeeserenen 23 2 6 Environmental requirements 0 1 0 0 sesesesesesesesesneesesesnsnseseanaeanaeanaeasaeaeaeanananaeeees 23 2 7 Technical specifications Overview cccceesescceeeceeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeesesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeaas 24 3 Hardware interface and installation 2 0 0 elec eee cecececececeeecececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 25 3 1 Appearance OVEVIEW ccccssssceccssspeciaevsiesceveapeccuonsase eds sepeccusuensyccossneceeepeseecdbssneceeeyene 25 3 2 System atchiteCtUrE cvieccacesscisncnsasctacesdensnsnsaeevatacsonancateschbees sanebensabenabecsonebensescebonds 26 3 3 DIMENSIONS sisin nenoru dad senesshus vecdeessebbteassvecccedsgnbvabbevecccensshbdeasy seceded seebeuane ISES 27 9 4 MOUNUNG POINTS se cccicnscssesvsceseckon assess recevecsos cesses esiebeechbscdosssdvcoscenodede eed esleoeneboacdoeses 29 3 5 Lens Mount Optical NEA oo eee cece cece ce ceceeeeeeeeece
53. GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Timeout value used to finish waiting for com mand response Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit ms Short string or single character marking end of transmission Type string GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Maximal expected length of the command re sponse Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit B Copyright Leutron Vision 186 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvSerialPortCommandsString GUI name Serial Port Command String LvSerialPortCommandSend GUI name Send Command Over Serial Port LvSerialPortCommandResponse GUI name Serial Port Command Response LvSerialPortCommandStatus GUI name Serial Port Command Status Description String of the ASCII command to be sent over the serial port Type string GUI visibility expert Sends the ASCII command over the serial port Type command GUI visibility expert Response to the ASCII command sent over the serial port Type string GUI visibility expert Read only feature Status code indicating success of the last com mand Type enumeration Possible values Success Timeout PortBusy CommunicationError Frame
54. GenTL compatibility the cameras are plug amp play compatible with all GenTL capable libraries such as Halcon Common Vision Blox or MATLAB a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 22 Vision CheckSight user manual Basic information Detailed information about these industrial standards and their use in our products is provided in Chapter 8 Vision Standards 2 5 2 CE amp FCC The cameras fulfill EMC standards 55022 1998 A1 2000 A2 2003 emissions and 55024 1998 A1 2001 A2 2003 immunity 2 5 2 1 Declaration of conformity DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY KONFORMITATSERKLARUNG Equipment Camera System Gerateart Trademark CheckSight Handelsmarke Type CheckSight Typ Manufacturer Leutron Vision GmbH Hersteller Further Description See technical data sheet Weitere Angaben Siehe Technisches Datenblatt The signing legal authorities state that the above mentioned equipment meets the require ments for EMC according to Die Unterzeichnenden erkldren als rechtsverbindliche Bevollmachtigte dass das oben er wahnte Geral den folgenden EMV Anforderungen entspricht DIRECTIVE 2004 108 EC Electromagnetic Compatibilty EMC RICHTLINIE 2004 108 EG Elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit EMV The following harmonized standards have been used Folgende harmonisierte Normen wurden angewandt EN 61000 6 4 2007 IEC 61000 6 4 2006 EN 61000 6 2 2005 IEC 61000 6 2 2005 Test report EMCKP1520A T
55. InterfaceID read enum InterfaceType read_int GevMACAddress first gateway write int GevInterfaceGatewaySelector 0 read_int GevInterfaceGateway sd firat subnet write_int GevInterfaceSubnetSelector 0 read_int GevInterfaceSubnetIPAddress read_int GevInterfaceSubnetMask Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 199 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features 7 2 2 Device enumeration The interface module also provides means for device Camera enumeration and querying basic information about the devices without need to open them Note that some of the GigE Vision specific features are only available for the GigE Vision devices Unlike with interface enumeration the device enumeration might be done repeatedly at runtime by some applications since devices in particular the GigE Vision cameras might go away or get connected to the system any time so the device list is more dynamic by its nature Update Device List Device Selector Device ID Device Vendor Name Device Model Name Device Access Status Device User ID Device Serial Number Device MAC Address Command asking the GenTL producer to rescan the list of devices currently accessible through given interface Keep in mind that after the update the contents of the list of the devices known to the Simplon GenTL Producer might change including their order Handles to the opened devices are guaranteed to rema
56. Layer Control User Sets a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 16 h Vision CheckSight user manual Quick start e Triggered acquisition The camera starts by default in free running mode acquiring continuous stream of image frames On the other hand in the triggered mode the acquisition of individual frames can be explicitly controlled by hardware or software triggers The trigger related features are located in the Acquisition Control category Triggered mode To switch the camera to triggered mode open the Trigger Selector subtree and set Trigger Mode to On After starting the acquisition again the camera will acquire images only when explicit trigger signal arrives Trigger source The Trigger Source enumeration allows to select where should the camera listen for triggers You can select either Software or one of the camera s I O lines The assignment of the I O lines to the con nector pins is described in Section 3 9 Connector and cable de scription p 37 Software triggering The software triggers can be issued during active acquisition in triggered mode regardless whether the trigger source is set to Software or a physical I O line To apply the software trigger select the Generate Software Trigger feature and click the button which pops up Strobe The strobe can be configured using features in the Digital I O Control category after switching the feature visibility level
57. PDB files files containing the debugging information symbols for the Simplon libraries We recommend to install these debug files on the development and testing systems so that it is possible to generate the stack trace info whenever encountering a problem The files are located in the bin Debug subdir ectory of the Simplon installation Note that in Linux version of Simplon the symbols are directly included in the libraries and execut ables a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 238 h Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Appendix A Technical specifications for individual models A 1 CheckSight G32B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight G32B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CMOS parallel readout type Aptina MT9V403 A 4 Green B Green R HEE bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level 196 fps 10 bit single tap progressive 9 9x9 9 um 6 5241 x 4 8906 mm global 20 us 1300 ms default 5 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Ana
58. Parameters Code Generation Interface Library hAcqGentCamTL dl Rev 4 2 20101021 Device ace 0 GigE Interface vendor Leutron Vision model PicSight P203B GigE Y Port Jo z Camera File default zi I Trigger Select Resolution x Full 7 F Full 7 Color Space default 7 Field progressive Bit Depth 1 SE Generic 6 When finished configuring the camera you can let the assistant to generate the application code for you Proceed to the Code Generation tab and click the Insert Code button The as sistant will generate code that finds and opens the selected camera adjusts all the camera parameters you have changed in the assistant and then start a simple acquisition loop By default it will automatically disconnect from the camera so that you can immediately start playing with the generated script The script can serve as a very good starting point for the actual application a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 221 Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages i Image Acquisition Image Acquisition 01 D x File Acquisition Code Generation Help ealas ak Source Connection Parameters Code Generation Acquisition Control Elow Acquire Images intoop xl Insert Code Acquisition Mode Asynchronous Acquisition x sta Disconnect Yariable Names Connection Handle JacqHandle Loop Counter inex Image Obj
59. StreamSelector 0 char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice StreamID StringVal 1024 GEN lt i gt CAM read information about the first stream of the device i e stream with index 0 write int StreamSelector 0 read_string StreamID 7 3 3 GigE Vision streaming control This topic is specific to GigE Vision devices only When acquiring images from a GigE Vision camera depending on the camera s data rate and configuration the amount of data being sent over the network in the image stream can be high enough to generate significant processor load and consume other system resources especially when being processed through the regular operating system s network stack The Simplon GenTL Producer provides a network filter driver to minimize such processing overhead The feature Device Stream Capture Mode allows to select which stream capture mode should be used for given device Possible options are e System Default the default option the capture mode will be selected according to the default option adjusted in the Simplon configuration file Section 5 3 Simplon configuration p 76 Name of the corresponding configuration boolean option is Default use of filter driver e Socket the image data from this camera will be captured through the regular socket interface regardless of the global default configuration e Filter Driver the image data from this camera will be captured through the
60. TimerlActive Timer2Active Timer3Active Timer4Active UserOutputl UserOutput2 UserOutput3 UserOutput4 UserOutput5 UserOutput6 UserOutput7 UserOutput8 GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Inverts the signal Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Duration of line debounce period Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit us Status of the selected line Type bool GUI visibility expert Read only feature Status of i o lines Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Selects the user output for querying and config uration Type enumeration Possible values UserOutput1 UserOutput2 UserOutput3 UserOutput4 UserOutputs UserOutput6 UserOutput7 UserOutput8 GUI visibility expert Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron ae Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name UserOutputValue UserOutputSelector GUI name User Output Value UserOutputValueAll GUI name User Output Value All UserOutputValueAllMask GUI name User Output Value All Mask Description Status of the selected user output Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Status of user outputs Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with
61. Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name ChunkEnable ChunkSelector GUI name Chunk Enable ChunkOffsetX GUI name X Offset ChunkOffsety GUI name Y Offset ChunkWidth GUI name Width ChunkHeight GUI name Height ChunkPixelFormat GUI name Pixel Format ChunkLinePitch GUI name Line Pitch Description Enables the selected chunk Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets X offset applied to image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit px Y offset applied to image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit px Width of the image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit px Height of the image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit px Pixel format of the image included in the payload Type enumeration Possible values Mono8 Mono8Signed Monol0 Monol0Packed Monol2 Monol2Packed Monol6 BayerGR8 BayerRG8 BayerGB8 BayerBG8 BayerGR10 BayerRG10 BayerGB10 BayerBG10 BayerGR12 BayerRG12 BayerGB12 BayerBG12 RGB8Packed BGR8Packed RGBA8Packed BGRA8Packed GUI visibility expert Read only feature Line pitch of the image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Un
62. against wrong polarity be sure to connect them always with correct polarity according to the documented wiring diagrams and connector pinouts The nominal input current is 7 5 mA the input signal must be able to deliver at least this amount of current The optocoupler inputs are TTL compatible provided that the signal source is capable of supplying the input current of 7 5 mA The optocoupler input lines are equipped with a debouncer to prevent generating unwanted input signals Its functionality and control options are documented in Section 6 7 9 Input lines deboun cer p 123 The input lines are using fast optocouplers the propagation time is under 125 ns for both rising and falling signal edge assuming input signal with strongly steep edge The exact switching speed may vary with temperature and the used input voltage level the listed specifications are the worst case values Parameter Value Operating voltage 5 24 V Input current 7 5 MA External resistor requirement No ON voltage level gt 4 5V OFF voltage level lt 1 5V OFF to ON delay lt 125 ns ON to OFF delay lt 125 ns OFF to ON jitter 5ns ON to OFF jitter 5ns Table 3 1 Optocoupler input parameters summary CheckSight Opto input anode o Opto input cathode Figure 3 15 Example of using the optocoupler inputs a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 34 h Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation
63. auto exposure takes precedence Automatic gain is inactive as long as the automatic exposure functinality does not reach its limits only then the automatic gain becomes active as well The automatic exposure functionality might work against the manual gain set tings When increasing the gain the automatic exposure function will decrease the exposure to reach again the target luminance level The low pass filter applied in the automatic exposure algorithm can cause that the automatic exposure value never fully reaches the limits min max of the manual exposure time 6 6 2 2 Exposure mode To make the discussion complete we should also mention the Exposure Mode feature It is an enumeration which is currently present mainly as information for generic applications relying on the GenlCam SFNC Standard Features Naming Convention standard since all Leutron Vision cameras currently use just a single exposure mode in all working mode The supported exposure mode is Timed which means that the exposure time is fully controlled by features Exposure Time and Automatic Exposure both discussed above In particular in the triggered mode the trigger width has no impact on the exposure time EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle optionally set the exposure mode Timed is anyway currently the only thus default option vSetEnum hDev LvDevice ExposureMode LvExposureMode_ Timed GEN lt i gt CA
64. available to the acquisition engine and the acquis ition engine never overwrites any buffers in the output queue when overflown new images are dropped Stream Announce Buffer Minimum Minimum number of acquisition buffers the stream requires for operation The value depends on the acquisition mode For the current version of Simplon GenTL Producer and the default acquisition mode the minimum is 1 EXimpion LvHStream hStrm open the stream to get the handle read basic information about the stream char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hStrm LvStream StreamID StringVal 1024 int32_t EnumVal vGetEnum hStrm LvStream StreamType amp EnumVal int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hStrm LvStream_StreamAnnouncedBufferCount amp IntVal Enum hStrm LvStream_ StreamAcquisitionModeSelector amp EnumVal ivGetE LvGetInt32 hStrm LvStream_StreamAnnounceBufferMinimum amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM read basic information about the stream read_string StreamID read enum StreamType read_int StreamAnnouncedBufferCount read enum StreamAcquisitionModeSelector read int StreamAnnounceBufferMinimum a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 207 h Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features 7 5 Simplon GenTL Producer feature summary The following table provides condensed summary of all the features provided by the Simplon GenTL Producer for individual Gen
65. bool LvImageStampResetEnable true write enum LvImageStampSelector FrameID write bool LvImageStampResetEnable true read back the stamps reset mask as a bitfield read_int LvImageStampsResetMask issue software trigger command to reset the timestamps valid regardless the trigger source configuration exec _cmd LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSoftware 6 15 2 Watchdog timer control Some Leutron Vision camera models provide features to control the device s watchdog timer be havior The watchdog timer is a subsystem allowing to monitor device health When enabled the Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 165 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control application needs to periodically reset the watchdog timer the resets serve as the application heartbeat As long as each new heartbeat is issued withing a specified timeout duration the watchdog stays silent However if the watchdog timer expires and the reset command is not issued the watchdog assumes the application or entire system is locked and reboots the camera The watchdog functionality is implemented in the FPGA independently from the main camera control so it remains functional even if the operating systems itself gets locked After the camera boots the watchdog is always inactive If desired the application has to enable it explicitly Watchdog Enable specifying the desired Watchdog Timeout Duration
66. buttons You can show hide the info pane with info about the selected configuration option You can switch between three configuration levels beginner expert guru the higher level the more detailed options are shown Finally you can store the changes The set of options itself is ever evolving so the Simplon Settings tool itself or the lv simplon ini file is the most complete documentation The options include detailed logging configuration see also Chapter 9 Troubleshooting amp Support p 234 system installation related info and configuration of individual Simplon subsystems 5 3 2 Selected configuration options The documentation for all the Simplon configuration options is provided directly in the Simplon Settings utility and the configuration file Here we ll mention just few selected important options Logging options Heartbeat timeout The Simplon log is an important tool for any support and troubleshoot ing For regular operation the log might be kept at low level default is level Info 4 or even switched off to optimize the performance However during application development or when debugging a prob lem we recommend to switch the Log level configuration option to Trace 6 All log files sent to our support team should be created with level Trace 6 The logging infrastructure is optimized for high performance For ex ample the logging to file is buffered to minimize the disk access over head T
67. cameras in particular with the DMA based devices such as CheckSight CheckSight ll In such case the acquisition buffers must be locked into the physical memory when starting the acquisition and that is potentially time consuming operation depending on the timing requirements of the application Furthermore after changing certain parameters the size of the data acquired for each image payload size can change then the Halcon interface will need to reallocate all the acquisition buffers which yields ad ditional overhead All of these operations might of course also fail at any time depending on the actual status of the system resources all this in the middle of acquisition For all these reasons we recommend to configure the features normally locked during the ac quisition only at the beginning and don t touch them again during the acquisition unless really necessary or unless the timing requirements of the application are not too strict When not sure if a given feature is locked during the acquisition the easiest way is to verify in the Simplon Explorer after opening the camera and starting the acquisition part of the features in the feature tree will become greyed signalling that they were locked by the camera 8 1 4 Halcon Image Acquisition Assistant When starting with camera integration in Halcon you can either start with one of the samples delivered with Halcon or use the Image Acquisition Assistant too
68. complete current configuration can be at any point stored away and later re loaded to bring the camera back to the status when the configuration snapshot was saved The configuration user set handling can be performed directly by the camera or by the application itself both approaches are dis cussed below It s important to understand which features belong to the user set and will thus be remembered Let s list few rules Refer to Section 6 16 Feature summary p 167 features marked as streamable will be stored in the user sets In general the user sets consist of all the read writable features ie those that can be written and retrieved back Features depending on a selector ie array like features are stored for all possible selector values the entire array is always stored and re loaded If a feature is available and read writable only for some selector values than only those entries will be part of the user set Naturally read only features such as serial number or model name are not part of the user sets Remember that being read only does not necessarily mean the feature is constant For example if in DHCP mode the camera might have different IP address at each run but still the current IP address feature will not be part of the user set ie the IP address would not be restored Commands are not part of the user set No commands can be executed while re loading the configuration
69. connected output in User Output Selector then set its value through the User Output Value boolean feature The Line Inverter functionality still applies as usual for lines controlled through user outputs EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure line output on line 10 to be based on user output 1 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSelector LvLineSelector Linel0 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSource LvLineSource UserOutputl now toggle the line status through the user output value as needed vSetEnum hDev LvDevice UserOutputSelector LvUserOutputSelector UserOutputl LvSetBool hDev LvDevice UserOutputValue 1 LvSetBool hDev LvDevice UserOutputValue 0 GEN lt i gt CAM configure line output on line 10 to be based on user output 1 write enum LineSelector Linel10 write enum LineSource UserOutput1 now toggle the line status through the user output value as needed write enum UserOutputSelector UserOutput1 write bool UserOutputValue true write bool UserOutputValue false Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 117 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Digital 1 0 Control E Line Selector Line Mode Line Format Line Source Line Inverter Line Status Line Status All o User Output Selector Line 10 Opto Out Output Opto coupled User Output 1 Off Off 0x
70. data the camera transfers to the host The application has to allocate buffers large enough to hold the entire data otherwise the acquisition fails The size of the image data payload the camera is going to transfer is reported in the Payload Size feature the application is expected to use query this reported size when allocating the ac quisition buffers By default the payload size is fixed during acquisition the camera transfers the same amount of data for each acquired image If the application desires however to change image size during acquisition special care has to be taken since the actual amount of data could differ from image to image Such mode has to be enabled explicitly by setting the Variable Payload Size flag This has two effects e The Width Height AOI parameters become configurable during acquisition in manual and clip on transfer AOI modes The image size can change from image to image The Payload Size feature does not report the data size corresponding with the current image size but with maximal image size This assures that the reported size is large enough to hold the entire image data however the image size can change during the acquisition The buffers allocated using the Payload Size will be safe to hold the entire image data during entire acquis ition The application needs to keep track of the actual image size for every single image so that it in terprets the buffer correctly It can do s
71. depending on the binning implementation on different camera sensors Result of decimation Hn Ian SNL A P overo pixel Result of binning Figure 6 4 Binning and decimation explained assumes binning by pixel summing Original image After 2x2 binning After 2x2 decimation Figure 6 5 Binning and decimation example Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 87 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure 2x2 binning LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice BinningHorizontal 2 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice BinningVertical 2 configure 2x2 decimation LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice DecimationHorizontal oer LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice DecimationVertical 2 GEN lt i gt CAM configure 2x2 binning write int BinningHorizontal 2 write int BinningVertical 2 configure 2x2 decimation write int DecimationHorizontal 2 write int DecimationVertical 2 Since the binning decimation might increase the maximal acquisition frame rate they might have also animpact on the exposure time limits In free running mode the maximal exposure time depends on the current frame rate it cannot be increased beyond a point when longer exposures would slow down the acquisition In conclusion adjusting binning decimation might lead to lowering the exposure time range and the exposure time would be
72. duplicities When you need to rescan the system to discover newly connected cameras just call the info _framegrabber operator again The PicSight GigE PicSight Smart cameras might not be properly discovered if their IP configur ation does not match the network interface they are connected to for example if they are configured for different subnet In such case it s recommended to use the Simplon GigE Vision Configuration Tool to configure all the cameras first before using them in Halcon 8 1 2 GenTL interface CheckSight CheckSight ll optionally PicSight GigE PicSight Smart When working with our CheckSight CheckSight ll cameras the GenlCamTL image acquisition interface of Halcon should be used This interface accesses the cameras through Simplon GenTL Producer according to the GenlCam GenTL standard Therefore the Simplon package has to be installed in the system Halcon will find and use the Simplon GenTL Producer automatically The GenTL producers are according to the standard registered in the system through the GENICAM GENTL32_PATH GENICAM GENTL64 PATH environment variable This is done automatically by the Simplon installer However on some Linux systems not supporting the etc profile dmechanism this might fail In such case you will need to set the environment variable manually according to the conven tions used in your Linux distribution The variable should point to the directory containing the Simplon GenTL Pro
73. factory defaults is fixed cannot be written The settings include free running working mode and full resolution image Also defaults for other settings are chosen to be expectable if needed the default behavior for each feature is documented together with the feature itself The user sets can be used to save snapshots of particular camera configurations and reuse them later After adjusting the desired configuration it can be stored to the camera s persistent memory by selecting the desired set in User Configuration Set Selector feature and invoking the User Set Save command To load them later one invokes the User Set Load command having the desired set selected Note that after loading a configuration set virtually any feature might change its value Therefore the application might need to re read the entire feature tree to know the new camera configuration Finally it is possible to choose which of the configuration sets will be applied during camera boot Usually the factory defaults are used but it is possible to use one of the user sets instead The boot up configuration set is selected through the Default Startup Set feature The same default set will be also applied after resetting the camera using the Reset Device command and even every time when opening the camera connection from the application EXimpion
74. filter driver interface regardless of the global default configuration EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle use system default GigE Vision stream capture mode configurable through Simplon ini file vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode SystemDefault capture the GigE Vision image stream through standard socket vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode Socket capture the GigE Vision image stream through the filter driver vSetEnum hDev LvDevic ivGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode LvGevDeviceStreamCaptu Mode FilterDriver eS es GEN lt i gt CAM use system default GigE Vision stream capture mode configurable through Simplon ini file write enum LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode SystemDefault capture the GigE Vision image stream through standard socket write enum LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode Socket capture the GigE Vision image stream through the filter driver write enum LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode FilterDriver Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 204 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features 7 3 4 GigE Vision communication control This topic is specific to GigE Vision devices only When controlling a GigE Vision camera the Sim
75. for the Simplon libraries These might be useful for troubleshooting when contacting our support team p Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 58 Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation 4 5 2 Installation in Linux This section discusses Simplon package installation under Linux with notes specific for the most popular distributions and overview of system requirements 4 5 2 1 Installation package types Linux world does not have a single standard way for software installation The Simplon Linux package is therefore distributed in multiple forms to suit all systems RPM format e Used on most commercial distributions and their community variants including Fedora Red Hat OpenSUSE SUSE or Mandriva The package file name is simplon x yy zzz rpm where x yy zzz stands for Simplon version To install execute rpm i simplon x yy zzz rpm with superuser privileges To uninstall execute rpm e simplon with superuser privileges DEB format Used on Debian based distributions including Debian Ubuntu and variants or Mint The package file name is simplon x yy zzz deb where x yy zzz stands for Simplon version e To install execute dpkg i simplon x yy zzz deb with superuser privileges e To uninstall execute dpkg r simplon with superuser privileges Compressed archive TARGZ e The tar gz archive is intended for systems where the rpm deb formats cannot be used or when a customized installatio
76. format Image Format Control Sensor Width 1304 Sensor Height 976 Max Width 1304 Max Height 976 Width 1304 Height 976 x Offset 0 Y Offset 0 Pixel Format Bayer GR 8 AOI Mode Automatic Readout Height Variable Payload Size Figure 6 3 Example GUI showing the image format features 6 5 1 Pixel format The Pixel Format feature controls the nature and layout of pixel data in the image buffer The set of available pixel formats is strongly dependent on the camera model in particular on the mounted a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 85 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control sensor and also on the image preprocessing functions implemented by given camera such as Bayer decoding Generic applications not designed for a single particular camera type should take this into account and query first the available pixel formats Simplon API recognizes all the pixel format types and offers functions to process convert or display them The pixel formats fall into following main groups e Monochrome The camera provides true monochrome image luminance only Depending on the pixel depth ie number of bits representing each pixel the monochrome formats can be Mono8 Mono10 or Monol2 Bayer encoded color The camera provides color image as raw Bayer mosaic encoded data Similarly as for monochrome formats it the Bayer formats also exist in various bit depths Fur thermore individu
77. hSys LvSystem GevVersionMajor amp IntVal LvGetInt32 hSys LvSystem GevVersionMinor amp IntVal e GEN lt I gt CAM read basic information about the system read_string TLVendorName read_string TLModelName read_string TLID read string TLVersion read string TLPath read enum TLType read_int GenTLVersionMajor read_int GenTLVersionMinor read_int GevVersionMajor read_int GevVersionMinor 7 1 2 Interface enumeration The system module also provides means for GenTL interface enumeration and querying basic in formation about the interfaces without need to open them Note that some of the GigE Vision specific features are only available on the GigE Vision interfaces and even only if the producer creates one interface module for every network card see also Section 7 2 GenTL interface module p 198 Update Interface List Command asking the GenTL producer to rescan the currently Interface Selector available camera interfaces and update its internal interface list Note that Simplon API executes this command internally when enumerating discovering the interfaces so there s no need to access this feature directly when using Simplon API Selects one of the discovered interfaces and allows to query information about the interfaces through the depending fea tures see below The Interface Selector is an integer feature with zero based in dexing of the discovered i
78. less accurate than the analog gain a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 127 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control No gain applied Analog gain Digital gain Figure 6 36 Comparison of analog and digital gain the histogram shows how digital gain amplifies the digitization noise Gain values are expressed in logarithmic unit decibel dB Increasing the gain by 6 dB approxim ately doubles the camera response To find correct gain value in dB for a desired pixel value mul tiplication factor use formula Gain 20 1log MultiplicativeFactor The range of possible gain values is model specific negative gain is also possible for certain models The available range might differ in free running and individual triggered modes Note that the camera might be able to adjust the gain only in small but discrete steps It will align the requested value to the closest step to know the exact used value the application might want to re read the gain after setting it All the camera models are adjusted so that for gain set to 0 dB the maximal sensor output output of fully saturated sensor produces the white pixels pixel value 255 for 8 bit pixel format 6 dB O dB Ayo cD d 8 bit pixel format A Q s f 3 5 ey Al EEEE ET EE Pree 6 dB a i 3 m 0 50 100 Sensor output voltage Figure 6 37 Output pixel values for various gains assumes that no black leve
79. log files generated during both the successful and problematic sessions If only a specific sequence of steps leads to the problem describe this sequence 9 1 5 Return Material Authorization RMA If you need to return some possibly defective material to Leutron Vision please use the RMA application on our website The application will query you for some important information about your product s and their defect s deciding automatically whether you should send the material immediately back to Leutron Vision or your distributor or whether we will first contact you to do more tests for problem verification 9 1 6 Customer registration Customers willing to get different level of access rights to Leutron Vision download area should first register on our website The registration area provides various registration possibilities from access to freely downloadable data anyone can get access to it to access to Simplon download you need to purchase Simplon first 9 2 Troubleshooting Leutron Vision products 9 2 1 Troubleshooting common issues The lists below mention some most common issues that can be faced by customers but have easy solution It is a good idea to check this list first when encountering a problem It is also a good idea to check Section 9 2 2 Known problems and limitations p 237 and Section 9 2 3 Simplon logging p 237 whether some hints can be found there e If you are not getting any i
80. max possible size LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LvVariablePayloadSize 1 use fixed payload size the PayloadSize feature reports actual size LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LvVariablePayloadSize 0 after finishing the configuration read payload size feature and use it for the buffer allcoation int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice PayloadSize amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 100 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control use variable payload size the PayloadSize feature reports max possible size write bool LwVariablePayloadSize true use fixed payload size the PayloadSize feature reports actual size write bool LvVariablePayloadSize false after finishing the configuration read payload size feature and use it for the buffer allcoation read_int PayloadSize 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control This section discusses all features related to image acquisition from essential acquisition control exposure time frame rate to trigger modes Acquisition Control Acquisition Mode Continuous Trigger Selector Frame Start Trigger Mode on Generate Software Trigger Trigger Source Line 1 Opto In Trigger Activation Rising Edge Trigger Caching Cache Early Triggers Exposure Mode Timed Long Range Exposure Mode Off Exposure Time 64185 us Acquisition Frame Rate Cont
81. needed any more disable the watchdog timer LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LvWatchdogEnable 0 GEN lt i gt CAM possibly read number of watchdog failures in device s lifetime read_int LvWatchdogFailureCount configure and enable the watchdog timer write float LvWatchdogTimerDuration 20 0 in seconds write bool LvWatchdogEnable true and immediatelly start feeding it with regular reset signals exec_cmd LvWatchdogTimerReset the actual value of the watchdog timer can be queried read float LvWatchdogTimerValue when not needed any more disable the watchdog timer write bool LvWatchdogEnable false Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 166 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 6 16 Feature summary The following table provides condensed summary of all the features existing among all our camera families Some of the features are only supported by certain camera families some of them even just by certain few camera models The range of allowed values might differ For detailed explanation of the purpose of each feature group and their dependencies refer to previous sections in this chapter To learn availability of a feature on a particular camera model refer to the model datasheet or contact our sales department Name Description Feature category Device Control refer to Section 6 3 Information about t
82. nickname of the selected device The user ID s can be assigned by the user to individual cameras and used as custom device identification scheme In Simplon API the User ID can be directly used as device camera identifier when opening it Serial number as a string of the selected device MAC address of the selected device GigE Vision devices only Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 200 m Vision CheckSight user manual Device IP Address Current IP address of the selected device GigE Vision devices only Device Subnet Mask Current subnet mask of the selected device GigE Vision devices only EXimpion terface hItf open the interfac vrescan the list of available devices waiting for operation completion vvCmdExecute hitf LvInterface DeviceUpdateList now wait until the operation end using LvCmdIsDone read information about the first discovered device LvHIn to get the handle i e device with index 0 IivSetinte3s2 hit amp Lvinteriace Devaiceselector 0 char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hitf LvInterface DevicelD StringVal 1024 LvGetString hitf LvInterface DeviceVendorName StringVal 1024 LvGetString hItf LvInterface DeviceModelName Siviesline Wel TOZA LvGetString hitf LvInterface LvDeviceUserID StringVal 1024 LvGetString hItf LvInterface LvDeviceSerialNumber StringVal int32_t EnumV
83. settings in menu Camera gt Save camera settings This enables you to load device settings which you can comfortably set in Simplon Explorer Common things like white balance gain etc can be set in Simplon Explorer and saved to this file Note that the attempt to load these settings for a different device may cause an error The file must be specified with a full path DefaultExposure DefaultimageWidth DefaultimageHeight The Cognex software requires to obtain these values before the device is opened Thus they are read from this file DefaultTriggerSource As Leutron Vision devices usually have more trigger inputs you can specify here which one will be used when the HW trigger is configured in Cognex software On CheckSight the following inputs are available Line1 Opto In Line2 Opto In Line3 Opto In a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 230 h Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages Line4 Opto In Line17 TTL In Line18 TTL In You can also set the trigger input by a feature see the next chapter 8 3 3 Settings saved from Simplon Explorer The part printed in italics shows an example of settings which can be saved easily from Simplon Explorer by the menu Camera gt Save device settings for Cognex adapter The section name is composed from Interface ID and Device ID so the contents of this section is used only in case the same device is opened If this section exi
84. side of the cable holds a D sub 25 pin female connector The D sub connector can either be used directly Copyright Leutron Vision 38 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation or the cable can be opened and used to interface another custom connector type The construction of the cable is described in the following figure SDR 26 pin D sub 25 pin connector connector if twisted pair black white 1 7 a twisted pair red white 2 a a twisted pair green white 3 5 SSS twisted pair yellow white 4 w a AG twisted pair blue white 5 i lt aM twisted pair purple white 6 1i NXS 12 twisted pair gray white 7 T a a twisted pair brown white 8 15 twisted pair red black 9 Li ie twisted pair green black 10 a ts a twisted pair yellow black 11 23 GEE 22 single line orange 12 24 EEE 23 single line pink 13 z lt a twisted pair blue black 14 Figure 3 21 26 pin SDR to 25 pin D sub adapter cable 3 9 3 Ethernet connector A standard Ethernet connector 8P8C modular plug often also referred to as RJ 45 Refer to the corresponding Ethernet specifications for more details The connector is equipped with two standard status LED s 1 8 ACT LINK Figure 3 22 Ethernet connector Pin Wire color code Signal 1O000BASE T Signal 10BASE T 1OOBASE_TX 1 white green BI_DA TX 2 green BI_DA TX 3 white orange BI_DB RX 4 b
85. such configured timer To keep the description simple let s describe the desired settings in source code and screenshot of finished configuration in Simplon Explorer EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure strobe output on line 10 starting 100 ps after frame trigger and staying active 1000 us first configure the timer vwSetEnum hDev LvDevic _Tim ESellector LviamerSelector Tamer vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TimerTriggerSource LvTimerTriggerSource FrameTrigger LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice TimerDelay 100 0 LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice TimerDuration 1000 0 now connect the line source to the configured timer vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSelector LvLineSelector Linel0 vSetEnum hDev LvDevic _Lin Source LvLineSource TimerlActive optionally invert the output signal polarity LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LineInverter 1 e GEN lt I gt CAM configure strobe output on line 10 starting 100 ups after frame trigger and staying active 1000 ps first configure the timer write enum TimerSelector Timer1 write enum TimerTriggerSource FrameTrigger write float TimerDelay 100 0 write float TimerDuration 1000 0 now connect the line source to the configured timer write enum LineSelector Linel10 Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 119 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Came
86. the lines available and their assignment to actual physical pins on external connectors is given at Section 3 8 Input and output signals p 32 and Section 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 To query the information about camera s I O lines one may loop through the Line Selector feature and read the line mode input output and format optocoupler TTL In general the interface Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 113 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control recognizes lines Line1 through Line32 but only a subset of them might be implemented by a camera model The line mapping is fixed for all our camera families all PicSight and CheckSight models the legacy firmware versions 1 x of PicSight GigE used different mapping It s briefly summarized in the following table details are listed in Section 3 8 Input and output signals p 32 and Sec tion 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 1 0 lines Mapped signals sinel Line4 Optocoupler inputs ine5 Lines Reserved sine9 Linel2 Optocoupler outputs Linel3 Linel6 Reserved Linel7 Line18 TTL inputs Linel9 Line24 Reserved Line25 Line26 TTL outputs Line27 Line32 Reserved Table 6 1 Overview of digital I O line mapping EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle query info about line 4 if LvIsAvailableEnumEntry hDev LvDevic _Lin Selector Lv
87. the output signal divider described above is to synchronize frame ID s and timestamps across multiple cameras working together If an application needs to pair images coming from multiple cameras it needs to get them synchronized regularly A possible solution to this problem is to output this synchronizing pulse once every N eg every 100 images are acquired on the master camera and route this signal to the timestamp reset input on all involved cameras The procedure to output a signal every Nth image was described above the timestamp resetting triggers are discussed in Section 6 15 Special features p 163 ACQ TRG p RST TRG ACQ TRG E RST TRG ACQ TRG acquisition trigger input TRG CPY TRG CPY output copying every Nth trigger RST TRG timestamp reset trigger input Figure 6 33 Using digital I O to periodically synchronize timestamps among multiple cameras 6 7 9 Input lines debouncer The camera s input lines both TTL and optocoupler are equipped with an input signal debouncer The task of the debouncer is to detect the input signal changes toggle the logical signal level once and wait for a configurable time period before sampling the input signal again For input signals with slow or fuzzy rising or falling edges the debounce logic is used to prevent unwanted toggling of the input signal after it has been first sampled The debouncer behaviour can be configured through a floating poi
88. to expert Select the desired output line where the strobe pulses should be applied through Line Selector the I O line mapping to interface connector pins is described in Section 3 9 Connector and cable descrip tion p 37 Switch the strobe on for the selected line by setting Line Source to Exposure Active The camera will issue a strobe pulse aligned with the exposure for every acquired frame The strobe output is available only in triggered mode Device remote features Device Control Image Format Control Se Acquisition Control de Continuous Frame Start On Trigger Source Line 1 Opto In Trigger Activation Rising Edge Trigger Caching Cache Early Triggers Exposure Mode Timed Long Range Exposure Mode off Exposure Time 30082 us Acquisition Frar Acquisition Frame Ra Digital 1 0 Control E Line Selector Line 9 Opto Out Line Mode Output Line Forma Opto coupled Line Source Exposure Active Line Inverter Off Line Statu Off Line Status 0x10000 User Output Selector User Output 1 User Output Value All 0x0 User Output Value All Mask 0x0 Counter and Timer Control Special Features Analog Control Transport Layer Control User Sets Chunk Data Control Event Control HAHAAHA e Information about the camera It is frequently necessary to query the basic information about the camera The information is available through featu
89. to trigger also other specific actions This can be configured through the special purpose trigger features The tion 1 special purpose trigger configuration is very similar to the acquisition trigger features Sec 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 Select trigger type Use the Special Purpose Trigger Selector feature to select the trigger type to be configured In current firmware version only the Image Stamps Reset trigger is available but more types can be introduced in future Trigger source input line Configure the source of the trigger signals Special Purpose Trigger Source feature It can be a physical input line such as Line 7 see Section 6 7 Digital I O counters and timers p 113 Section 3 8 Input and output signals p 32 Section 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 Unlike with the acquisition triggers there is no Software option issuing the trigger through executing the command feature Generate Special Purpose Trigger is always possible regardless the actual trigger source configuration Alternatively the trigger source can be connected to one of the action commands such as Action 1 if supported by the camera see Section 6 8 Action commands control p 125 Trigger activation polarity The Special Purpose Trigger Activation feature controls which edge of the trigger input signal will be active ie which edge will actually ignite the t
90. vCmdExecute hDev LvDevice CounterReset set counter value to duration 1 iif juliet Cua ie TI Gara ele Choa vany Mirai EVENT next time it will count the full duration cycle vSetEnum hDev LvDevice CounterSelector LvCounterSelector Counterl LyvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice CounterDuration 100 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice CounterValue 99 GEN lt i gt CAM Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 124 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control reset Counterl it will start counting from zero again write enum CounterSelector Counterl1 exec _cmd CounterReset set counter value to duration 1 Pi eicae eiaa sie Tai Sgain ele cha vary haat Gwieme next time it will count the full duration cycle write enum CounterSelector Counterl1 write int CounterDuration 100 write int CounterValue 99 6 8 Action commands control This section discusses the features related to the control of action commands optionally delivered to the camera s Action Control Action Device Key Action Selector 1 Action Group Key 0 Action Group Mask 0x0 Figure 6 34 Example GUI showing the action control features Action commands are intended to allow triggering various actions typically a new frame acquis ition on multiple devices in parallel in approximately same time The commands are software generated messages delivered to the select
91. values Timed GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Switches to mode with wider range of exposure times Type bool GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Switches to mode with wider range of exposure times Type bool GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Exposure time in microseconds Type float GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit us Selects the automatic exposure mode Type enumeration Possible values Off Once Continuous GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Copyright Leutron Vision 174 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode GUI name Acquisition Frame Rate Control AcquisitionFrameRate GUI name Acquisition Frame Rate Description Switches the acquisition frame rate control on or off Type enumeration Possible values Off On GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Acquisition frame rate in frames per second Hz Type float GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit Hz Feature category Digital 1 0 Control refer to Section 6 7 Digital I O counters and t
92. when expired connect the timer and configure it vSetEnum hDev LvDevic ma roelector m TYEiImerse icc tor kameri ivset um hDev LvDevice TimerTriggerSource LvTimerTriggerSource Counter1lEnd LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice TimerDelay 100 0 LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice TimerDuration 1000 0 now connect the line source to the configured timer vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSelector LvLineSelector Linel0 vSetEnum hDev LvDevic ua Source LvLineSource TimerlActive optionally invert the output signal polarity LvSetBool hDev LvDevic ineInverter 1 GEN lt i gt CAM configure strobe output on line 10 starting 100 ps after every 4th frame trigger and staying active 1000 ps i eee CONN EGUREN Ene C OUNCE write enum CounterSelector Counter1 write enum CounterEventSource FrameTrigger write int CounterDuration 4 write enum CounterMode Autoreset restarts when expired connect the timer and configure it write enum TimerSelector Timer1 write enum TimerTriggerSource CounterlEnd write float TimerDelay 100 0 write float TimerDuration 1000 0 now connect the line source to the configured timer write enum LineSelector Line10 write enum LineSource TimerlActive optionally invert the output signal polarity write bool LineInverter true Leutron Copyright Leut
93. wide range of applications 3 6 1 3 CMOS global vs rolling shutter Some of the cameras with large CMOS sensors are equipped with a rolling shutter In contrary to the global shutter where all camera pixels are exposed at exactly the same time with rolling shutter the exposure of every single line is slightly time shifted relative to the previous line This requires some special considerations especially when capturing moving objects Flash illumination is desirable Effective exposure time Readout IIIT Figure 3 11 Rolling shutter a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 30 h Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation 3 6 1 4 CCD readout types Most of the CCD sensors are designed with interline transfer readout These sensors have photo sensitive pixels organized in columns with light shielded registers in between them Upon exposure end the charge from the photosensitive cells is quickly transferred to these storage registers It is then read out from these registers sequentially line by line pixel by pixel and sent to the camera output One of the cameras is an exception from this rule possessing a sensor with frame transfer readout Such chip is divided into two distinct regions one photosensitive the other light shielded Upon the exposure end the charge is quickly transferred from the photosensitive area to the storage part of the sensor Then the image is sent sequential
94. 000013 set the action device key parameter write int ActionDeviceKey 0x07A312B2 configure the group key and mas for Action 1 write int ActionSelector 1 write int ActionGroupKey 0x00000020 write int ActionGroupMask 0x00000013 6 8 1 Using action commands for triggering The action commands issued from the application can be used for triggering the acquisition and other actions The respective actions used to trigger the desired operations are not configured however through features in the Action Control category but through features of the respective subsystem Refer to e Trigger Source feature in Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 to see how to configure acquisition trigger action command e Special Purpose Trigger Source feature in Section 6 15 Special features p 163 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 126 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 6 8 2 Generating the action commands The information how to generate and deliver the action commands to the desired cameras is beyond the scope of this section It is responsibility of the controlling application If you are pro gramming with Simplon refer to its documentation Chapter 7 Simplon GenTL Producer fea tures p 194 Simplon programmer s guide When programming with another GigE Vision com patible library find the relevant information in its documentation 6 9 Ana
95. 1 3 10 Status LED sii ccs cis eckinivlacesveisecccedelane ste ssecesunpoaey seb sseneeedessavedbvseedsenpuasesessseeeceteens 41 4 Software installaatio asics savesitesace save sacs sate sand sdva sou bate sacusave save vats sandsdea save bate sacs sdue seca vata bawdsdeas 43 4 1 OPEFATING SYSLEM seeders eieclseecccdonssesciovscddcece ess sebbeveccnaesaetedoVecesceueanetssbveeccedunasaeeds 43 42 WINGOWS soaccvevivecs cacceana vattoncesscisacecs eosti cacteacevibtenedssbtencesbutunekdusteseroettvnekoestenersteres 43 4 2 1 Chipset drivers se c sesvassess cesses eae sens aid ances ans eae aes eas aides sake eee 43 4 2 2 Display GIVER s sas sus sanesdaesaied sae sunubaea sana sand sane bded said save bveubara bane shea sanesanesablsaees 44 4 2 3 NetWork driver sssvesccdsssscsbsssescesseeets cssyevecisis sees sles ECEN EEs ET o Seire esses 45 A 2A To Eo 11i E O E E sales siuy sanders base sted ssnessns sabe ste saedsonss 47 4 2 5 Power management settings cesses eeeeeeeeceseseaeeaeeeeeeeseeseaeaaeeeesess 48 4 3 Windows Embedded Standard eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 49 4 3 1 REQUIFEMENTS si sscdcceccus cd esevecccednc wees Haavedcceescuaks shes veteces senbesbevsetccesseebteabavecces 49 4 3 2 Installation procedure for systems distributed as ISO files 0 0 0 ee 49 4 3 3 List of distributed systeMs 00 0 0 e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeerenenenes 50 43 4 Useful NIMES sez sse
96. 1 outut 2 to logical 0 the other ones are left intact keeping their current status LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice UserOutputValueAll 0x1 e GEN lt I gt CAM connect line sources to user outputs as desired set the value all mask to enable user output 1 and 2 write int UserOutputValueAllMask 0x3 following call sets just the enabled outputs to logical 1 the other ones are left intact keeping their current status write int UserOutputValueAll OxFF next call sets output 1 to logical 1 outut 2 to logical 0 the other ones are left intact keeping their current status write int UserOutputValueAll 0x1 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 118 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Value All Value All Mask Effective result bitfield bitfield User Output values o B a user output ep Pf f to Ka B Figure 6 28 User Output Value All functionality illustrated 6 7 6 Advanced output configuration Sometimes the digital output timing has to be different than the exposure timing In such case the output can be driven by a timer started by the Frame Trigger event The timer has a configurable Timer Delay and Timer Duration both in us The delay defines how long after receiving the frame acquisition trigger the camera asserts the output The duration defines how long stays the output active The Line Source needs than be connected to
97. 10000 User Output 1 User Output Value of User Output Value All 0x0 User Output Value All Mask 0x0 Figure 6 27 Line output strobe controlled through the user output settings When working with multiple user outputs it is possible to adjust them all in a single access The camera provides two integer features User Output Value All and User Output Value All Mask both 32 bit bitfields The least significant bit of the bitfields corresponds with User Output 1 the next bit with User Output 2 etc The User Output Value All Mask bitfield defines the set of the user outputs to be adjusted User Output Value All defines the logical values for them When writing a new User Output Value All value the camera considers only those user outputs being enabled having their bit set in the mask The user outputs disabled in the mask bit cleared are preserved their status is left intact regardless the User Output Value All value EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle connect line sources to user outputs as desired set the value all mask to enable user output 1 and 2 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice UserOutputValueAllMask 0x3 following call sets just the enabled outputs to logical 1 the other ones are left intact keeping their current status LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice UserOutputValueAll OxFF next call sets output 1 to logical
98. 12 Asynchronous events p 151 Note that for PicSight GigE cameras the timestamp can be controlled also directly through the GigE Vision transport layer features Section 6 4 Transport layer control p 84 Frame ID The frame ID stamp serves as an image frame counter also a 64 bit integer It is optionally appended to every image buffer through the chunk data Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 The frame ID counter starts counting from zero when the camera boots up and keeps counting every acquired frame until it is explicitly reset or until the value overflows the 64 bit range in such case it would start counting from zero again Note that the counter does not count the image frames transferred to the host PC the application but rather all the frames internally acquired by the camera If the camera boots in free running mode default behavior it starts internally acquiring and counting the frames without transferring them to the application even if the acquisition was not yet explicitly started by the application This behaviour is partic ularly important for the PicSight Smart cameras which might be used in a self contained mode controlled by the smart application without intervention of a host PC Note that the frame ID is in general independent from the block ID low level tags used by the GigE Vision protocol The image stamp reset trigger can be very useful to periodically synchron
99. 19 CheckSight P52B technical specifications A 20 CheckSight P52M Specification PC technology Sensor CheckSight PS52M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX415 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 262 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P52M 1 0 09 08 07 0 6 0 5 0 4 Relative Response 0 3 02 0 1 0 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Wave Length nm monochrome Output image resolution HxV 776 x 580 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 823 x 592 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems 62 3 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 8 3 x 8 3 um 7 48 x 6 15 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 15 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 10 26 dB default 4 dB e Dig
100. 194 h Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features E System GenTL features E GenTL System Module Transport Layer Yendo Transport Layer Mode Transport Layer IC Transport Layer Version Transport Layer Path Transport Layer Type Sent version Major GenTL Version Minor Update Interface List InterFace Selector Leutron Vision Simplon GenTL Producer gentl 1 00 0032 C Program Files Leutron Yision Simplon Bin cti ly gentl ct Mixed 1 0 Interface IC GigE Interface Figure 7 1 Example GUI showing the GenTL system module features 7 1 1 Information about the system The system module provides basic set of features describing the GenTL producer implementation Transport Layer Vendor Transport Layer Model Transport Layer ID Transport Layer Version Transport Layer Path Transport Layer Type GenTL Version Major GenTL Ver sion Minor GigE Vision Version Major GigE Vision Version Minor EXimpion LvHSystem hSys char StringVal 1024 Name of the vendor implementing given GenTL producer For Simplon GenTL Producer this naturally reads Leut ron Vision Name of the GenTL producer itself in our case Simplon GenTL Producer Unique ID of the transport layer producer This feature is used for communication between the GenTL producer and con sumer it should not be interpreted anyhow by the user String representation of the GenTL producer s version number
101. 2 hDev LvDevice LUTValue 4095 1 0r to binarize the image at threshold 2048 50 gray for int i 0 i lt 4095 i LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTIndex i LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LUTValue i lt 2048 0 4095 don t forget to enable the LUT ivSetBool hDev LvDevice LUTEnable 1 disable the LUT later if needed LUT contents will be preserved vSetBool hDev LvDevice LUTEnable 0 e GEN lt I gt CAM adjust the luminance LUT write enum LUTSelector Luminance to invert the image for i 0 4095 write int LUTIndex i write int LUTValue 4095 1 ey FOR i 0 4095 write int LUTIndex i or to binarize the image at threshold 2048 50 gray Copyright Leutron Vision 137 a Leutron h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control write int LUTValue i1 lt 2048 0 4095 don t forget to enable the LUT write bool LUTEnable true disable the LUT later if needed LUT contents will be preserved write bool LUTEnable false The RGB LUT works in principle same as the luminance LUT it only consists from three separate tables each controlling separately given color channel It can accomplish the same operations as the luminance LUT modifying all three tables in the same way It can adapt the color information in the image adjusting all the tables separately A typical use case is the white balan
102. 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 451801 CheckSight R502B 4GB e 451802 CheckSight R502B 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 25 CheckSight R502B technical specifications A 26 CheckSight R502M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight R502M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 5 CMOS sequential readout type Aptina MT9P031 70 5 60 a 504 3 S 3 404 i a E 34 N E z 24 6 K 10 4 i 0 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1050 1150 Wavelength nm monochrome Output image resolution HxV 2592 x 1944 pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter 11 7 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 2 2 x 2 2 um 5 702 x 4 277 mm rolling 39 us 55000 ms default 10 ms Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 270 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions S
103. 3 USB ports are available as standard Type A connectors The USB power lines are protected and are limited to 5 00mA per USB device USB data lines fulfil IEC61000 4 2 ESD protection Leutron Vision provides USB Type A adapters to avoid space problems if USB devices with big molds are to be plugged into the CheckSight CompactFlash Interface for CompactFlash memory cards type The CompactFlash slot is connected to primary IDE channel parallel ATA interface Audio Line output and microphone input is available Section 3 9 7 Audio connect or p 41 3 8 3 Trigger input Any of the available optocoupler inputs or TTL inputs can be used for triggering The input line mapping on the camera connectors is described in Section 3 9 Connector and cable descrip tion p 37 The characteristics and default behavior of these interfaces are described below in Section 3 8 4 Optocoupler interface p 33 and Section 3 8 5 TTL I O s p 36 Those sections also provide examples how to connect the inputs 3 8 4 Optocoupler interface Optically isolated inputs and outputs 3 8 4 1 Optocoupler basics An optocoupler is a device using optical path to transfer an electronic signal between two circuits It basically consists of a photodiode converting the input signal to light and a phototransistor converting the light again to electronic signal Figure 3 14 Diagram of basic optocoupler function The optocoupler is useful
104. 6 Advanced output configuration eee eeeeececececececececececeeececeeeeeeeees 119 6 7 7 Disconnected OUTPUTS 0 0 eee cece cecececececececececececececececeeecececeeeeeeeees 123 6 7 8 Use for inter camera synchronization eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 123 6 7 9 Input lines CEDOUNCER 0 0 eee eee cece cece cececececececececececececececececececeeeeeeeeeees 123 6 7 10 Special tOPics siccsssecssasseeccsto sec essb sel eis eae sae aud essed ea EEEE EE 124 6 8 Action commands Control 0 2 eee eee e cece ee eecececececececececececececececececececececeseeeeeeeees 125 6 8 1 Using action commands for triggering cece ee eeceeecececececececececeeeeeeeees 126 6 8 2 Generating the action COMMAMNAS eee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 127 6 9 Analog CONtIOIS sisisvsv cccssescdccssevccecss eves lebposseetes sted chore Et aa se eE E E eoe E een ttis 127 oe A EE T o E EEE EE E AETA 127 6 9 1 1 Default gain and exposure time settings eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 130 6 9 2 Black level i s5 s acccisessstsseveiidvsiessses svevesnsiebsasesiecvebeseebsnseivs bntveiersbshsteesseesd 130 6 9 2 1 Black level and gain 0 eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeenees 132 6 9 2 2 Black level and pixel format eee cceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 132 6 9 3 Automatic gain and black level 0 02 eee eee eecececeeecececececececececeeeeeeeees 132 6 10 Luminance and
105. 776 PixF 0x1080009 Feature Value a 4 Device remote features Imag 4 Acquis 8500 Exposure Time 8500 us e Control Off m nfo M ExposureTime Exposure time in microseconds The feature controls how long are the pixels exposed to ilumination Current access Read Write Type float min 5 max 15770 BS Simplon Explorer Camera Leutron Vision PicSight P52B GigE RTF ScaryBear 10 0 2 220 File Camera Acquj tet OSG proome p acquisition Image 0003 ID 2379172 Time 738220348243029 X 0 Y 0 W 776 H 582 LInc 776 PixF 0x1080009 1 4 Basic camera features In this section we ll briefly discuss the most essential camera features important for the basic tests Full description of all camera features is provided in Chapter 6 Camera features and their con trol p 79 The Simplon Explorer displays by default only the basic camera features intended to handle the most common tasks To display also the more advanced features you need to switch to the expert feature level Note that the third available level guru is intended just for debugging and should not be used for normal operation By Simplon Explorer Camera Leutron Vision PicSight P52B GigE RTF ScaryBear 10 0 2 220 File Camera Acquisition Display Features Sourcecode Help thio IG SBD we OSE E Found cameras Connected camera Show guru le
106. 83 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control When using the Simplon API the camera settings might be stored and re loaded using functions LvCameraSaveSettings and LvCameraLoadSettings so the user need s not care about the internal meachanism Other GenICam based software packages will usually also provide convenience functions to handle camera settings The camera features controlling the standardized register streaming operation are DeviceRegistersStreamingStart DeviceRegistersStreamingEnd DeviceRegistersCheck and DeviceRegistersValid Note that the camera itself is also able to remember its current state and restore it later upon user request or during boot see Section 6 13 User sets saving loading camera configuration p 157 6 4 Transport layer control The most important feature in this category is Payload Size which is used to determine the size of the image data during buffer allocation Besides that the category contains lot of transport layer GigE Vision related features most of which are handled internally by Simplon API or other imaging library or can be configured comfortably through Simplon GigE Vision Configuration Tool Transport Layer Control Payload Size 5090816 Version Major 1 Version Minor 0 E Interface Selector 0 MAC Address 00 18 66 01 99 E5 Auto IP active On DHCP Active On Fixed IP Active Off Current IP Addr
107. 85 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 5 BIOS Setup advanced ACPI configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY MPS Configuration Select MPS Revision Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 6 BIOS Setup advanced MPS configuration Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 67 mb Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation BIOS SETUP UTILITY PCI Express Configuration Enable Disable Epress Les and L1 link power states Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit Smbios Configuration SMBIOS SMI Wrapper support for PnP Func 50h 54h Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 8 BIOS Setup advanced SMBIOS configuration Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 68 i Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation BIOS SETUP UTILITY USB Configuration Enables support for iiia USB RD Module Version 2 24 3 13 4 option disables legacy support if USB Devices Enabled no USB devices are 1 Keyboard connected USB 2 0 Controller Mode HiSpeed BIOS EHCI Hand Off Enabled Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Boot Security Chipset Exit Ad
108. CheckSight user manual Documentation for Leutron Vision smart PC based cameras Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Documentation for Leutron Vision smart PC based cameras Leutron Vision Revision 1 0 21557 Leutron Vision documentation set Publication date 27 October 2013 Copyright 1995 2011 Leutron Vision All Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Leutron Vision The software products described in this document are furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement The software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of agreement It is against the law to copy the software on any medium except as specifically allowed in the license or nondisclosure agreement The licensee may make one copy of the software for backup purposes No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the licensee s personal use without the express written permission of Leutron Vision Product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby ac knowledged CheckSight user manual Table of Contents Table of Contents General informatioM seinistir iia pn e E bade EE sede deabboaderenthgudoanstene ean E
109. CheckSight user manual Table of Contents 6 5 2 1 Binning decimation on Color cameras sececececeneseeeeeeceeeeeneees 88 6 5 3 Image size area of interest AOI eeceeeeeeseeeececececeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeaeaaeaees 88 6 5 3 1c AOU IMIS cscee cies sass ces sacs stud ssedsarebaes seu davusdes sais bdng sovdsarebava dena deeeseases 90 6 5 3 2 AOI and binning decimation eeeeeseeseeeeeecececeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaaees 90 6 5 3 3 AOI ON Color CAMETAS 0 0 0 esesesesesesesesneeaeaeeeaeeeaeaeaeaeaeeeaeaeaeaenenes 91 6 5 4 Advanced AOI settings 2 0 0 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeesenees 91 6 5 4 1 Two step AOI implementation 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 91 6 5 4 2 AOI MODES iiss sees ccsvssesasevecd cape sacs case seeteaee sass casa eeee sane eee ake eens eee 92 6 5 4 3 AOI parameter dependencies 0 0 0 0 eeseseseseseseseseseeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeaeaes 98 6 5 5 Fixed vs variable payload size sees eeeseseseeesersnensnerensneeeeneeananeneeeaeees 99 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control oe ee eee cece cececececececececececececececececececeseeeeeeeees 101 6 6 1 Basic ACQUISITION COMTI ooo eee ce ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeese 101 6 62 EXPOSUIE TIME seernes eoero rnr Erne cswesess cae nvadedadecesecoebeste sustsesecatevees 104 6 6 2 1 AUTOMAtIC EXPOSUTLE ooo cece ceeeecccceseee eee eeeeeceeseaeaseaeeeeeseeseaeaea 105 6 6 2 2 EXPOSUPE MOE sec csst
110. Control Channel Transmission Timeout LvGevCCRC GUI name Control Channel Retry Count StreamSelector GUI name Stream Selector Description Identifies the endianess mode Type enumeration Possible values Legacy Standard GUI visibility guru Device stream capture mode Type enumeration Possible values SystemDefault FilterDriver Socket GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Determine the maximal usable packet size for streaming Type command GUI visibility guru Streaming packet size to be verified using the Test Packet Size command Type integer GUI visibility guru Test if the selected packet size is suitable for streaming in current network configuration Type command GUI visibility guru Reports success of the last packet size test com mand Type bool GUI visibility guru Read only feature Controls the GigE Vision control channel trans mission timeout value in milliseconds Type integer GUI visibility guru Unit ms Controls the number of GigE Vision control channel command retransmissions allowed when a control channel command times out Type integer GUI visibility guru Selects a stream module to be accessed Type integer GUI visibility beginner Copyright Leutron Vision 213 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Name StreamID StreamSelector GUI name Stream ID
111. Error ParityError Overflow GUI visibility expert Read only feature Feature category LUT Control and Image Adjustment refer to Section 6 10 Luminance and color handling p 134 LvLUTMode GUI name LUT Mode LUTSelector GUI name LUT Selector LUTEnable LUTSelector GUI name LUT Enable LUTIndex LUTSelector GUI name LUT Index Selects the LUT control mode Type enumeration Possible values Direct BalanceWhite BrightnessContrast GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Selects which LUT to configure Type enumeration Possible values Luminance Red Green Blue GUI visibility expert Activates the selected LUT Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets LUT element index Type integer GUI visibility guru Copyright Leutron Vision 187 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LUTValue LUTIndex GUI name LUT Value LUTValueAl1l LUTSelector GUI name LUT Value All LvLUTReset LUTSelector GUI name LUT Reset BalanceRatioSelector GUI name Balance Ratio Selector BalanceRatio BalanceRatioSelector GUI name Balance Ratio BalanceWhiteAuto GUI name Automatic White Balance LvLUTBrightness GUI name Brightness LvLUTContrast GUI name Contrast Description LUT value for the selected i
112. Fax 41 44 809 88 29 E mail sales lt intsales leutron com gt e mail support lt intsupport leutron com gt Web www leutron com Germany Address Macairestrasse 3 D 78467 Konstanz Germany Phone 49 7531 59 42 0 Fax 49 7531 59 42 99 E mail sales lt desales leutron com gt e mail support lt desupport leutron com gt Web www leutron com de Other countries Customers residing in other countries should have a look at the list of our representatives for a distributor in their country If no distributor exists in their country they should contact the headquarter office directly Useful links e To download software documentation and other stuff please visit our download area e Get more information about our support gt If you need to return some defective material to Leutron Vision please visit the Return Material Authorization RMA page e Get information about prices and ordering e Find out detailed information about our hardware and software product range 1 http www leutron com 2 http www leutron com de i http www leutron com sales contact 4 http www leutron com support downloads download area 4 http www leutron com support downloads 6 http www leutron com rma client_id php 7 http www leutron com price request http www leutron com products machine vision image acquisition a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 272 i Vision
113. GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit us Copyright Leutron Vision 184 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvLensControlDutyCycle LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Duty Cycle LvLensControlTargetApproach LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Target Approach LvLensControlNrSlowSteps LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Nr Slow Steps LvLensControlTargetPosition LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Target Position LvLensControlAdjustPosition LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Lens Control Adjust Position LvLensControlCalibrateAll GUI name Lens Control Calibrate All LvSerialPortBaudRate GUI name Serial Port Baud Rate Description Calibrated slow motion duty cycle on the power switch Type integer GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit Selects how the target lens position should be approached Type enumeration Possible values Direct FromPlus FromMinus GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Number of slow steps before the target position Type integer GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Target lens position Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura
114. GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Gateway of a GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature MAC address of a GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Selects subnet associated with a GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Subnet IP address of a GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Subnet mask of a GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Copyright Leutron Vision 210 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Name DeviceUpdateList GUI name Update Device List DeviceSelector GUI name Device Selector DeviceID DeviceSelector GUI name Device ID DeviceVendorName DeviceSelector GUI name Device Vendor Name DeviceModelNam DeviceSelector GUI name Device Model Name DeviceAccessStatus DeviceSelector GUI name Device Access Status LvDeviceUserID DeviceSelector GUI name Device User ID LvDeviceSerialNumber DeviceSelector GUI name Device Serial Number GevDevicelIPAddress DeviceSelector GUI name Device IP Address GevDeviceSubnetMask DeviceSelector GUI name Device Subnet Mask Description Update internal list of devices Type command GUI visibility beginner Selects a device mo
115. Height More elaborate options to configure area of interest will be shortly discussed below Since the AOI settings might increase the maximal acquisition frame rate they might have also an impact on the exposure time limits In free running mode the maximal exposure time depends on the current frame rate it cannot be in creased beyond a point when longer exposures would slow down the acquisition In conclusion adjusting AOI might lead to lowering the exposure time range and the exposure time would be automatically adjusted to fit in the new range In triggered mode the exposure time limits are not affected When decreasing the AOI to very small size the acquisition frame rate can in crease significantly having unwanted impact on system performance due to in creased overhead The actual behavior is strongly dependent on the used sensor system configuration and other conditions and cannot be exactly quantified The developer should consider possible impact of using extremely small AOI size on the system performance and reliability 6 5 3 1 AOI limits Two pairs of helper read only features provide information related to maximal size of the area of interest under given conditions Sensor Width Sensor Height Effective resolution of the image sensor specifying the number of useful pixels that can be read out of the sensor These values are fixed for a given camera model In the default mode no binning decimation or area
116. I DMA load for CheckSight The advantage of this attitude is that the AOI can be configured freely without any constraints The AOI parameters can even be if desired changed on the fly during active acquisition The programmer just needs to understand all the consequences of variable image size during acquisition this topic is discussed in Section 6 5 5 Fixed vs variable payload size p 99 Leutron Vision cameras allow to combine both attitudes flexibly through various AOI modes 6 5 4 2 AOI modes The AOI modes are configured through the enumerated feature AO Mode Depending on the selected AOI modes the camera decides how to interpret the AOI parameters or even enables additional parameters The available modes are e Automatic e Clip on Transfer e Manual Automatic AOI mode This is the default mode and was described above Section 6 5 3 Image size area of interest AOI p 88 e Only the AOI size Width Height is configurable Its position X Offset Y Offset is chosen by the camera usually centered within the sensor unless the sensor disallows that e The camera automatically distributes the AOI implementation among the two options sensor side and in memory clip It tries to apply as much as possible directly on the sensor to increase the frame rate as much as possible If sensor AOI capabilities are limited it additionally clips the image in memory before the transfer to
117. LineSelector Line4 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSelector LvLineSelector Line4 int32_t EnumVal line mode gives LvLineMode Output or LvLineMode_ Input vvGetEnum hDev LvDevice LineMode amp EnumVal line format gives LvLineFormat_OptoCoupled or LvLineFormat_TTL vGetEnum hDev LvDevice LineFormat amp EnumVal GEN lt i gt CAM query info about line 4 write enum LineSelector Line4 read enum LineMode Input or Output read enum LineFormat OptoCoupled or TTL 6 7 1 1 Physical and logical lines a Except of the actual physical signals representing the electrical status of the individual input out put lines possibly inverted by the Line Inverter flag few additional logical signals can also be used for configuration These are virtual signals representing internal status of the camera The available logical signals are e Exposure Active ExposureActive the signal is asserted during an active exposure both start and duration of the signal is aligned with the exposure e Frame Trigger FrameTrigger asserted when a frame trigger is issued no matter if issued by an external event software command or other means Only the starting edge of the signal Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 114 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control is significant the dura
118. Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 101801 CheckSight P34B 4GB e 101802 CheckSight P34B 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 17 CheckSight P34B technical specifications A 18 CheckSight P34M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P34M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 4 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX098 Relative Response monochrome Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 692 x 504 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes 64 7 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 5 6 x 5 6 um 4 6 x 3 97 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 15 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 260 m Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning D
119. Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 111801 CheckSight P33B 4GB e 111802 CheckSight P33B 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 15 CheckSight P33B technical specifications A 16 CheckSight P33M Specification PC technology Sensor CheckSight P33M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 3 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX424 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 257 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P33M 1 0 09 08 o7 g A 06 os 04 2 03 02 0 1 0 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Wave Length nm monochrome Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 692 x 504 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o
120. LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle bead current Status of line 2 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSelector LvLineSelector Line2 int32_t IntVal LvGetBool hDev LvDevice LineStatus amp IntVal read status of all lines as a bitfield in single access LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice LineStatusAll amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM read current status of line 2 write enum LineSelector Line2 read_bool LineStatus read status of all lines as a bitfield in single access read int LineStatusAl1 The status of I O lines associated with individual acquired images can also be monitored through the chunk data see Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 6 7 3 Using input lines for triggering The signals issued on the input lines can be used for triggering the acquisition and other actions The trigger input lines are not configured however through features in the Digital I O category but through features of the respective subsystem Refer to e Trigger Source feature in Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 to see how to configure acquisition trigger input line e Special Purpose Trigger Source feature in Section 6 15 Special features p 163 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 115 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 6 7 4 Basic output strobe configuration The most typical use case for digital outp
121. M optionally set the exposure mode Timed is anyway currently the only thus default option write enum ExposureMode Timed On an older series of PicSight GigE cameras Trigger Width exposure mode was used when triggering over the TTL input In this mode the exposure time was controlled by the width of the trigger signal These legacy cameras are however obsolete and the Trigger Width more is no more available on current camera series 6 6 3 Trigger modes The following sections give an overview of the trigger modes supported by the cameras Detailed timing specifications are model specific 6 6 3 1 Free running mode In the free running mode no external triggers are considered by the camera A continuous video stream with constant frame rate see Appendix A Technical specifications for individual models p 239 is output by the camera Exposure time is programmable a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 106 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control frame rate Internal trigger Exposure CCD charge storage VD Readout see video output timing Figure 6 17 Free running mode timing 6 6 3 2 Triggered mode accurate exposure In the triggered mode only the leading edge of the trigger pulse is significant When encountered an exposure starts eventually after a programmable delay The length of the exposure is program mable
122. Once enabled the application is responsible issuing the Watchdog Reset signals in period lower than the configured timeout to prevent the watchdog timeout expiration and device reboot The watchdog can be disabled again Furthermore the current Watchdog Timer Value time remaining until expiration can be queried It is important that the application always disables the watchdog timer whenever it intends to stop updating it regularly such as when the application shuts down otherwise the system would be rebooted as soon as the timer expires The watchdog timer is never disabled automatically Finally the integer Watchdog Failure Count provides information about how many watchdog failure reboots happened in the device lifetime Note that all the watchdog related features are in guru feature visibility level EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle possibly read number of watchdog failures in device s lifetime LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice LvWatchdogFailureCount amp IntVal configure and enable the watchdog timer LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice LvWatchdogTimerDuration 20 0 in seconds LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LvWatchdogEnable 1 and immediatelly start feeding it with regular reset signals vCmdExecute hDev LvDevice LvWatchdogTimerReset the actual value of the watchdog timer can be queried double FloatVal LvGetFloat hDev LvDevice LvWatchdogTimerValue amp FloatVal when not
123. Simplon Setup Wizard This wizard will guide you through the installation of Simplon It is recommended that you dose all other applications before starting Setup This will make it Possible to update relevant system files without having to reboot your computer Click Next to continue Figure 4 14 Simplon installation welcome screen Next screen is the license agreement Please read carefully the license text and if you agree click the Agree button to proceed with installation Once confirmed your full agreement with the li cense text is assumed Simplon 0 01 083 Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement License Agreement for LV Simplon This Leutron Vision License Agreement is a legal agreement between you either an individual or a single entity and Leutron Vision Switzerland for the LV Simplon SOFTWARE PRODUCT If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you may not use the LV Simplon SOFTWARE PRODUCT SOFTWARE PRODUCT LICENSE The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is licensed not sold 1 GRANT OF LICENSE This agreement grants you the following rights Installation and Use Reproduction and Distribution You may reproduce and distribute the BINARY code of LV Simplon together with your application in order to If you accept the terms of the agreement dick I Agree to
124. TL modules Some of the features are only relevant for certain camera families The range of allowed values might differ depending on the actual system config uration For detailed explanation of the purpose of each feature group and their dependencies refer to previous sections in this chapter Name Description Feature category GenTL System Module refer to Section 7 1 GenTL system mod ule p 194 TLVendorName GUI name Transport Layer Vendor TLModelName GUI name Transport Layer Model TLID GUI name Transport Layer ID TLVersion GUI name Transport Layer Version TLPath GUI name Transport Layer Path TLType GUI name Transport Layer Type GenTLVersionMajor GUI name GenTL Version Major GenTL producer vendor name Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature GenTL producer model name Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature GenTL producer ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature GenTL producer version Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature GenTL producer path Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature GenTL producer type currently always reported as Mixed Type enumeration Possible values Mixed Custom GEV GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Major version of the implemented GenTL specific ation Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Copyri
125. TMode BalanceWhite trigger computation of new white balance factors vSetEnum hDev LvDevice BalanceWhiteAuto LvBalanceWhiteAuto Once when finished it switches back to LvBalanceWhiteAuto_ Off and new balance ratios are immediately applied GEN lt i gt CAM select the white balance LUT mode write enum LvLUTMode BalanceWhite trigger computation of new white balance factors write enum BalanceWhiteAuto Once when finished it switches back to LvBalanceWhiteAuto_ Off and new balance ratios are immediately applied Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 143 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Note that computation of the white balancing factors based on the acquired image can be done even if the output pixelf format is not true RGB but a Bayer encoded format In such case the camera does not apply them directly no RGB LUT with Bayer encoded pixel format it just provides the recommended values read only as a hint for the application which can apply them after decoding the Bayer encoded image 6 10 2 Color transformation The color transformation functionality allows to adjust the color information through applying a matrix operation on every single pixel The operation is applicable only for true color RGB BGR output pixel formats Section 6 5 Image format p 85 since it takes the R G B channel values of each pixel as input T
126. The exact switching speed may vary with temperature and the used input voltage level the listed specifications are the worst case values Parameter Value Operating voltage 5 24 V Output current lt 100 mA External resistor requirement Yes output current must be limited to 100 mA OFF to ON delay 750 ns OFF to ON rise time 10 to 90 1 0 4 0 us ON to OFF delay 2 5 25 us ON to OFF fall time 10 to 90 9 0 140 us OFF to ON jitter 20 ns ON to OFF jitter 0 1 us Table 3 2 Optocoupler output parameters summary a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 35 i Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation CheckSight Opto output collector 6 Figure 3 17 Example of using the optocoupler outputs 1 O connector Pin 9 I O line 9 Opto output _ opto output collector 1 0 line 9 Pin 10 I O line 9 opto output emitter Pin 11 I O lines 10 12 opto outputs common collector Opt tput Po OURE Pin 12 1 0 line 10 USNE ID opto output emitter Opto output Pietine i r in 26 ine 11 oe opto output emitter Opto output _ I O line 12 Pin 25 I O line 12 opto output emitter Figure 3 18 Diagram of the internal optocoupler outputs connections internal camera output signal output voltage on the connector 90 lt 2 OFF to ON rise time w ON to OFF fall time OFF to ON delay ON to OFF delay Figure 3 19 CheckSight output optocou
127. The version is en coded as M mm sss where M stands for major mm for minor and sss for subminor version For example 2 00 005 Firmware version into which the camera would be recovered Besides the actual firmware the camera carries also an older firmware version into which it can be recovered in case of seri ous problems String holding various information about the camera hardware version On some cameras it might be empty The contents is intended for our support team String representation of camera s unique serial number Beware the Simplon API identifier for this feature is LvDevice DeviceSerialNumber to distinguish it from the GenlCam GenTL device ID used for device enumeration Writable string which can be used to assign a unique camera nickname by the user The nickname can be up to 15 char acters long and it is one of the options how to find identify a camera in Simplon API Scanning type of a camera This SFNC Standard Features Naming Convention feature is intended for generic applica tions it returns Area Scan for all Leutron Vision cameras String representation of camera type class The type associates the camera with a given level of functionality independent on the mounted sensor Example values are GigE GigE RTF or Smart see Section 6 2 Camera classes p 80 cvead basic information to get the handle char Stri
128. UI name Counter Duration TimerSelector GUI name Timer Selector TimerDuration TimerSelector GUI name Timer Duration TimerDelay TimerSelector GUI name Timer Delay TimerTriggerSource TimerSelector GUI name Timer Trigger Source Description Duration number of events for the selected counter Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Selects which timer to configure Type enumeration Possible values Timerl Timer2 Timer3 Timer4 GUI visibility expert Duration of the selected timer Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit us Delay for the selected timer Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit us Signal activating the timer Type enumeration Possible values Off FrameTrigger CounterlEnd Counter2End Counter3End Counter4End UserOutputl UserOutput2 UserOutput3 UserOutput4 UserOutput5 UserOutput 6 UserOutput7 UserOutput8 GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Feature category Action Control refer to Section 6 8 Action commands control p 125 ActionDeviceKey GUI name Action Device Key ActionSelector GUI name Action Selector Provides the device key that allows the device to check the validity of action commands Type
129. UI name Device IP Address GevDeviceSubnetMask GUI name Device Subnet Mask GevDeviceMACAddress GUI name Device MAC Address GevDeviceGateway GUI name Device Gateway Device ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Device vendor name Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Device model name Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Device type Type enumeration Possible values Custom GEV GUI visibility beginner Read only feature IP address of the GigE Vision device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Subnet mask of the GigE Vision device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature MAC address of the GigE Vision device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Gateway of the GigE Vision device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Copyright Leutron Vision 212 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Name DeviceEndianessMechanism GUI name Device Endianess Mechanism LvGevDeviceStreamCaptureMode GUI name Device Stream Capture Mode LvGevFindMaxPacketSize GUI name Find Maximal Packet Size LvGevPacketSizeValu GUI name Packet Size Value LvGevTestPacketSize GUI name Test Packet Size LvGevPacketSizeTestSuccess GUI name Packet Size Test Success LvGevCCTT GUI name
130. a Leutron h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvReadoutWidth GUI name Readout Width LvReadoutHeight GUI name Readout Height LvReadoutOffsetX GUI name Readout X Offset LvReadoutOffsetyY GUI name Readout Y Offset LvVariablePayloadSize GUI name Variable Payload Size Description Width of the sensor side area of interest in pixels Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px Height of the sensor side area of interest in pixels Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px X offset left offset of the sensor side area of in terest in pixels Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px Y offset top offset of the sensor side area of in terest in pixels Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px Flag switching on the variable payload size mode Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Feature category Acquisition Control refer to Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger con trol p 101 AcquisitionMode GUI name Acquisition Mode AcquisitionStart GUI name Acquisition Start Acquisition mode of the device Type enumeration Poss
131. a features and their control M Affects AOI constraints Affects transfer AOI constraints Figure 6 12 Flow chart image format configuration options 6 5 4 3 AOI parameter dependencies When working with AOI it s important to understand the dependencies between the size and offset parameters The configured area of interest must naturally fall fully into the sensor area Thus the sum of an offset with its corresponding size parameter must not exceed the current maximum size which in turn might depend on other features such as binning OffsetX Width lt WidthMax OffsetY Height lt HeightMax The current Width implies the maximum possible X Offset and vice versa similar for vertical settings For example when AOI width is equal to the sensor size the horizontal offset must naturally remain 0 to be able to increase offset one has to decrease the width first The limits for the AOI para meters can be expressed in simple equations e OffsetXmax WidthMax Width e Width WidthMax OffsetX e OffsetYpa HeightMax Height e Heightma HeightMax Offsety Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 98 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Figure 6 13 Flow chart AOI parameter dependencies 6 5 5 Fixed vs variable payload size The image format features are together with the chunk data configuration Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 affecting the size of the
132. age to be used locate it and confirm When running the tool under Linux we recommend to execute it with superuser privileges so that it does not have any problems with the automatic shutdown in the last step of the update procedure S CheckSight Firmware Update Tool 1 00 032 DER ce Device name Firmware version CheckSight 0 00030 000 Firmware upgrade Filename Version Status No file selected Progress Select Firmware x Upgrade device 2 When selected click the Upgrade device button to start the actual update procedure Note that the camera must not be shut down or powered off during the update procedure otherwise the camera might get corrupted S CheckSight Firmware Update Tool 1 00 032 DER Tog Device name Firmware version CheckSight 0 00030 000 Cam1 G434B Firmware upgrade Filename FO9001_IC0301_61823105_002_000_R00031 xsvf Version 00030 000 Status Ready for upgrade Progress Select firmware Upgrade device X 3 The tool will display progress of the operation with warning that the system must not be powered off a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 75 Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation S CheckSight Firmware Update Tool 1 00 032 DER Firmware upgrade Filename F09001_IC0301_61823105_002_000_R00031 xsvf version 00030 000 Status Upgrade in progress 00 15 Don t power off th
133. aged over multiple acquired frames low pass filtered to avoid fast oscillations and compared to predefined thresholds When the value falls outside those threshold the black level is re adjusted to restore the desired black values very slightly above zero The configuration is analogical for all automatic features each of them is controlled through an enumerated feature Automatic Gain Automatic Black Level Automatic Exposure which can switch between two modes Offand Continuous The Off option means the automatic mode is not active and given feature is controlled manually by adjusting the desired value This is default a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 132 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control option for all the automatic features The Continuous option means that the automatic adjustment of the feature is continuously applied To configure automatic gain it is first necessary to select through Gain Selector which gain type analog or digital is being configured EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle switch analog gain to automatic mode full availability checking for generic applications if LvIsAvailableEnumEntry hDev ivDevice GainSelector LvGainSelector AnalogAl11 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice GainSelector LvGainSelector AnalogAll if LvIsAvailableEnumEntry hDev LvDevice GainAuto LvGainAuto Continuous
134. al vGetEnum hItf LvInterface_D viceAccessStatus amp EnumVal MAC IP addresses can be read as integers or formatted strings int32_t IntVal int 64 t Int64Val LvGetInt64 hitf LvGetString hItf LvGetInt32 hitf LvGetInt32 hitf LvInterface GevDeviceMACAddress amp Int64Val LvIinterface GevDeviceMACAddress StringVal LvInterface GevDeviceIPAddress amp IntVal LvInterface GevDeviceSubnetMask amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM vrescan the list of available devices waiting for operation completion exec _ cmd DeviceUpdateList wait_until done DeviceUpdateList read information about the first discovered device i e device with index 0 write int DeviceSelector 0 read_string DeviceID read_st DeviceVendorName read st DeviceModelName read string LvDeviceUserID read _ string LvDeviceSerialNumber read enum DeviceAccessStatus read _ int GevDeviceMACAddress read_int GevDeviceIPAddress read_int GevDeviceSubnetMask ring ring Simplon GenTL Producer features 1024 1024 Copyright Leutron Vision 201 a Leutron h Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features 7 3 GenTL device module The device module provides a GenTL producer s local view of each opened camera device there s one instance for every device you open Note that this does not refer to the features exported by the camera itself those
135. al compatible graphics output 1 2 CMOS parallel readout type Aptina MT9V403 Paes monochrome Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level 196 fps 10 bit single tap progressive 9 9 x 9 9 um 6 5241 x 4 8906 mm global 20 us 1300 ms default 5 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Analog gain 0 23 52 dB default 0 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 1 5 1 5 DN default 0 DN Copyright Leutron Vision Leutron 240 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight G32M n a 46 dB 53 dB Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 400801 CheckSight G32M 4GB e 400802 CheckSight G32M 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard
136. al configuration to get optimal performance Cor responding instructions are provided below 4 2 Windows The description and screenshots are provided for Windows XP but are generally applicable to any Windows version All the necessary device drivers are available from our download area We recommend to install them in the order how they are presented in the sections below 4 2 1 Chipset drivers Navigate to the folder with chipset driver files execute setup exe and follow the instructions After installation reboot the system Intel Chipset Device Software E E x a Intel Chipset Device Software a intel Welcome to the Setup Program This setup program will install the Intel Chipset Device Software onto this computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all programs before continuing Figure 4 1 Chipset drivers installation 1 http www leutron com support downloads download area a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 43 h Vision CheckSight user manual 4 2 2 Display driver Software installation Intel Chipset Device Software Intel Chipset Device Software Setup Progress Please wait while the Following setup operations are performed Installing Driver Intel R SCH Family USB Universal Host Controller 8114 Version 8 8 0 1001 Installing Driver Intel R SCH Family USB Universal Host Controller 8115 Version 8 8 0 1001 Installing Driver Intel R SCH Family USB Un
137. al image sensors might layout the color components different way within the image depending on the two pixels in top left image corner the formats are named e RG the top left pixel is red e BG the top left pixel is blue e GR the top left pixel is green followed by a red one e GB the top left pixel is green followed by a blue one The most usual Bayer encoded formats are BayerRG8 BayerRG12 and BayerRG10 Simplon API provides functions for converting Bayer encoded data to true RGB image True color The camera provides true color image in 32 bit BGR format blue component first 8 bits per color channel Name of the format is BGRA8 Packed EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle set pixel format Mono8 if available if LvIsAvailableEnumEntry hDev LvDevice PixelFormat LvPixelFormat_ Mono vSetEnum hDev vDevice PixelFormat LvPixelFormat_Mono8 GEN lt i gt CAM set pixel format Monos write enum PixelFormat Mono8 6 5 2 Binning and decimation Binning and decimation are two different sub sampling operations performed directly at the camera sensor before image readout They reduce the horizontal and or vertical resolution by given factor thus yielding higher frame rate while preserving the field of view Compare that with area of interest AOI settings which reduce field of view Different factors might be used fo
138. ale plug with hood solder version for Check Sight I O connector Ordering number 24199 Power supply for CheckSight 100 240VAC input 12VDC 3 3A output 2 5mm DC Power connector Ordering number 73520 CD with Simplon software suite for Windows XP 7 and Linux including Simplon Explorer to control PicSight and CheckSight cameras comprehensive programming library with automatic source code generator compatible to GenlCam GenTL and GigE Vision standards Simplon GigE Vision Configuration Tool firmware maintenance tool software drivers for CheckSight and all related hardware and software documentation Ordering number 16060 e CompactFlash 4 GB industrial grade type Ordering number 29010 e CompactFlash 8 GB industrial grade type Ordering number 29020 Selected accessories are illustrated at the following photographs for better understanding Figure 2 2 CheckSight display cable 32012 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 21 Vision CheckSight user manual Basic information 2 Figure 2 3 CheckSight I O cable 32032 Si Figure 2 4 CheckSight audio cable 32040 Figure 2 5 CheckSight USB extender cable 32050 Figure 2 6 CheckSight locking power plug 39000475 2 5 Standard conformity 2 5 1 GenlCam The cameras and supporting libraries fully implement the GenlCam standard including SFNC Standard Features Naming Convention and GenTL Thanks to the full
139. also the trigger modes implemented by rolling shutter cameras are different Snapshot mode Default trigger mode for the rolling shutter cameras In the snapshot mode only the leading edge of the trigger pulse is significant When encountered first row of the sensor is reset and its exposure starts With a small offset the second row and gradually all other rows are reset and their exposure starts When the last row is reset a period when all row are exposing starts The possible recommended strobe illumination should fall into this period When the common exposure time strobe period ends first line is read out then the second line and all other lines until entire sensor is read out Exposure time meaning the strobe period when all rows are integrating can be programmed in a sensor specific rang Ext trigger Reset row 1 L Reset row 2 2 Ar 6 Reset row N D F a Strobe all rows integrating 5 E i Z Readout row by row see video output timing A Picture pending Figure 6 19 Snapshot mode timing Global reset mode Some rolling shutter sensors support additionally the global reset mode which is very similar to the snapshot mode The main difference is that all sensor rows are globally reset at the same time and the common integration time strobe period begins After that row by row sensor readout starts Because in global reset mode all the image rows are reset at the same time but th
140. anual Camera features and their control Name DeviceTemperatureSelector GUI name Temperature Selector DeviceTemperatur DeviceTemperatureSelector GUI name Temperature LvDeviceUpTime GUI name Up Time LvDeviceType GUI name Device Type DeviceSFNCVersionMajor GUI name Device SFNC Version Major DeviceSFNCVersionMinor GUI name Device SFNC Version Minor DeviceSFNCVersionSubMinor GUI name Device SFNC Version Subminor Feature category Image Format Control SensorWidth GUI name Sensor Width Description Selects a temperature measurement location Type enumeration Possible values Sensor Mainboard GUI visibility expert Current temperature at the selected location Type float GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit C Current up time of the device Type integer GUI visibility expert Unit ms Indicates the basic type of the device Type string GUI visibility expert Read only feature Major version of SFNC standard used by the device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Minor version of SFNC standard used by the device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Sub minor version of SFNC standard used by the device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature refer to Section 6 5 Image format p 85 Effective width of the sensor in pixels Type integer GUI visibility expert Read on
141. anual Initial configuration and preparation BIOS SETUP UTILITY North Bridge Chipset Configuration Integrated Graphics Mode Selec Enabled 4MB gt Boot Display Configuration Boot Display Configuration Local Flat Panel Scaling Auto Flat Panel Type 1024x768 Samsung 1 DPST Control VBIOS Default TU Standard VBIOS Default Select which graphics controller to use as the primary boot device Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit Auto Integrated LUDS External DUI HDMI External TU External CRT External LUDS Select Screen Select Item Change Option General Help Save and Exit Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 16 BIOS Setup chipset northbridge display Copyright Leutron Vision 72 gt 3 Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation BIOS SETUP UTILITY South Bridge Chipset Configuration Number of UCHI ee ports in system ECHI ONLY is USB 2 0 Controller Enabled automatically USB Client Controller Disabled added SDIO Controller Enabled fudio Controller Codec Auto PXE Boot Extension Disabled SATA Boot Extension Disabled Reserved Page Route LPC SLP_S4 Min Assertion Width 1 to 2 seconds Restore on AC Power Loss Last State Select Screen Serial IRQ Mode Cont inuous Select Item Change Option PCIE Ports Configuration General Help PCIE Po
142. ap closed as long as no lens is attached avoid touching the sensor If necessary clean the sensor window using compressed air If further cleaning is required use lint free ESD safe cloth wiper Avoid cloth that could generate static charge or that could scratch the window The camera should be cleaned in an ESD safe area the person performing cleaning should be earthed Electromagnetic fields Keep the camera away from strong electromagnetic fields Avoid static charging handle the camera in ESD protected area e Connectors Take care when handling the camera so that no damage can be done to the connectors Prevent foreign objects in the connectors e Transporting the camera Always transport the camera in its original packaging Licensing information The Simplon package and or the software included in the cameras is using following 3rd party software components e GenlCam GenApi reference implementation distributed under the GenlCam license by the GenlCam committee The copyright is held by the GenlCam committee and its contributing members working group which includes Leutron Vision The package as well as the license is available from www genicam org The GenlCam GenApi reference implementation i in turn uses Apache Xalan C and Xerces C libraries Apache license www apache org fy and the modified MathParser librariy LGPL license kirya narod ru mathparser html zlib compression library available from www zlib
143. art vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerMode LvTriggerMode Off GEN lt i gt CAM Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 110 mh Vision CheckSight user manual configure triggered mode write enum TriggerSelector FrameStart write enum TriggerMode On optionally use a specific trigger mode if supported write enum LvLongRangeExposureMode true write enum LvGlobalResetMode true configure hardware trigger input write enum TriggerSource Linel opto input write enum TriggerActivation RisingEdge configure software trigger input write enum TriggerSource Software configure trigger over an action command write enum TriggerSource Action1 other options write float TriggerDelay 100 0 100 us write enum LvTriggerCaching Cache or Drop Camera features and their control issue software trigger command after starting the acquisition to generate regular trigger in software trigger mode to force the trigger in hardware trigger mode exec cmd TriggerSoftware switch back to free running mode write enum TriggerSelector FrameStart write enum TriggerMode Off it HE Figure 6 21 Flow chart trigger mode configuration Copyright Leutron Vision 111 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Acquisition Control
144. ata By default the chunk data delivery is switched off The application should switch on each particular chunk type it s interested in It does so by selecting the desired chunk type in Chunk Selector feature and set the Chunk Enable boolean flag It should repeat this procedure for all chunk types it wishes to monitor Finally the application must enable the chunk delivery mode through the Chunk Mode Active boolean feature This feature allows to globally switch the chunk mode on and off independ ently on which chunk types are currently selected z Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 147 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Chunk Data Control Chunk Mode Active on Chunk Selector Pixel Format Chunk Enable on x Offset Offset Width Height Pixel Format Line Pitch Frame ID Timestamp Exposure Time E Gain Selector Gain Figure 6 49 Chunk Pixel Format enabled associated feature highlighted EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle switch to the chunk mode vSetBool hDev LvDevice ChunkModeActive 1 and enable the ExposureTime chunk delivery vSetEnum hDev LvDevice ChunkSelector LvChunkSelector ExposureTime vSetBool hDev LvDevice ChunkEnable 1 now the camera appends the exposure time chunk to every acquired image the application can process the chunk data in each delivered buffer and read associated feature value
145. atic XML files copied during installation req foreing requisite components used by Simplon in particular the GenlCam runtime drivers scripts and sources necessary to build and install Simplon device drivers used only on CheckSight systems Configuration files The configuration files are stored in etc opt simplon a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 60 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation simplon File Browser fo x File Edit View Go Bookmarks Tabs Help lt Back X Forward v 2 a E Q Z Location etc opt simplon d Q 100 Q icon View v Treev x Sit i a Iv simplon ini gt D openoffice v B opt D simplon dD pam d ea gt 1 item Free space 32 3 GB Figure 4 22 Linux installation layout configuration files The directory contains in particular the main Simplon configuration file 1v simplon ini The file should be edited with superuser privileges See Section 5 3 1 Simplon Settings utility and the configuration file p 76 for details Application data The various application data such as logs and cache go to var opt simplon simplon File Browser fo x File Edit View Go Bookmarks Tabs Help lt Back v Forward oe e ia a Q Location var opt simplon d Q 6 Q icon View v Treev x gt li mail S ae a XMLCache v B opt p run p gt Ei snool a gt 3 items Free space 32 3 GB Fi
146. atures and their control WidthMax HeightMax Figure 6 6 AOI parameters Applied area of interest AOI Figure 6 7 AOI example In the default mode only the AOI size is configurable the x y offsets position within the sensor area are selected automatically by the camera to optimize performance This typically means that the area of interest is centered within the sensor On some cameras only Height is configurable EXimpion LvSet LvSet tInt ear LvHDevice hDev E32 E92 hDev hDev open the device to get the handle decrease AOI size to 300x200 pixels LvDevice Width 300 LvDevice Height 200 read current maximum AOI size depends on binning decimation see below Copyright Leutron Vision j Leutron 89 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice WidthMax amp IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice HeightMax amp IntVal check entire sensor size in pixels LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice SensorWidth amp IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice SensorHeight amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM decrease AOI size to 300x200 pixels write int Width 300 write int Height 200 read current maximum AOI size depends on binning decimation see below read_int WidthMax read_int HeightMax check entire sensor size in pixels read_int SensorWidth read_int Sensor
147. automatically adjusted to fit in the new range In triggered mode the exposure time limits are not affected 6 5 2 1 Binning decimation on color cameras The color Bayer encoded cameras supporting binning and or decimation implement it intelligently merging skipping pixels of corresponding colors in the Bayer mosaic filter The output is thus always a correct Bayer pattern compatible with the natural pattern of the sensor The color representation is not destroyed 6 5 3 Image size area of interest AOI Another option to reduce image resolution is area of interest AOI feature Area of interest is a configurable rectangular area within the image sensor that is read out and transferred to the ap plication buffer Pixels outside this defined area are ignored Contrary to binning decimation AOI reduces the field of view The effect on frame rate depends on the camera model size and position of the AOI rectangle within the sensor The AOI functionality is available on all camera models The area of interest is defined by four basic parameters specifying the size and offset within the parent area which is in the most simple case full sensor size Width Height Dimensions of the area of interest in pixels X Offset Y Offset Offset of the area of interest relative to the top left corner of the parent area sensor in pixels a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 88 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera fe
148. ay connector A custom miniature connector carrying the DVI D digital only display signals Adapter cable with standard DVI D connector is available from Leutron Vision Note that use of the custom connector was necessary due to space constraints Figure 3 24 Display connector Pin Signal 1 DVI DDC data 2 DVI DDC clock a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 40 Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation Pin Signal 3 Ground 4 DVI TMDS clock 5 DVI TMDS clock 6 Ground 7 DVI TMDS Data 0 digital blue 8 DVI TMDS Data 0 digital blue 9 DVI TMDS Data 1 digital green 10 DVI TMDS Data 1 digital green 11 Ground 12 DVI TMDS Data 2 digital red 13 DVI TMDS Data 2 digital red 14 Ground 15 5V 16 DVI Hotplug detect Table 3 7 Display connector pinout 3 9 7 Audio connector A standard 3 pin 3 5 mm audio jack female also known as TRS tip ring sleeve connector An adapter cable splitting the connector to line out green and microphone in pink each realized as a separate standard 3 5 mm female audio jack is available from Leutron Vision Insulation Ring Figure 3 25 Audio connector TRS jack documented on the male connector version Pin Signal CheckSight Signal adapter line Signal adaptder backplane out mic in 1 Sleeve Ground Ground Ground 2 Ring Microphone in Line out mono n a 3 Tip Line out mono n a Microphone i
149. below Note that this list by no means suggests that other distributions are not supported Simplon should work on any system fulfilling the basic requirements Section 4 5 2 2 System requirements p 59 Also the versions listed for each distribution are just a hint showing which was the original version used for tests Each newer version of given distribution should work well and older versions would work if fulfilling the mentioned system requirments For each distribution the tests were done with the most basic default setup including X but without any special additions a Leutron Vision Copyright Leutron Vision 62 CheckSight user manual Software installation system was properly installed and configured Special requirements related to amp The notes below are related only to Simplon itself assuming the Linux operating Ubuntu Debian operating system installation might apply on CheckSight systems To install Simplon on CheckSight kernel development infrastructure gcc make kernel headers must be installed to succesfully build and configure the device driver Originally tested version 9 10 Karmic Koala Packaging type deb format Works out of the box Originally tested version 5 0 Lenny Packaging type deb format Works out of the box OpenSUSE community version of SUSE Linux Enterprise Originally tested version 11 2 Packaging type rpm format Default installation switches
150. bled It will parse the chunk data in every acquired buffer and update corres ponding values in the feature tree What it displays in the feature tree ina moment is of course the value associated with the currently displayed image amp The Simplon Explorer application will read the chunk data automatically when 6 11 2 Chunk data features naming convention As discussed above each supported chunk is listed in the Chunk Selector enumeration and can be selectively enabled or disabled The value of each supported and enabled chunk can be read through corresponding read only feature for a chunk with name Xxx the chunk value feature is named Chunkxxx When referring to an array of values of the same type such as analog and digital Gain the values are indexed using a selector feature as usual eg ChunkGainSelector ChunkGain For chunks carrying values of a camera configuration feature such as ExposureTime the chunk name is equivalent as the feature name itself Of course data types and value ranges are specific to each chunk Chunk Data Control Chunk Data Control Chunk Mode Active On Chunk Mode Active On Chunk Selector Pixel Format Chunk Selector Gain Chunk Enable On Chunk Enable On x Offset x Offset Offset Offset Width Width Height Height Pixel Format Pixel Format Line Pitch Line Pitch Frame ID Frame ID Timestamp Timestamp Exposure Time Exposure Time E Gain Selector E Gain Selector Figure 6 50
151. cal specifications for individual models p 239 Connector pinout description Section 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 Simplon package installation instructions Section 4 5 Simplon p 53 Detailed documentation of camera features Chapter 6 Camera features and their control p 79 GenlCam and other industrial standards Standards s introduction in Simplon getting started Release notes revision history CheckSight revision history Looking for something else Try Table of contents a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 9 h Vision CheckSight user manual Important information Important information Precautions Not respecting these precautions can lead to injury camera damage incorrect camera performance and loss of warranty e Read the documentation Read the camera documentation before using the camera e Camera power Incorrect input power can damage the camera Follow guidelines in Sec tion 3 8 1 DC power input p 32 Do not reverse power polarity Do not connect or discon nect other cables when the camera power is on Opening the camera Do not open the camera Do not let liquid dust flammable or metallic material to get inside the camera e Environment Always use the camera in conditions meeting the requirements specified in Section 2 6 Environmental requirements p 23 Cleaning the sensor window Avoid cleaning the sensor window if possible Keep lens c
152. ce after opening a camera on a GenTL interface you won t be able to start a new Image Acquisition Assistant and open another camera on the same interface the assistant woudl not discover it This behaviour might improve in a future version of Halcon GenlCamTL acquisition interface Image Acquisition Image Acquisition 01 File Acquisition Code Generation Help PH sf Fan Source Connection Parameters Code Generation Image File s I Recursive Select File s Select Directory Image Acquisition Interface a ee om Saale 9 3 Switch from the Source to the Connection tab of the acquisition assistant By the top of the window you ll see the Device combobox listing the discovered cameras Select the one you wish to work with and click the Connect button The assistant will open the connection to the camera retrieve it s feature tree and allow to control the features or acquire images Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 219 Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages Image Acquisition Image Acquisition 01 File Acquisition Code Generation Help Pao Fae m 2 Source Connection Parameters Code Generation Interface library fAcqGenICamTL dil Rev 4 2 20101021 Device Port Jo z Camera File J default zi J Trigger Select Resolution x Fun 7 if Full z Color Space
153. ce adjustment when individual channel responses are increased or decreased to balance the colors Both ap proaches may be of course combined eg to perform white balance and gamma correction at the same time green channel i red channel blue channel Output pixel value per channel DN Input pixel value per channel DN Figure 6 44 Examples of an RGB LUT used for white balancing increased red decreased blue channel values a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 138 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Original image After reducing the blue channel through RGB LUT Figure 6 45 RGB LUT effect illustrated blue channel reduced for simple white balancing The RGB LUT is used only with true color RGB BGR pixel formats after the Bayer decoding oper ation when the camera converts the image to the 3x8 bit color format The RGB LUT thus always uses 8 bit depth at both input and output meaning that each of the three R G B tables has always 256 entries index 0 255 and each LUT value has also range of O 255 255 corresponding with fully saturated color channel of the pixel Note that enabling disabling any of the three red green blue LUT tables actually enables disables the entire RGB LUT It is not possible to enable them separately EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle adjust the RGB LUT for white balancing increase red
154. cenaeaeecenseaeeceaseaeeceaseeeeeanees 228 8 3 1 Installation cscs e eae eecrese ete ie ake netinie disease aeeeae aed eee Eiei 229 8 3 2 FUNCLIONAILY vecseeeses cel steesecdedensdeesieessceoverebebssecasusadanssebacseas scavensoebuadeassoate 229 8 3 2 1 INtEHACES vessel dient ai awe as edie es tl aida ee 230 8 53 22 OPUOMS secscce cs Yesndsssstints eb eveexeaves deers EEEE suede teerabestuutessesceea eaS 230 8 32 36 DEVICE E E T 230 8 3 3 Settings saved from Simplon Explorer ssssssssssssssssssesssesssesssesesesrsesesesesesee 231 e E FEAtUIES E E E E chapbocsudes seeds 231 fo KO S 1 SA E E E E E E EN 232 9 Troubleshooting amp Support e esesesesesererererererererererererertrerererererererererereeererererererereeerees 234 9 1 Getting support for Leutron Vision products esssessessssssssessssssssssssssssssssssssssesse 234 9 1 1 Before you contact the support team eesessssesessssssessssssssssssssssessssssesss 234 9 1 2 Contact OPTIONS ssssirerisssssissori sisas cides seboebd cede EE E EE SS ERE Ear ra SEEE FEOS 234 9 1 3 Gathering information about the problem eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 234 9 1 4 Reporting the problem 00 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 235 9 1 5 Return Material Authorization RMA cscccceseseeceeeeseeceeeeneecenseseeeeaes 236 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 6 h Vision CheckSight user manual Table of Contents 91 56 Cust
155. cer discovers and connects to the cameras devices It allows to obtain basic information about the interface enumerate the devices currently accessible through the interface and obtain basic information about the devices even before actually opening them e The CheckSight CheckSight Il cameras are always connected through a PCI Interface The name indicates that the camera s acquisition module is connected to the system through PCI Express e The GigE Vision cameras PicSight GigE PicSight Smart or any other GigE Vision compatible cameras connect through dedicated interface s Depending on Simplon version and or con figuration there might be either a single common logical interface called GigE Interface which encapsulates all physical network interfaces network cards available in the system Alternately there might be one GenTL interface per physical network card In the latter case the network related information features such as MAC address are reported When using the single logical interface representing all the network cards the per card features are hidden Interface GenTL features GenTL Interface Module Interface ID GigE Interface Interface Type GigE Vision E Interface Gateway Selector Interface Gateway Interface MAC Address 04 60 00 00 00 00 Interface Subnet Selector 0 nterface Subnet IP Address 0 0 0 0 Interface Subnet Mash 0 0 0 0 Update Device List E Device Selector 0
156. cesdeebabecueibacs capesebdeen 242 A S CheckSight P133B sscsisscesetesnecsstssavsavesscecastsace vavasteevebsbane sautsnes cavdeaue bavesnns babesaud bed 244 A 6 CheckSight P141 B ccccescesecssscesetessvesapsisetuetelavevepesieesatebevevebatentsanusavebenesneesenesenesen 245 As 7 GheckSight P141M ssvsssesseicssnsvessbeesseesiet osbebieeesbepessnentbees sussbebesbubitedeebetenonensbeewdes 246 A 8 CheckSight PT42AB wi sccsstessec csv esscesepesbecssp bees dete esbeaboreeccesessteecsepbees csteenbecben ence eden 247 ALY CheckSight PIA 2AM cscs secessscessesssessesdsovsbiesdeesbeyssovsssnsieesbeedsovesssesensberssevencnetevds 249 A10 CheckSight P202B scssiccstsescesseesscesavesecteebesactsepassedsenesscusanssavesubebececesasacasaseneceven 250 A l1 GheckSight P202M wesicsscresseabebsitecsdeevesareteesets ose obebseteed cessueanebebtcosbteseebebbitevees 251 ANZ CheckSight P203B scvscessssscesecesabesstesstecdtesscesansbace catebabesapesscetenesabecusabacecanebebeben 252 A13 CheckSight P32B ccsccsscerebestecsecsiaczesvecnes cc stsavacabevtecsebsband sbebones cued save bebeszeebebsbaudbes 254 A 14 CheckSight P32M ss ecccaesscsesessec say eee sues ute sane eaves ise aus KEENE aes abate 255 A15 Che ckSight P33B ssiccsicicaesace sock sacatusesacevdcacacdeasebata vend snes bussbawavacesned cabebabe veut snea tae 256 A16 CheckSight P33M s vsecccstes esses evccesapsiet seep eecvdsansieeeberssevestpesctesepesevestesseeebeeencsene 257 AL1 7 CheckSight P34 B csc
157. ckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation 3 Hardware interface and installation 3 1 Appearance overview Figure 3 2 CheckSight camera front side view Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 25 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation DIGITAL VO a O CSO FLASH CARD USB 1 USB 0 Figure 3 4 CheckSight camera back view with connectors 3 2 System architecture CheckSight is a complete embedded PC system built around intel ATOM Z530 processor and US15W system controller hub both belonging to the intel embedded roadmap Any of the wide choice of Leutron Vision s sensors may be used in CheckSight the sensor selection is equal to that of the PicSight camera series The PC offers LAN 10 100 1000 via RJ45 DVI D display adapter cable and Microphone In Speaker out as well as USB 2 0 connectors Different boot and storage media exist Sensor data is acquired using an FPGA based streaming module There pre processing of raw sensor data input look up table format conversion buffering is done before the data is transferred to the main PC using the high performance PCI Express DMA transfer In addition a programmable timer unit allows control and synchronizing image acquisition to external events General purpose I O s optocoupler amp TTL inputs and outputs RS232 interface enable the control of external devices a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vis
158. color handling eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 134 6 10 1 Look up table LUT 200 ce eeeeeececcceceaeeeeeeeeececeeeaeaaeaeseeceeeeeaaaauaeeeeeeees 134 6 10 1 1 LUT single access reading Writing eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 140 6 10 1 2 Direct and indirect LUT control LUT Modes cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 142 6 10 13 White Balances icccsscsscosetsiweesererseoveesstesctstsaecvestsscacasaautebebucdeecuoete 142 6 10 2 Color transformation 20 0 0 eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseesseseeeseseseseseeeseseeeeeseeeeeeees 144 6 10 3 Gamma correction brightness and Contrast 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee 145 6 10 4 White balance cccc e sce eecesee sess ease sseclaas sess vase saenwie suse ke eis pase veka bee 145 6 11 Chunk data as sisvcnis sds evstseiivssinssseseisliclodstsiesbetdsssespinseensete diode dstsievbits sabessinaveeontivd 146 6 11 1 Enabling chunk data 00 eee ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenesenenees 147 6 11 2 Chunk data features naming CONVENTION eee eee eee ceeeeeceeeeececeeeeeeeees 149 6 11 3 CHUNK tYP eS siseccs caved ccavesic coasavedecasaveccesvavevecasaies ceavavecceasaes E EEEa 149 6 12 ASYMCHFONOUS EVENTS o5 c25siesscs edie sree sabe sate sad savebunevatassws save sdnevabs iaeia isesi isisi 151 6 12 1 Enabling Events sis siccccsssccccass see cade sasesaessenecdee sect sasa suis cade sane sdsa eiiiai sense 152 a Leutron
159. conds LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice ExposureTime 1000 0 GEN lt i gt CAM a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 104 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control configure exposure time in microseconds write float ExposureTime 1000 0 The actual range of possible exposure times depends on other settings in partic ular e Working mode free running or triggered long range exposure mode see below e Area of interest AOI settings e Binning decimation settings e Frame rate settings Note that the camera might be able to adjust the exposure time only in small but discrete steps It will align the requested value to the closest step to know the exact used value the applic ation might want to re read the exposure time after setting it On certain camera models in particular those based on the G43A sensor the exposure time is applied with a delay of one frame The one frame delay also ap plies for sensor R312AB but only in triggered mode Related topic of controlling gain and black level is discussed in separate section Section 6 9 Analog controls p 127 6 6 2 1 Automatic exposure The automatic exposure function is available only on those camera models whose sensor supports that function natively It is useful for applications capturing scenes exposed to significantly varying illumination when it s necessary to protect the acquired images against under or over e
160. continue You must accept the agreement to install Simplon m Leutron Vision lt a ince Figure 4 15 Simplon installation license agreement Next the installer asks you about the location where to install Simplon The default location C Program Files Leutron Vision Simplon should do well in most cases If you prefer to install Simplon in another directory select it now When finished click the Next button 2 Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 54 Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation Setup will install Simplon in the following folder To install in a different folder dick Browse and select another folder Click Next to continue senso e 10 VISION Space available 5 5GB n Leutron Vision csox_ re Figure 4 16 Simplon installation destination directory If running Windows Vista or newer Windows version the default software installation directory C Program Files is read only for regular applications Simplon however requires write access for certain files during operation Section 4 5 1 4 Installation layout p 58 Therefore the in staller will ask you where to put the application data requiring write access Note that in Windows versions older than Windows Vista in particular in Win dows XP the C Program Files area is not protected and therefore all data can go to a single directory Also when installing to a non standard location outside C Program Files
161. controlling application and if the device key parameter in cluded in the command equals the Action Device Key value configured in the device If they do not match the action command is immediately dropped without any further checks Note that the Action Device Key is a write only 32 bit unsigned integer feature It is write only to ensure that the primary controlling application has full exclusive control of the key If the primary application desires to allow other applications or even devices to generate the action commands it needs to pass the device key parameter to them Action Selector Selects one of the action commands supported by the camera allowing to configure the action specific parameters Action Group Key and Action a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 125 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Action Group Key Action Group Mask Group Mask The selector is an integer ranging from 1 to the maximum number of action commands recognized by the camera The value 1 corresponds the action being referred as Action 1 value 2 corresponds with Action 2 etc If an action command arrives and passes the device key check it s group key parameter is compared against the Action Group Key values again 32 bit unsigned integers configured for the individual actions Those actions for which their group keys equal with the key embedded in the command are considered as candidates for generat
162. coupler iNPUts 0 0 0 ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 33 3 8 4 3 Optocoupler OUTPUTS 2 2 cece cece ceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 35 3 8255 ML N O S scscvisacisssaeatiwesnetbawcviee Chovateasbeevhts E Ereren SEO NEES KERETET sachs Mastweewbeed 36 3 8 6 Serial port interface ssscsssvssedccevesedissvesbeceoseseeckivevedcxesevedinsvesdecesveseeteosseds 37 3 9 Connector and cable description eseseseseseeeeesesesssseeseeessressssssssssseessssesesesssesess 37 3 9 1 Power INDUL COMNECIOS nccicavscecscsssnecscevsteeceieenescsovvenecedsssecexes DESE EEEE 37 3 9 2 I O COnnector essssssssseesessssesesssssseseressesesessesssesesessesesessosesoserersesesesseseses 37 3 9 2 1 SDR 26 connector adapter cable eee eee ee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 38 3 93 Ethernet COMME CLOM s cecacs casesccs cave ctenSeeetcceveveseastanesace rete sees cotsenteberseaeaccvesauaoes 39 3 9 4 USB COMNMECCOMS s s cesise secs caedieedectesvecedesiocessiweessecssenecssausseeedbespeeseay ss sseasroreece 40 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 3 h Vision CheckSight user manual Table of Contents 3 9 5 Data storage device CONNeCtOTS ceeeseeeeeceeenececececeeeceneeececeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeneaes 40 3 9 6 Display CONNGCION i cceis sessseibeececs seven sapteneccdsscees sadn sneccesd yess cnsbeee cesdeseertanss 40 39 7 Audio CONMECION sieussecesscssetcucussedcocesecesevosetes sees ESTESE E EEEIEE NEEESE EEEREN 4
163. creased effect The function is controlled through the Black Level floating point feature Since the cameras support just a single black level type adjusting the Black Level Selector in the examples below is currently more less formal and could be omitted EXimpion 2 Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 131 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle adjust black level to 10 0 DN assumes that black level is not switched to automatic mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice BlackLevelSelector LvBlackLevelSelector All LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice BlackLevel 10 0 GEN lt i gt CAM adjust black level to 10 0 DN assumes that black level is not switched to automatic mode write enum BlackLevelSelector All write float BlackLevel 10 0 Black level might also be adjusted automatically see Section 6 9 3 Automatic gain and black level p 132 6 9 2 1 Black level and gain When using together with gain the black level is applied first The sensor analog output is first adjusted according to the black level settings and the result is then subject to amplification by the selected gain factor The effect may be symbolically expressed using an equation of course con sidering that gain has in fact logarithmic effect OutputValue InputValue BlackLevel 10 Gain 20 see also Section 6 9 1 Gain p 127
164. created in a Windows operating system If you do not have disk com 5 2 Firmware update The CheckSight cameras are field upgradeable The upgrade procedure is simple and can be done using the CheckSight Firmware Update Tool tool The following description assumes that you downloaded the package containing the new firmware from our download area or that you obtained the package from our support staff The package file name comes in shape Fxxxx_Rnnnn xsvf where xxxx is a set of letters digits and under scores defining the CheckSight type the update package is intended for and nnnn stands for 1 http www leutron com support downloads download area a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 74 h Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation firmware version eg 00030 The upgrade tool will recognize the package type suitable for given CheckSight from the filename pattern Now the update procedure itself note that the exact look of the CheckSight Firmware Update Tool might slightly vary among individual Simplon versions 1 Start CheckSight Firmware Update Tool When run on a CheckSight system it will display the actual CheckSight model including other information in particular version of the firmware currently loaded on the camera Select the line with CheckSight description and click the Select firmware button to select the firmware update package The tool will ask you to browse for the update pack
165. d number of buffers It is possible to control also the features of the individual GenTL modules corresponding with the open camera the Device module its parent Interface module and the System module rep resenting the GenTL producer itself In such case the module name in square brackets should prefix the feature name Device FeatureName Interface FeatureName System FeatureName Adjusting the parameters of the Stream and Buffer GenTL modules is not supported by the Halcon GenTL interface 8 1 3 Common notes During the development phase it might be good idea to switch on the low level error reporting mechanism of Halcon it can help for troubleshooting seriovy ceni idomlowmenro1r Ie Er UER Note however that in some situations such as when switching on the chunk data mode or when using the variable payload size functionality the low error mechanism of Halcon might trigger a warning that the payload size ie size of the image data reported by the camera is bigger than the size calculated by Halcon Please ignore this warning the payload size reported by the camera is always correct the size increase is legitimate in certain operating modes All integer based device features are internally handled as signed with native size on the current platform This can bring certain limitations in particular on 32 bit systems Whenever working with integers that might exceed the 32 bit range or that are by nature uns
166. d Power Management Link Speed and Duplex Settings Intel R PROSet Version 14 3 0 0 Link Status Speed 1 0Gbps Full Duplex Speed and Duplex Identify Adapter Speed and Duplex Setting By defaut Intel adapters are set to automatically detect and negotiate speed and duplex settings If the adapter fails to connect you can set the speed and duplex settings to match those of the link partner Copyright legal disclaimers and support information Figure 4 7 Network driver speed and duplex settings Copyright Leutron Vision 46 T eutron Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation Intel R 82574L Gigabit Network Connection Properties PR Teaming VLANs Boot Options Driver_ Details Resources General Link Speed Advanced Power Management intel Advanced Adapter Settings Settings Value Gigabit Master Slave Mode A 9014 Bytes Locally Administered Address Log Link State Event Performance Options Priority amp VLAN TCP IP Offloading Options Wait For Link w Use Default Jumbo Packet Enables Jumbo Packet capability for TCPAP packets In situations where large packets make up the majority of traffic and additional latency can be tolerated Jumbo Packets can reduce CPU utilization and improve wire efficiency Jumbo Packets are larger than standard Ethernet frames which are approximately 1 5k in size Usage Considerations e Enab
167. ddress of the GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Default subnet mask of the GigE Vision inter face Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Copyright Leutron Vision 209 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Name GevinterfaceDefaultGateway InterfaceSelector GUI name Interface Default Gateway Description Default gateway of the GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Feature category GenTL Interface Module refer to Section 7 2 GenTL interface mod ule p 198 InterfaceID GUI name Interface ID InterfaceType GUI name Interface Type GeviInterfaceGatewaySelector GUI name Interface Gateway Selector GeviInterfaceGateway GevInterfaceGatewaySelector GUI name Interface Gateway GevMACAddress GUI name Interface MAC Address GevinterfaceSubnetSelector GUI name Interface Subnet Selector GevinterfaceSubnetIPAddress GevInterfaceSubnetSelector GUI name Interface Subnet IP Address GevinterfaceSubnetMask GevInterfaceSubnetSelector GUI name Interface Subnet Mask Interface ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Interface type Type enumeration Possible values Custom GEV GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Selects gateway associated with a
168. default z Field progressive v Bit Depth 1 z Generic Live Detect Reset All fConnect to image acquisition interface Display Image Noi during live acquisition 4 Switch to the Parameters tab of the assistant Here you can fully configure the camera the GenTL producer and even the acquisition related parameters of the Halcon itself Some im portant hints e The features come in three visibility levels beginner expert guru You can control them through the Visibility combobox At the beginner level only the basic features will be available at the guru level all the features including the typically don t touch ones will appear We recommend to work at the expert level in most cases Using the Category combobox the feature list can be narrowed down to a single feature category This might make the orientation a lot easier e We recommend to clear the Update Image checkbox while configuring the camera When enabled the assistant will attempt to acquire an image after every feature change which frequently is not required at all This brings an overhead in repeated acquisition start stop loops Indirectly starting stopping the acquisition might change access mode of some features certain features are locked during acquisition Finally in triggered mode the ac quisition won t work anyway unless you supply the trigger Halcon Image Acquisition Assistant does not handle the feature dependencies a
169. device to get the handle disconnect the output signal on line 10 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSelector LvLineSelector rine toi vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSource LvLineSource Off e GEN lt I gt CAM disconnect the output signal on line 10 write enum LineSelector Linel10 write enum LineSource Off Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 116 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Digital 1 0 Control E Line Selector Line 10 Opto Out Line Mode Output Line Format Opto coupled Line Source off Line Inverter Off Figure 6 26 Output line disconnected 6 7 5 User output configuration As an alternative to the digital line output configuration synchronized with a cameras internal signals such as exposure active signal described above the status of the individual output lines can be directly controlled by user actions This functionality is implemented by the user output features in the Digital I O Control category To directly control status of an output line select the line and set its Line Source to one of the user outputs eg User Output 1 Multiple lines can be driven by the same user output Unlike with the Exposure Active signal the user outputs ara always available even in the free running mode Once the configuration is finished the output can be driven by toggling value of the corresponding user output select the
170. dividual filter types 3 7 1 Changing or removing the filter The filter is accessible from outside the camera and user can change it without loose of warranty It is very important to do this operation with maximum care so that the image sensor cannot be damaged a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 31 h Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation Figure 3 13 IR cut filter fixing screws If exchanging the filter for another type it is highly recommended to choose a filter of the same size not to change the optical properties of the system Removing the filter completely will change the length of the optical path which can lead to focusing problems in some scenarios To mount dismount the filter you will need a TORX screwdriver number 6 note that some of the first units used hexagonal screws instead The fixing screws are M2x3 only can be the sensor damaged but also dust or other dirt can get inside the camera and especially on top of the sensor itself It is necessary to perform such operation in appropriately clean environment and using suitable tools preventing any sensor dust pollution amp It s important to keep in mind that when changing or removing the filter not 3 8 Input and output signals This section describes all types of input and output signals available on CheckSight cameras in cluding their characteristics and when necessary including connection examples Location and pino
171. dth T Width The image acquired from the sensor can be further clipped in camera memory before transfer Defined by regular AOI features Size and offset can be programmable during acquisition Figure 6 11 Manual AOI mode open the devic AOI mode LvDevice_LvAOIMode to get the handle LvAOIMode Manual adjust the sensor readout AOI parameters note that on most sensors only a subset of the parameters would be configurable LvSetInt32 hDev LvSetInt32 hDev LvSetInt32 hDev LvSetInt32 hDev 1vDevice LvReadoutWidth 600 vDevice LvReadoutHeight 400 1vDevice LvReadoutOffsetxX 200 1vDevice LvReadoutOffsetY 200 now adjust the in memory clip AOI parameters note again that the order of setting the size and offset values might matter as described later LvSetInt32 hDev LvSetInt32 hDev LvSetInt32 hDev LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice Width LvDevice Height LvDevice OffsetxX LvDevice OffsetY 300 ADO 100 100 z Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control GEN lt i gt CAM select manual AOI mode write enum LvAOIMode Manual adjust the sensor readout AOI parameters note that on most sensors only a subset of the parameters would be configurable write int LvReadoutWidth 600 write int LvReadoutHeight 400 write i
172. ducer liblv gent1l cti This directory is by default opt simplon cti on 32 bit opt simplon cti 64 on 64 bit systems e Be sure to always use the latest version of the GenlCamTL acquisition interface released for your Halcon version It may contain important updates Read its documentation carefully e To discover the cameras connected to the system use the info framegrabber operator info _framegrabber GenICamTL info boards Information ValueList That call will rescan the system and detect all cameras currently visible through the GenTL producers installed in the system providing various information about every detected camera The three most important components of the information string are the GenTL device ID of the camera the ID of the GenTL interface the camera was discovered on and finally the cor responding GenTL producer itself identified by its full path These three components are enough to open the camera using the open _framegrabber operator The string passed to the operator in the Device parameter should contain these three components using similar syntax as returned from info framegrabber eg device DeviceID a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 216 h Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages interface InterfaceID producer ProducerPatnh Alternatively the entire output string from the info _framegrabber can be used to open the camera as
173. dule to be accessed Type integer GUI visibility beginner Device ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Device vendor name Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Device model name Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Access status of the device at time of last device list update Type enumeration Possible values ReadWrite ReadOnly NoAccess GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Device User ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Device identifier serial number Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature IP address of the GigE Vision device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Subnet mask of the GigE Vision device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Copyright Leutron Vision 211 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Name GevDeviceMACAddress DeviceSelector GUI name Device MAC Address Description MAC address of the GigE Vision device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Feature category GenTL Device Module refer to Section 7 3 GenTL device module p 202 DevicelID GUI name Device ID DeviceVendorName GUI name Device Vendor Name DeviceModelNam GUI name Device Model Name DeviceType GUI name Device Type GevDevicelPAddress G
174. e e Analog gain 0 12 04 dB default 12 dB Digital gain 12 04 11 48 dB default 0 dB Black level 0 6 35 DN default 0 DN e Auto exposure e Automatic analog gain control Automatic black level 42 dB 49 dB Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 413801 CheckSight G43AB 4GB e 413802 CheckSight G43AB 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 3 CheckSight G43AB technical specifications A 4 CheckSight G43AM Specification PC technology Sensor CheckSight G43AM Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 3 CMOS parallel readout type Aptina MT9V033 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 242 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color Output image resolution HxV Frame rate Video format Scann
175. e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 255 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P32M e Analog gain 6 30 dB default 4 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level O 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a 45 dB 73 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Vertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 120801 CheckSight P32M 4GB e 120802 CheckSight P32M 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 14 CheckSight P32M technical specifications A 15 CheckSight P33B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P33B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface fo
176. e camera through the Common Vision Blox filter driver or through a simple socket interface amp GigE Vision Configuration Manager Device Select GenICam Device Tree Branch Info CYB CamPort Assingment KD Factory GZ SI GEV TL n A Filter Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 Naw Local Ares Connection A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE Smart50x 00 18 66 01 99 Desc Intel R 82574L Gigabit Network C amp PicSight P141M GigE Smart70x 00 18 66 01 9 4 Socket Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE Smart50x 00 18 66 01 99 amp PicSight P141M GigE Smart70x 00 18 66 01 9 Interface Info lt lt l Discovery I Ignore Subnet 200 Discover Timeout in ms Open Mode Multicast To configure CYB gE E C ja soo Discover J E ee The current camera status is expressed through the camera icons Green icon the camera is ready for connection Blue icon the camera is accessible but not available in the moment usually because it is already opened in another application possible even from another computer Red icon the camera is not accessible For GigE Vision cameras this usually means that the camera is currently configured for a different subnet than the computer itself therefore they cannot communicate directly Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 224 h Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages amp GigE Vision Configurat
177. e color images 1600x1200 and larger this size may not be sufficient and you can experience a crash it is a known bug in Cognex software Thus the Setup sets the value 0x8000000 instead Important note When you install Cognex software on CheckSight be sure you do not accident ally install the support for the FG8600 frame grabber To be sure please verify after the Cognex software installation that there is no FG8600 sys driver file installed in Windows System32 Drivers directory Also be sure you do not have installed the Leutron Vision LV SDS These drivers are in conflict with Simplon and can cause system hang 8 3 2 Functionality The Adapter provides the functionality required by the Cognex Acquisition Integration Kit As this API is quite simple some additional parameters not covered by the API can be specified in the lv cognex adapter ini file The contents of the file is as follows Interfaces iistGigEDevices 0 ListPciDevices 1 Options NumberOfBuffers 10 SupportRoi 0 FeatureVisibility 0 DontStopInNonContinuous 1 DelayAfterStartAcq 50 Device DeviceSettings DefaultExposure 10000 DefaultImageWidth 640 DefaultImageHeight 480 DefaultTriggerSource Linel PCI Interface CheckSight P32B Settings C Prg Simplon Bin PCI Interface CheckSight P32B cam a Leutron Vision Copyright Leutron Vision 229 CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages Defa
178. e connected camera Simplon API can add additional capabilities to the connected cameras For example it can supplement image processing capabilities such as LUTs or color transformation by means of software if given camera does not implement them Simplon API also provides additional extras on top of the processing primitives offered by a camera examples are white balance coefficients calculations brightness contrast adjustments through LUT etc Details are discussed in Simplon programmer s guide The camera feature tree control is based on principles introduced in the GenlCam standard It might be useful to get familiar with these principles in corresponding section in Simplon getting started maual The camera feature model follows the GenlCam SFNC Standard Features Naming Convention standard as closely as possible Only for functionality that cannot be expressed by means of SFNC then custom feature names are introduced these have always the Lv prefix Individual features might be referred through three types of identifiers in the manual overview of all the features is given in Section 6 16 Feature summary p 167 e GUI name display name eg Exposure time this is the human readable name of the feature used to display the feature in a graphical user interface such as in Simplon Explorer When re ferring to the features in a free text we usually use the GUI name unless using the GenlCam name is need
179. e installed in the system version is available only for the 64 bit platform while the CheckSight CheckSight II is 32 bit Therefore Linux Common Vision Blox cannot be currently used on CheckSight CheckSight Il If interested in the Linux operating system please contact Stemmer Imaging to get the up to date information about plans to sup port 32 bit Linux version amp Common Vision Blox is available for Windows operating systems The Linux The GenTL producers are according to the standard registered in the system through the GENICAM_GENTL32_PATH GENICAM GENTL64_ PATH environment variable This is done automatically by the Simplon installer However on some Linux systems not supporting the etc profile dmechanism this might fail In such case you will need to set the environment variable manually according to the conventions used in your Linux distribution The variable should point to the directory containing the Simplon GenTL Producer liblv gentl cti This directory is by default opt simplon cti on 32 bit opt simplon cti64on 64 bit systems amp Common Vision Blox will find and use the Simplon GenTL Producer automatically e Be sure to always use the latest version of the Common Vision Blox including any available service packs hotfixes They may contain important updates Read its documentation carefully e Chunk data are not supported by Common Vision Blox e Event data are supported However the Common Vision Blo
180. e packages Since the basic principles of integrating individual camera models in the 3rd party products are frequently same for all the camera families this chapter discusses all the product lines Our cameras connect to all GenTL compliant libraries PicSight GigE PicSight Smart cameras then also to all GigE Vision compliant libraries The libraries include e Halcon and ActivVisionTools from MVTec Software GmbH GenTL and GigE Vision compliant OpenCV open source library originally developed by Intel Simplon Source Code Generator provides samples to connect with OpenCV LabView from National Instruments GigE Vision compliant VisionPro from Cognex GigE Vision compliant Common Vision Blox from Stemmer Imaging GenTL and GigE Vision compliant MIL Matrox Imaging Library from Matrox GigE Vision compliant MATLAB from MathWorks GenTL and GigE Vision compliant Adaptive Vision from Future Processing Future Processing provides connectivity to PicSight Smart cameras e Any other GenTL or GigE Vision compliant software The following sections provide basic instructions and some useful hints about using Leutron Vision cameras and Simplon GenTL Producer with some of the major 3rd party software packages If you don t find instructions for the software library of your choice then simply follow the official docu mentation of that software package or contact our support team in case of experiencing a problem 8 1 Halcon MVTec Software G
181. e readout is performed gradually row by row as usual for rolling shutter sensors the exposure time is actually different for every image row shortest for the first longest for the last row Thus it is highly recommended to use this mode only with a strobe illumination falling into the common exposure time period a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 108 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control significantly faster with the snapshot mode you loose one frame time between The main advantage over the snapshot mode is that the global reset mode is the actual trigger and start of the strobe period aml 1 i Ext trigger Reset all rows 5 3 Strobe all rows integrating a D a Readout row by row see video output timing 5 3 Z A Picture pending Figure 6 20 Global reset mode timing 6 6 4 Trigger configuration When configuring the acquisition trigger it s first necessary to select the trigger type to be con figured The camera currently supports just a single type Frame Start trigger but more trigger types will likely be added in future firmware versions After switching the trigger on the additional trigger options will become available Note that the trigger configuration cannot be changed during acquisition Following steps document the procedure to configure the acquisition trigger 1 Select trigger type Use the Trigger Selector feature to sel
182. e system Progress Select firmware Upgrade device 4 When finished the CheckSight needs to be powered off real shutdown not just a restart to get the new firmware applied The tool will attempt to shutdown the system automatically after your confirmation If the system is not powered off automatically shutdown manually After next boot the new firmware will be loaded 45 CheckSight Firmware Update Tool 1 00 032 Inx Device name Firmware version CheckSiaht 0 00030 000 S Upgrade finished i Upgrade successfully finished You must shutdown your system for the changes to take effect Shutdown system now Yes No Status Upgrade successfully finished Progress TTT TIIITILLI LLL LLL LLL LLL Select firmware Upgrade device 5 3 Simplon configuration Following section provides basic information about Simplon software package configuration More information about the Simplon configuration troubleshooting and other related topics can be found in Simplon getting started 5 3 1 Simplon Settings utility and the configuration file The Simplon configuration options are concentrated in a single file lv simplon ini On Win dows systems the file is located in the application data part of the installation On Linux systems it s stored by default in etc opt simplon The file can be edited directly every single option is well documented directly in the file including it s possib
183. eRegistersStreamingStart GUI name Device Registers Streaming Start DeviceRegistersStreamingEnd GUI name Device Registers Streaming End DeviceRegistersCheck GUI name Device Registers Check DeviceRegistersValid GUI name Device Registers Valid DeviceReset GUI name Reset Device DeviceClockSelector GUI name Clock Selector DeviceClockFrequency DeviceClockSelector GUI name Clock Frequency Description Serial number of the sensor board Type string GUI visibility guru Read only feature Serial number of the grabber board Type string GUI visibility guru Read only feature Scan type of the sensor Type enumeration Possible values Areascan GUI visibility expert Read only feature Announces start of register streaming Type command GUI visibility guru Announces end of register streaming Type command GUI visibility guru Requests validation of the register set Type command GUI visibility expert Result of registers validity check Type bool GUI visibility expert Read only feature Resets the device Type command GUI visibility guru Selects a device clock frequency Type enumeration Possible values SensorDigitization GUI visibility expert Frequency of the selected clock Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit Hz Copyright Leutron Vision 168 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user m
184. eValue 9000 vCmdExecute hDev LvDevice LvGevTestPacketSize now wait until the operation end using LvCmdIsDone and read the result LvGetBool hDev LvDevice LvGevPacketSizeTestSuccess amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM determine the maximal usable packet size exec cmd LvGevFindMaxPacketSize now wait until the operation end using command s IsDone property will not be automatically applied the application has to configure the camera explicitly read_int LvGevPacketSizeValue test if packet size 9000 is usable with current configuration write int LvGevPacketSizeValue 9000 exec_cmd LvGevTestPacketSize now wait until the operation end using command s IsDone property and read the result read bool LvGevPacketSizeTestSuccess 7 4 GenTL data stream module The stream module controls the image acquisition from the device In the moment the Simplon GenTL Producer is always using just a single data stream per device B Stream GenTL features E GenTL Stream Module Stream ID Stream Stream Announced Buffer Count 10 E Stream Acquisition Mode Selector Default Stream Announce Buffer Minimum 1 Stream Type GigE Vision Figure 7 4 Example GUI showing the GenTL data stream module features 7 4 1 Information about the stream The data stream module provides basic set of features describing its properties Leutron
185. ecimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P34M e Analog gain 6 30 dB default 9 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a 44 dB 69 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Vertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 100801 CheckSight P34M 4GB e 100802 CheckSight P34M 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 18 CheckSight P34M technical specifications A 19 CheckSight P52B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P52B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX415 Relative Response Wave Length nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 776 x 580 pixel
186. ecomes available for another connection The parameter is configurable through camera features at runtime while its default value can be adjusted through the Simplon Settings utility 5 4 Acquisition and runtime configuration The camera runtime functionality is fully configurable through the GenlCam interface The indi vidual features their relationships and use is described in chapter Chapter 6 Camera features and their control p 79 Accessing the camera feature control and image acquisition using the Leutron Vision Simplon API interface is documented in Simplon API documentation Simplon programmer s guide Accessing the camera feature control and image acquisition using 3rd party software packages compatible with GenlCam GenTL and GigE Vision standards is documented in chapter Chapter 8 Connecting with 3rd party software packages p 215 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 78 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 6 Camera features and their control 6 1 Common principles The camera features are controlled through GenlCam based feature tree For clarity we will present them below in sections corresponding to individual categories in the feature tree For individual features we ll provide a sample code showing how to access given feature through the Simplon API and pseudo code demonstrating how to use the feature in a generic GenlCam based applic ation Naming and
187. ect mage ti i i O Image Files fimageFies tst lt C i sS W Code Preview 8 2 Common Vision Blox Stemmer Imaging This section provides hints for successful integration of our cameras in the Common Vision Blox library The details of the Common Vision Blox image acquisition interface is subject to change by Stemmer Imaging In case of any discrepancies the official Stemmer Imaging documentation overrides the info in this manual If in doubts please contact Stemmer Imaging to get more accurate information 8 2 1 GigE Vision interface PicSight GigE PicSight Smart When working with our GigE Vision cameras the Common Vision Blox image acquisition interface can access the GigE Vision cameras directly no Leutron Vision software needs to be installed During the initial tests it might still be good idea to install the Simplon software package for easy camera configuration or possible troubleshooting If desired however the cameras might also be connected through the Simplon GenTL Producer as described in the next section Common Vision Blox is internally using the GenTL to access the image acquisition interfaces in cluding its own ones similarly as Simplon so the functionality and user experience will be prac tically the same regardless if connecting through Simplon GenTL Producer or the Common Vision Blox internal GigE Vision interface e Be sure to always use the latest version of the Common Vis
188. ect the trigger type to be con figured In current firmware version only the Frame Start trigger is available Each occurrence of this trigger starts acquisition of a new image frame 2 Switch the trigger on off Set the Trigger Mode feature On Off When switched off the camera operates in free running mode no additional trigger parameters are available When switched on the camera operates in triggered mode and other trigger parameters can be configured 3 Specific trigger modes If a specific trigger mode should be used switch on corresponding flag Long Range Exposure Mode or Global Reset Mode 4 Trigger source input line Configure the source of the trigger signals Trigger Source feature It can be a physical input line such as Line 1 see Section 6 7 Digital I O counters and timers p 113 Section 3 8 Input and output signals p 32 Section 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 Alternatively the trigger source can be set to Software Trigger then the triggers are generated by the application executing the command feature Gen erate Software Trigger Note that while using a physical line as trigger source the trigger can still be forced through the Generate Software Trigger command Finally the trigger source can be connected to one of the action commands such as Action 1 if supported by the camera see Section 6 8 Action commands control p 125 5 Trigger activation polarity
189. ecting with 3rd party software packages When loaded the tool displays the list of cameras discovered in the system It will show cameras discovered through the Simplon GenTL Producer both PicSight and CheckSight cameras and through the Common Vision Blox native GigE Vision interface Note that the PicSight cameras will be discovered multiple times through both Simplon and Common Vision Blox interfaces amp GigE Vision Configuration Manager Device Select GenICam Device Tree Branch Info CYB CamPort Assingment Factory Leutron Vision GenTL Interface GG GigE Interface LVGTL 00 18 66 01 99 E5S Device Info Vendor Model Leutron Vision Cam1 G434B Pct interface biad CheckSight 0 Cam1 G43AB GZ SI GEV TL Filter Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 CVB GigE Vision Interface amp PicSight P34B GigE SmartS0x f00 18 66 01 4 Socket Driver O0 18 66 07 A1 B4 amp PicSight P34B GigE Smart50x JO0 18 66 01 gt Simplon GenTL Producer lt Discovery Open Mode Multicast To configure CYB ja C ReadOnly ia 200 Discover Timeout in ms Control Discover Open Device Exclusive a e When the Simplon package is not installed only the cameras discovered through the Common Vision Blox native acquisition interface will be recognized Since it is GigE Vision compliant it will detect any PicSight GigE and PicSight Smart cameras You can select whether to communicate with th
190. ed LvWatchdogFailureCount GUI name Watchdog Failure Count Description Signals that the last device reboot was initiated by the watchdog function Type bool GUI visibility guru Number of watchdog failures reboots in cam era s lifetime Type integer GUI visibility guru Feature category Analog Control refer to Section 6 9 Analog controls p 127 GainSelector GUI name Gain Selector Gain GainSelector GUI name Gain GainAuto GainSelector GUI name Automatic Gain BlackLevelSelector GUI name Black Level Selector BlackLevel BlackLevelSelector GUI name Black Level BlackLevelAuto BlackLevelSelector GUI name Automatic Black Level Selects which gain type to configure Type enumeration Possible values All AnalogAll DigitalAll GUI visibility beginner Gain value for the selected gain type Type float GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit dB Automatic gain mode Type enumeration Possible values Off Once Continuous GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Selects which black level type to configure Type enumeration Possible values A11 GUI visibility expert Black level value Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit DN Automatic black level mode Type enumeration Possible values O
191. ed cameras through the Simplon GenTL Producer or in case of PicSight GigE PicSight Smart from another GigE Vision compatible application with standard action command support Note that because of their software nature contrary to a hardware signal delivered over an I O line the action commands are not fully synchronous and may introduce certain jitter dependent mainly on the actual system configuration The camera might recognize multiple different action commands To find out the number of actions supported by the camera read out the range of the Action Selector integer feature it s minimum is always 1 while the maximum corresponds with the number of recognized actions When connecting to the individual actions such as in Trigger Source the actions are referred as Action 1 Action 2 etc Every action command generated by the application carries several parameters device key group key and group mask The camera configuration contains corresponding matching features that are checked against the parameters carried by individual action commands delivered to the camera to decide which if any actual action should be generated This kind of fine grained matching is important because the action commands are typically broadcast to all access ible devices The camera s features controlling the action commands are Action Device Key The action command will be only considered if the device is currently open by a
192. ed for clarity The name is rendered in a cursive font e GenlCam name eg ExposureTime the actual name of the feature used to identify it in GenlCam infrastructure This name is important for users connecting to the cameras from 3rd a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 79 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control party software packages other than Simplon API We use it in all GenlCam pseudo code ex amples In free text they are rendered in a monospace font e Simplon API constant eg LvDevice ExposureTime the identifier used to refer to the feature in Simplon API Used in all Simplon API code examples In free text they are rendered in a monospace font 6 2 Camera classes The individual Leutron Vision camera families contain several classes of camera models providing different level of functionality The individual classes are available for every supported sensor type 6 2 1 Basic CheckSight CheckSight II models Most of the features and interfaces are available for all the camera classes The basic Check Sight CheckSight II models are thus full featured industrial smart cameras without any limitations OEM designed camera models may extend the camera functionality by specific additional options 6 2 2 OEM features Additional features and options are available for OEM customers new features might be added on request Please contact us to discuss your particular ne
193. edevas cessestscasdsecdceppepeeeden 167 7 Simplon GenTL Producer features ececeeeccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeese 194 7 1 Gentil system mod le si cccccssvessedsseeevessssenteaesees senospnesenessnevenenpeceens sere eaei 194 7 1 1 Information about the system cc eceeesesecesecereceeececeneeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeeeeeaeaes 195 7 1 2 Interface ENUMEFALION 626 cede seed csasssecceasticdeesveedscedssedccessseadecasussbecassveldcieess 196 7 2 GENTL interface MOMUIE 2 2 cece cece cece eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee se 198 7 2 1 Information about the interface eseseeseseeererererererrrerererererererererrrereeees 198 7 2 2 DEVICE enumeratio wssssecsivesets code vatesscecess oven vatecswesnss rOn STET s ares o s S Eai 200 7 3 GenTL device module tsisssssssiisrsisisrsressisioneisiiinnen iii konei siaka piauto kaik iaip a inke ia akaa 202 7 3 1 Information about the device eeeeeeeeesesesrerereeerrerreeerersereereerereeeses 202 7 3 2 Stream enumerati N wsccccstencessesseccccsssputesse eves cessencecsenssssecbvspeccsausteseusosreece 203 7 3 3 GigE Vision streaming control sesesesesesesererererererererererererererererrrererereeees 204 7 3 4 GigE Vision communication control eeeeseeeeeerereesrrerrseereesreerreererereses 205 7 3 5 Determining the GigE Vision streaming packet size esse eeeeeeeeereeeeee 205 7 4 GenTL data stream module ssesseessesereeererererererr
194. eds 6 3 Information about the camera Most of the features in this category provide read only information about the camera Only few of them can be writable as well Device Control vendor Name Visio jodel Name lanufacturer Info levice Firmware Versior Device ID 104933 Device User ID MyCamera levice Scan Type Area Scan E Temperature Selector Sensor Temperature 37 25 C Ip Time 8407930 ey ce Type Smart Figure 6 1 Example GUI showing the device information features 6 3 1 Device identity and version The basic information about the camera includes Vendor Name Model Name Manufacturer Info Name of the camera s vendor manufacturer For all Leutron Vision camera types this feature reads Leutron Vision Name of the camera model The name includes information about the camera family sensor type interface and possibly other variations Refer to Section 2 2 CheckSight model naming convention p 19 Manufacturer information about the camera This field is usually empty Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron Vision 80 CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Device Firmware Version Recovery Firmware Version Device Hardware Version Device ID serial number Device User ID nickname Device Scan Type Device Type EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the devic Version of the camera firmware as a string
195. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 30 PE E SCMSOM ssbssncesiwseaesstvsveds coves A EE O E E 30 326 1 Sensor TYPOS scciesssecccenut a ecbesssxccdennbbeestbasecccaauhasabebevecccateabeebisseecceeaubaseebeys 30 3 6 1 1 Progressive SCANNING scccccenesvessessneosseneneesvesioecscctonseeseesoedecctonsesieesens 30 3 6 1 2 CMOS vS COD ssisiswvesatessnesapessetsatesecesanesseebannsevesebesantsabesavecannsncesans 30 3 6 1 3 CMOS global vs rolling shutter ee eeeeeeretereceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 30 3 6 1 4 CCD readout ty POS vscccccsisscscesvescccedecneleassencccenesnehenssencecndessedeassencees 31 3 7 IR cut or other filter cece cceeecccceeseececeeeeececeeeeececeeeesceceeeeeceeeeeeeseseeeeeseeeeeeeeees 31 3 7 1 Changing or removing the filter cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 31 3 8 INpUt AN OUTPUT signals sss sss sssessssisssisiesssesstestenisie dicesis irenssi seers resies ssi See isse ris 32 38 1 DG POWER IMPUL sisii teicienu seEcdess seus es veseseddovardeas vedcdessveueseoesesecs sense 32 3 8 2 PC IME ACES i sivesscesiets cot iivesscs cccteccesebesseceleesccdsiceescesheteieavebessentborsdeavicbesseds 32 3 8 3 TQOEr INPUE cccsssicccsiess siecssspecestveeecccsesbeansde sees E EEEE SAVOS EEEE EES ER PETEN rO Esek 33 3 8 4 Optocoupler interface nssssssseissnessoesrrsissnesieserssmessser resena 33 3 8 4 1 Optocoupler basics ee ceeeeeeeeececececececececececececececececececeeeeeeeeeees 33 3 8 4 2 Opto
196. el Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CMOS sequential readout type Aptina MT9TO01 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 267 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight R312AB Quantum Efficiency Blue AS i xa 7 V N Hy H to 650 700 Quantum Efficiency S 350 400 450 500 550 600 750 800 Wavelength nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 2048 x 1536 pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems 12 77 fps 10 bit single tap progressive 3 2 x 3 2 um 6 5536 x 4 9152 mm rolling 47 us 520 ms default 10 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Analog gain 0 18 07 dB default 18 dB e Digital gain 0 24 08 dB default 0 dB e Black level 51 2 51 DN default 0 DN e Automatic black level 43 dB 61 dB Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Horizontal 2x 3x e Vertical 2x
197. elivery write enum EventSelector LvLog write enum EventNotification On now the camera starts generating the log events whenever appropriate provided that event delivery was registered for the log event EventLvLog the application can monitor them and read associated event data while NewLogEventsComing before reading the values pass the event buffer for data parsing unless your library does that implicitly read string EventLvLogMessage read_ int EventLvLogTimestamp disable the Log events delivery write enum EventSelector LvLog write enum EventNotification Off In Simplon API there are two actions needed to receive the asynchronous event notifications First the event receiving and dispatching thread must be started LvEventOpen LvEventType FeatureDevEvent LvEventStartThread Second callbacks need to be registered on the features associated with the desired event LvRegisterFeatureCallback the rules about event feature naming are discussed below in Section 6 12 2 Event features naming convention p 154 Details including sample code are listed in Simplon programmer s guide In other software packages the procedure might be quite similar The Simplon Explorer application will capture the events automatically when enabled It will parse the event data and update corresponding values in the feature tree What it displays in the feature tree in a mo
198. els Full sensor resolution incl black 1077 x 788 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation 32 5 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 4 65 x 4 65 um 5 8 x 4 92 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 30 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 8 28 dB default 16 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 264 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P83B C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 141801 CheckSight P83B 4GB e 141802 CheckSight P83B 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A
199. ent 4 5 2 3 Standard installation layout The Simplon installation follows the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard Its files are distributed in sev eral directories Main installation direcotry The main isntallation directory is opt simplon simplon File Browser fo x File Edit View Go Bookmarks Tabs Help lt Back v Forward y gt a Q Location opt simplon d Q 66 Q Icon View v as E Lua D mnt is bin cti drivers include v li opt To Psimplon o i al T gt bin lib req share CHANGES j L L gt mai s D m drivers LICENSE README D ij include gt m lib D i req D iM share b gt ii nrc i 10 items Free space 32 3 GB Figure 4 21 Linux installation layout main directory The main installation directory contains all the runtime binaries and development files It is organized in following subdirectories e bin tools and test demo programs in particular Simplon Explorer lv explorer and Simplon Settings lv settings e lib all Simplon API libraries ie a directory where the linker should be pointed at on 64 bit systems the lib directory contains the 32 bit versions while the 64 bit ones reside in 1ib64 e cti contains the Simplon GenTL Producer library on 64 bit systems the cti directory contains the 32 bit versions while the 64 bit ones reside in ct i6 4 include Simplon API header files share Static data files used by Simplon share xml st
200. entation to see if it supports asynchronous event delivery and event data parsing In Simplon API the library deliver callbacks to your application whenever an asynchronous event arrives provided that you have registered for the callback delivery The callbacks will signal all the features corresponding with the data delivered with the event announcing the application that it can read the new event data It is important to read the data directly withing the callback which is executed in the context of the Simplon API event delivery thread After leaving the callback the event delivery thread continues and the event data feature values might eventually be over written by a following event All needed details are documented in Simplon programmer s guide In a 3rd party library the mechanism might be similar but it is important to study its document ation carefully to be sure how to retrieve the event data reliably 6 12 1 Enabling events By default the event delivery is switched off The application should switch on each particular event type it s interested in It does so by selecting the desired event type in Event Selector feature and adjust the Event Notification feature to On note that due to the compatibility with the SFNC standard this feature is not a boolean but an enumeration with two options On and Off It should repeat this procedure for all event types it wishes to monitor Event Control B Event Selector Log E
201. er manual Hardware interface and installation 3 5 Lens mount optical head All the models are equipped with a C mount optical head 1 inch thread diameter 32 threads per inch 17 526 mm flange back CS mount version identical only with 12 5 mm flange back is available on request for high volume OEM customers Few different camera head versions are used for the individual cameras to compensate for different shape thickness of individual sensor modules This guarantees proper flange back 17 526 mm distance between lens flange and the focal plane i e sensor surface as specified for C mount This has to be taken in account by OEMs re assembling the cameras The different camera head versions are marked using little holes on side to prevent confusion Contact Leutron Vision for more details 3 6 Sensor 3 6 1 Sensor types 3 6 1 1 Progressive scanning All Leutron Vision cameras provide progressive scan video output The camera outputs full frame data in sequential order no field interlacing 3 6 1 2 CMOS vs CCD Leutron Vision series offers models with both CMOS and CCD sensors worlds providing advantages of both technologies While CCD chips have reputation of great image quality and high sensitivity CMOS imagers usually offer higher resolution and dynamic range But the decision should always be made camera by camera application by application The camera series provides wide choice of CCD and CMOS sensors to cover
202. ertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 210801 CheckSight P202M 4GB e 210802 CheckSight P202M 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 11 CheckSight P202M technical specifications A 12 CheckSight P203B Specification PC technology Sensor CheckSight P203B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 1 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX454JQF Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 252 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P203B 3 d 2 NN a ANAMA ne 4 pr 3 z CN i y E SZ 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 Wavelength nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 1648 x 1240 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1690 x 1250 pixels pixels Frame rate
203. es of gain analog and digital refer to Section 6 9 Analog controls p 127 the ChunkGain feature comes with a selector ChunkGainSelector To read the analog gain chunk if supported by the camera set the selector to AnalogA11 to read the digital gain set DigitalAll Black level used to acquire the image in the buffer Bitfield reflecting status of all digital I O lines Section 6 7 Digital I O counters and timers p 113 at the time the im age was acquired The least significant bit corresponds with Linel next bit with Line2 etc Status of the external ADC inputs Section 6 14 External device control p 160 at the time the image was acquired Since the cameras are equipped with multiple external ADC s the ChunkLvExternalADCVa_lue feature comes with a select or ChunkLvExternalADCSelector To read a particular external ADC value chunk if supported by the camera select it first in the selector Flag indicating whether the frame trigger for the current image was delayed because it was issued too early before the camera could accept it Note that the way how early triggers are processed cache drop can be controlled through feature Trigger Caching Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 Dropped triggers are signalled through asynchronous events Section 6 12 Asynchronous events p 151 Flag indicating for cameras supporting the integrated strobe ring onl
204. escesbevosse ds ecosssecessebevacasacabususatdcsbacscesuoeeabscastes 106 6 6 3 Trigger MODES ni diss ssecesssvecccesssesccssspeteces SEEEN ESKAE revs SEEE EEEE E SEKENE EKENS 106 6 6 3 1 Free FUANING MOdE a scsessecciavida sadsesesdeasctacieacesavesiesbanesdeasasesasedasiva 106 6 6 3 2 Triggered mode accurate exposure sceeecececeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaeeees 107 6 6 3 3 Triggered mode long range exposure eee eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 107 6 6 3 4 Trigger modes of the CMOS rolling shutter cameras 00 108 6 6 4 Trigger CONFIQUIaTION 0 0 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 109 6 6 5 5 Frame Tate v cccisessceciessscccdeass sevens secs denestieeesossecdeaasunad akn E Koan EE K S esaeas 112 6 7 Digital I O Counters and timers eececececeeeeseeeececececeaeeaeeseececeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeees 113 6 7 1s Camera WO lines oreiro sees ccvasgedeses sbeeseavspeestenseeseabe snes 113 6 7 1 1 Physical and logical lines 2 0 0 0 eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 114 6 7 2 Observing I O lines status eeeeececeeesseeeeeececececeeaeeeeececececeauaaeeeeeeeeeees 115 6 7 3 Using input lines for triggering eee eeeeeeeecececececececececeeecececeeeeeeeees 115 6 7 4 Basic output strobe configuration eee cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 116 6 7 5 User output Configuration eee eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenenees 117 6 7
205. eseizseessneesvecvssesiovs sete tvedissoebsdorsvesbbieviensastssbveitisesteseiseebhsevs 50 A A MANUX a E ut seesvecedenass cbwsabvedeeensssadbbesveeceess stat shovendededs suit saps sdeeens sues hbvvetededountes 51 4 4 1 Chipset network and audio drivers 00 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 52 4 4 2 Display river cissscescssssecseteasivass sects eel iene EEEE KEE dasa 52 44 3 Recommendations sccsicasiciviccciesstensavericcdecesieasnsesbeasicesnedsatevabaceosebeasesbenentacs 52 AS SIMPION es cis seins caavssdccerssstciens sstcbai esttocgassedslenduaes cabs E tana sbechinesutdets 53 4 5 1 Installation in WINGOWS eceeeeeeecececececececececececeeecececeeeceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 53 AS 1 12 System FEQUIFEMEMNES ocncci 002 sestsewesede apse dentadenaeavansedestanneceavabsecestanes 53 4 5 1 2 Installation Media 2 0 0 0 eee cess eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 53 4 5 1 3 Installation procedure eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 53 4 5 1 4 Installation layout sssssisssnsssrsssssrsrsrsnersssrsacrsisisnsrsssninerstsrsneassssssctsssss 58 4 5 2 Installation in LINUX 6c cssccsce ecco cesses seetesopspeesssseneessenenebesenenetebeseserscenenen 59 4 5 2 1 Installation package types 0 0 0 0 cece ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 59 4 5 2 2 System TEQUIFEMENTS ciccccsiscccdelsencscsseeses desseccscatesess deasepecestecbesceaseoce 59 4 5 2 3 Standard installation layout
206. ess 10 0 2 1 Current Subnet Mash 255 255 255 0 Current Default Gateway 10 0 2 100 Fixed IP Address 192 168 1 55 Fixed Subnet Mask 255 295 295 0 Fixed Default Gateway 192 168 1 1 Gev Supported Option Selector IPConfiguration LLA Number of Interfaces 1 Message Channel Count 1 Stream Channel Count 1 Timestamp Tick Frequency 1000000 Timestamp Control Latch Timestamp Control Reset Timestamp Control Latch Reset Timestamp Value 0 Stream Channel Selector 0 Packet Size 1448 Inter Packet Delay 0 Link Speed 1000 Figure 6 2 Example GUI showing the transport layer control features 6 4 1 Acquired image data size When preparing for acquisition the application needs to know the required size of the buffers to be allocated for receiving the acquired data The size depends on various options such as image size and pixel format Section 6 5 Image format p 85 or presence of chunk data in the image Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 The camera reports the image data size corresponding with current configuration in the Payload Size feature which provides the data size in bytes a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 84 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control The camera allows to switch to a mode when some of the parameters eg image size affecting the payload size can change freely during acquisition In such mode the Payload Size feature always reports the maximal possible size
207. esting Laboratory EMC Testcenter Zirich AG Postfach 268 CH 8052 Zurich accredited according to ISO IEC 17025 Notified Body No 1932 Name Leutron Vision GmbH M eee gt K La D Authority Konstanz _16 02 2011 Bevolimachtigter City Date Signature On Datum Unterschrift 2 5 2 2 Regulatory notices The cameras should be used with properly shielded cables and other equipment recommended in this manual Please contact us if you need further information regarding the necessary equipment 2 5 3 ROHS All units are ROHS compliant 2 6 Environmental requirements e Operating temperature 0 C 50 C a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 23 Vision CheckSight user manual Basic information e Operating relative humidity 20 95 non condensing e Allow sufficient air circulation around the camera to prevent heat up If exposed to environment conditions outside the specified limits camera per formance can be significantly degraded or the camera can be damaged 2 7 Technical specifications overview Since the CheckSight family contains variety of camera models featuring different image sensors and differing in other options lot of the technical specifications are strongly model specific The following table provides just a brief overview of the important common properties The model specific information is provided in Appendix A Technical specifications for individual models p 239 Details about ind
208. event type is 0xBB02 Event specific data fields e EventLvSmartAppLogMessage smart application log message as string of variable length If a message is too long longer than the maximal possible event data size allowed by the GigE Vision standard the camera splits it among multiple events An asynchronous string message generated by the smart ap plication running on PicSight Smart The contents and length of the string is defined by the application Strings delivered through this event type are not considered by the logging fa cilities Event ID for this event type is 0xBBO3 Event specific data fields e EventLvSmartAppStringValue the string itself Asynchronous message carrying one or more signed integer values generated by the smart application running on Pic Sight Smart The contents and number of the values is defined by the application Event ID for this event type is 0xBB04 Event specific data fields e EventLvSmartAppIntSelector selects one of the values delivered in the message It is an integer with range from 1 to the number of values in the message To read the desired value set the selector to point to the value of ques tion e EventLvSmartAppIntValue reads the signed integer value the selector points to Asynchronous message carrying one or more unsigned integer values generated by the smart application running on Pic Sight Smart The con
209. fer to Section 6 13 User sets saving loading camera config uration p 157 UserSetSelector GUI name User Configuration Set Selector UserSetLoad UserSetSelector GUI name User Set Load UserSetSave UserSetSelector GUI name User Set Save UserSetDefaultSelector GUI name Default Startup Set Selects configuration set to configure Type enumeration Possible values Default UserSetl UserSet2 UserSet3 UserSet4 GUI visibility beginner Loads the selected user set Type command GUI visibility beginner Saves current configuration into the selected user set Type command GUI visibility beginner Selects the default feature configuraiton set Type enumeration Possible values Default UserSetl UserSet2 UserSet3 UserSet4 None GUI visibility beginner Feature category Chunk Data Control refer to Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 ChunkModeActive GUI name Chunk Mode Active ChunkSelector GUI name Chunk Selector Enables the chunk mode Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Selects the chunk to configure Type enumeration Possible values Of fsetX OffsetY Width Height PixelFormat LinePitch FramelD Timestamp ExposureTime Gain LineStatusAll BlackLevel VvExternalADCValue LvTriggerDelayed LvStrobeDropped GUI visibility expert Copyright Leutron Vision 189 a Leutron
210. ff Once Continuous GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Copyright Leutron Vision 181 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name Description Feature category Color Transformation Control refer to Section 6 10 Luminance and color handling p 134 Co lorTransformationSelector GUI name Color Transformation Selector Co lorTransformationEnable ColorTransformationSelector GUI name Color Transformation Enable ColorTransformationValueSelector ColorTransformationSelector GUI name Color Transformation Value Selector ColorTransformationValue ColorTransformationValueSelector GUI name Color Transformation Entry Value Selects which color transformation module is controlled by the color transformation features Type enumeration Possible values RGBtoRGB GUI visibility expert Activates the selected Color Transformation module Type bool GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Selects the color transformation matrix entry Type enumeration Possible values Gain00 GainOl Gain02 Gainl0O Gainll Gainl2 Gain20 Gain21 Gain22 GUI visibility expert Value of the selected color transformation matrix entry Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Feature category Externa
211. figuration can be verified for example through one of the Common Vision Blox sample programs As an example let s take the C GenlCam Example Start it through system menu Start Programs STEMMER IMAGING Common Vision Blox Hardware gt GenlCam gt C GenlCam Example When started the sample will automatically open the camera configured in the driver s configur ation file provided that it is still available It will allow to control all the camera features and then start the camera acquisition again through the Grab checkbox C Gensl gt Cam Example r Select Camera Leutroriision CheckSight Maximum Visibilty Expert gt Show Grid Properties Acquisition Control kad Trigger Mode On Trigger Source Software Trigger Exposure Time 15000 us Automatic Exposure off Digital 1 0 Control Line Selector Line 9 Opto Out Line Source Exposure Active Exposure Time Std ExposureTime 7524480 731 479 V 0 0 0 Exposure time in microseconds Image Dimensions mandatory feature Get Dimensions width height Save Image Snap Cie pdate Image No Error Occurred At this point the system should be verified and configured for use in a real Common Vision Blox application The details how to access the cameras programmatically through the Common Vision Blox acquisition interface are beyond scope of this manual Please refer to the official Common Vision B
212. file type can you trust What s the risk 3 The installer welcomes you with following screen click Next 1 http www leutron com support downloads download area 2 http www leutron com support downloads download area a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 12 h Vision CheckSight user manual Quick start 4 Next screen is the license agreement Please read carefully the license text and if you agree click the Agree button to proceed with installation 5 Next the installer asks you about the location where to install Simplon The default location will do well in most cases Keep it or select another preferred location and click Next 6 If running Windows Vista or newer Windows version the default software installation directory C Program Files is read only The installer will ask you where to put the application data requiring write access the dialog will not appear on Windows XP Select a desired loc ation and click Next S smpen00108 S Application Data Folder cted the installation to Program Files As this location is read only please e location for writable LV SDS application data Camera definitions INI and samples etc C Users Public LeutronVision Simplon This location is recommended if LV SDS is to be used by multiple users C Users Zdenek AppData Local LeutronVision Simplon cation is recommended only in case nobody else than the user Zdenek ith Simplon on this PC
213. fmgr enable fbwfmgr addvolume c After next reboot the drive C will be protected by FBFW You can add an exclusion for certain directory In this case all changes applied to the excluded directory will by written directly in storage media E g adding write exception for c Temp directory fowfmgr addexclusion c Temp e To remove FBWF protection from drive c run fowfmgr removevolume c 1 1 all previously set exclusions will be forgotten 0 all previously set exclusions will be stored and automatically applied by next enabling of FBWF fbwfmgr disable or fbwfmgr help addexclusion if you need to get more information about this topic 4 4 Linux Because of an existence of many Linux distributions it is not possible to cover all installation and configuration details for each one In the following section you can find useful information how to modify hardware and software settings to gain a full profit from your Linux installation In general every distribution based on kernel 2 6 should work fine with CheckSight it means the main hardware on Chipset USB Controller IDE Controller VGA Network Adapter which is essential for run of the operating system is properly recognized during setup Support of further features which can improve graphics acceleration and CheckSight scalability e g SDIO are distri bution dependent Following list refers to these distributions which were successfully tested with CheckSigh
214. g information CheckSight startup kit Cables Starter kit consisting of 2 pcs USB adapter cables 32050 1 pc audio I O adapter cable 32040 1 pc I O cable 32032 and 1 pc Display cable 32012 Wide range input power supply 100 240VAC with different wall plugs for international use 73520 as well as a CD with the Simplon software 16060 Ordering number 32090 Display cable to connect a CheckSight to a DVI D compatible display 1 8m Ordering number 32012 Cable with SDR 26 pin female connector to connect the I O signals of CheckSight to customized hardware other side of the cable has mounted D sub 25 pin female connector 3m Ordering number 32032 Adapter cable for CheckSight to split the audio I O connector 3 5mm male audio jack into 2 separate 3 5mm female au dio jacks for microphone input and audio output 0 2m Ordering number 32040 USB type A male to USB type A female connector Very tiny connectors which allow to connect all 3 USB cables the sound cable and the display cable simultaneously space constraints of CheckSight connector panel With this device bigger USB sticks can be connected 0 2m Ordering number 32050 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 20 Vision CheckSight user manual Basic information Connectors Power supply Simplon software package Storage devices e Locking power plug for CheckSight power input connector Ordering number 39000475 e 26 pin SDR m
215. ght Leutron Vision 208 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Name GenTLVersionMinor GUI name GenTL Version Minor GevVersionMajor GUI name GigE Vision Version Major GevVersionMinor GUI name GigE Vision Version Minor InterfaceUpdateList GUI name Update Interface List InterfaceSelector GUI name Interface Selector InterfaceID InterfaceSelector GUI name Interface ID GevinterfaceMACAddress InterfaceSelector GUI name Interface MAC Address GevinterfaceDefaultIPAddress InterfaceSelector GUI name Interface Default IP Address GevinterfaceDefaultSubnetMask InterfaceSelector GUI name Interface Default Subnet Mask Description Minor version of the implemented GenTL spe cification Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Major version of the implemented GigE Vision specification Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Minor version of the implemented GigE Vision specification Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Update internal list of interfaces Type command GUI visibility beginner Selects an interface module to be accessed Type integer GUI visibility beginner Interface ID Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature MAC address of the GigE Vision interface Type integer GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Default IP a
216. ght Smart architecture a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 233 Vision CheckSight user manual Troubleshooting amp Support 9 Troubleshooting amp Support 9 1 Getting support for Leutron Vision products 9 1 1 Before you contact the support team To get the most effective support for your problems please make sure that you Check if your issue does not belong to the list of the most common issues providing solutions to all of them Send the problem report to proper e mail address depending on your location and the problem nature as explained in Section 9 1 2 Contact options p 234 Make sure the problem is well reproducible preferably with the Simplon Explorer and that you capture the 1v simplon log file Section 9 1 3 Gathering information about the prob lem p 234 Attach the captured log file one per each session if multiple test scenarios are described in the report as well as other important information describe all details about the problem see Sec tion 9 1 4 Reporting the problem p 235 Following these guidelines will guarantee that your problem can be solved effectively in the shortest possible time 9 1 2 Contact options Following list should help to identify the e mail contact to be used for your problem report If you purchased Leutron Vision products through a distributor please contact that distributor with every support case The list of Leutron Vision d
217. ght carry multiple event specific data fields as well as none of them Event Control Event Selector Event Notification Log Event Data Log Event Log Event Timestamp Log Event Message El Smart Application Log Event Data Smart Application Log Event Event Control Log E Event Selector Smart Application Log On Event Notification on Log Event Data Log Event Log Event Timestamp Log Event Message E Smart Application Log Event Data Smart Application Log Event Smart Application Log Event Timestamp Smart Application Log Event Tifhestamp Smart Application Log Event Message Smart Application Log Event ssage Figure 6 55 Event naming convention illustrated 6 12 3 Event types The Leutron Vision cameras currently support following event types Log LvLog Trigger Dropped LvTriggerDropped Camera logging messages Intended for troubleshooting and support purposes If needed our support staff will provide in structions how to capture the entire log Please note that the log contents is intended to be interpreted solely by our support staff it does not provide any information useful for the camera user Therefore please do not try to interpret its contents or report to us log contents that you potentially find suspiciouis Under normal circumstances the log events should be switched off so that they do not occupy the camera link Event ID for this event type is 0xBB01
218. ging asynchronous events with associated data Figure 6 52 Camera communication channels Copyright Leutron Vision Leutron 151 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control The events can be just a simple messages such as signalling occurrence of an incident such as error but usually they carry additional data The data can be retrieved through the feature tree similarly as regular camera features All the events have associated timestamp which is the value of the camera s timestamp counter refer to Section 6 3 Information about the camera p 80 at the time the event was generated The camera timestamp frequency is 1MHz ie the ticks cor respond with time unit of 1 us The GigE Vision compatible cameras PicSight GigE and PicSight Smart naturally deliver the events through the GigE Vision message channel Other camera families in particular CheckSight Check Sight ll deliver the events through GenTL event signalling mechanism Note that all camera families including CheckSight deliver the event data in GigE Vision compatible format Therefore every library application capable of parsing the GigE Vision event data can use the same mechanism to parse also CheckSight CheckSight Il event data Not all GigE Vision and GenlCam based software packages are capable of working with the asyn chronous events If accessing the cameras through other library than Simplon API please check its docum
219. gnal waiting until it can be evaluated as valid Thus an unwanted latency is added to the input With our debouncer implementation the input signal is asserted as soon as the signal however short arrives the debouncer just disables the input scanning for a given period after input change is detected Besides the debouncer the input circuit is also equipped with glitch detection logic which ensures that even very fast input signal changes under 1 us can be detected and processed by the digital input subsystem 6 7 10 Special topics Just to make the discussion complete we have to mention last few special timer counter related features First is the ability to software reset the counter at any time using Counter Reset command so that it starts counting again from zero Second is the option to adjust counter s current Counter Value to any number lower than the counter duration Note that the counter value is only reset to zero when the counter expires or when calling the Counter Reset command explicitly Connecting disconnecting the Counter Event Source or start ing stopping acquisition has no influence on the counter value which is maintained across these actions The application should reset the counter value explicitly whenever needed EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle reset Counterl it will start counting from zero again iveetEnum hDev LvDevice CounterSelector LvCounterSelector Counter1
220. grouping the features strictly follows the GenlCam SFNC standard The Simplon API samples are provided in plain C other variants can be easily generated by the Simplon Source Code Generator refer to Simplon programmer s guide The code examples are marked with corresponding icons bo Introduces sample code demonstrating usage of the discussed features EXimpion through the Simplon API interface The code snippets are using directly the native Simplon API functions and constants They are presented in the plain C variant but users programming in other languages should find all needed info in them easily Whenever a shortcut function exists for given functionality in Simplon API it is presented H Pseudocode demonstrating usage of the discussed features through GEN lt I gt CAM a generic GenlCam interface These code snippets are intended for users accessing the cameras through other software interface than Simplon API It uses the actual GenlCam names of the individual fea tures rather than Simplon API constants The pseudo function calls need to be replaced with actual function names used in the actually used software package The sections below document all the features available within the camera family Some of the features are however only available on certain camera models Some features might also not be available on older firmware versions Simplon API provides means to check if a given feature is supported by th
221. guration on its own The configuration description stored by the application could be modified or reused for multiple compatible cameras Because of dependencies among individual features however the application has no way to know the correct order in which the features should be set to reach the desired goal reliably The GenlCam standard provides a solution for that called register streaming which is a standardized way to save load full camera configuration It was discussed before in Section 6 3 5 Register streaming support p 83 Our cameras provide full support for register streaming Simplon API implements this functionality in LyCameraSaveSettings and LvCameraLoadSettings functions see details in Simplon programmer s guide Other GenlCam compatible software packages should also provide similar functionality Besides that the Simplon Source Code Generator component of the Simplon Explorer allows to record all feature settings including executed commands The recorded actions are provided by the Simplon Source Code Generator in form of source code that can be easily included in the user application 6 13 4 Comparison of the two methods Both methods of handling the user configuration sets directly on the camera or by the application have their advantages and disadvantages e The on camera user set travels with the camera independently on the application with which it is used It is fully under camera con
222. gure 4 23 Linux installation layout application data The data are stored in several subdirectories in particular e log default destination for Simplon log files in particular the 1v simplon 1og that are useful for any troubleshooting refer to Chapter 9 Troubleshooting amp Support p 234 e XMLCache contains GenlCam XML files downloaded from cameras e GCCache preprocessed versions of the GenlCam XML files for performance improvement These can be safely removed Simplon will re generate them upon next use User specific files Possible user specific files Such as demos tools configuration are stored in simplon i Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 61 Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation simplon File Browser IEE File Edit View Go Bookmarks Tabs Help Qk v bron O CE a Go To home xxx simplon Q 100 Q icon view v Treev x BE gt B ssh D Iv explorer ini D m themes D B thumbnails A Ea undata mananan enli j gt 1 item Free space 32 3 GB Figure 4 24 Linux installation layout user specific data This directory is used solely to store user specific settings or preferences for Simplon tools such as Simplon Explorer or Simplon Settings It will not be needed for usual operation on a runtime system Other actions performed by the installer Besides copying the files and adjusting user rights the installer performs some additional action
223. he camera p 80 DeviceVendorName GUI name Vendor Name DeviceModelNam GUI name Model Name DeviceManufacturerInfo GUI name Manufacturer Info DeviceVersion GUI name Device Hardware Version DeviceFirmwareVersion GUI name Device Firmware Version LvRecoveryFirmwareVersion GUI name Recovery Firmware Version DevicelID GUI name Device ID DeviceUserID GUI name Device User ID Name of the manufacturer of the device Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Model name of the device Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Manufacturer information about the device Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Version of the device Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Version of the device firmware Type string GUI visibility beginner Read only feature Indicates the version of the firmware and soft ware to which the device would recover Type string GUI visibility guru Read only feature Device identifier serial number Type string GUI visibility expert Read only feature User programmable device identifier Type string GUI visibility beginner Copyright Leutron Vision 167 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvSensorID GUI name Sensor ID LvGrabberID GUI name Grabber ID DeviceScanType GUI name Device Scan Type Devic
224. he color transformation functionality can be used to perform various operations such as e image color improvement correction advanced white balancing channel overlap elimination e color to grayscale conversion e format conversion eg RGB to YUV e adjusting color saturation e adjusting brightness and contrast of color images e hue rotation e etc The color transformation functionality might be only available on specific camera models Please contact Leutron Vision to check availability of the feature and its detailed documentation for given model a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 144 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Applied color transformation matrix Figure 6 46 Artificial example illustrating the color transformation in this case full color space rotation 6 10 3 Gamma correction brightness and contrast Simplon API provides several utility functions helping to implement some common image condi tioning operations using the camera s LUT functionality It can for example configure the LUT to apply desired gamma correction optionally combined with brightness and contrast adjustment Simplon API would automatically find out the currently active LUT type luminance or RGB LUT compute the LUT values based on the required inputs and adjust the LUT The details are docu mented in Simplon programmer s guide 6 10 4 White balance The color interpretation in the acquired i
225. he sensor size Sensor Width Sensor Height When using binning or decimation the size limits are defined by the result of the binning decim ation operation sensor size divided by the binning decimation factor The readout AOI parameters are not configurable during active acquisition e The second step is performed in the camera s frame buffer memory after readout and is equi valent to the clip on transfer AOI mode It has all properties of that mode in particular the parameters are freely configurable without constraints offsets are configurable during acquisition size might be configurable during acquisition Section 6 5 5 Fixed vs variable payload size p 99 The in memory clip AOI step is configured through the regular AOI parameters ie Width Height and Y Offset Y Offset The AOI size limits are reported through Max Width and Max Height which are defined by the readout AOI size a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 95 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control E Camera memory User buffer EXimpion LvHDevice hDev select manual vSetEnum hDev Manual AOI Mode ReadoutWidthMax Full sensor size eventually size after applying binning The Readout AOI applied on sensor Availability and range of individual parameters is strictly sensor specific Readout AOI parameters locked during acquisition WidthMax ReadoutWi
226. his can have a drawback however that in case of an application crash the last part of the log might be missing in the file When troubleshooting application crashes we recommend to switch on the option Disable all buffering Heartbeat timeout is animportant parameter related to GigE Vision cameras only PicSight GigE PicSight Smart This timeout in milliseconds defines how frequently has the camera send the heartbeat messages to the camera indicating that it s still alive When the camera does not receive the message within the specified timeout period it assumes the application has gone away and disconnects itself The default value used in Simplon is 3 s Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 77 Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation At most times the heartbeat handling is fully transparent to the user However during debugging when a developer stops the application at a breakpoint for single stepping the Simplon heartbeat handling thread would also stop fail to deliver the heartbeat messages and the camera would disconnect To prevent that we recommend to increase the heartbeat timeout parameter to a higher value The exact value should be a compromise between being able to debug comfortably while un derstanding that when the application stops unexpectedly without dis connecting the camera properly it will take a while before the camera disconnects automatically and b
227. hots are default values of the CheckSight BIOS settings The BIOS Setup always displays brief documentation for the currently selected option Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 64 Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation Advanced System Overview AMIBIOS Version KCC 01 01 Build Date 03 17 10 ID LEUT_101 Processor Intel R Atom TM CPU 2530 Speed 1600MHz Count aE System Memory Size 1015MB System Date CMC Lo Module 0D2 026x Advanced Settings PCIPnP BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security 1 606Hz 07 31 Wed 03717 20101 Hi Modu le 0D2 018x BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security WARNING Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction gt IDE Configuration gt ACPI Configuration gt MPS Configuration gt PCI Express Configuration gt Smbios Configuration gt USB Configuration Chipset Chipset Exit Use ENTER TAB or SHIFT TAB to select a field Use or to configure system Time Select Screen Select Item Change Field Select Field General Help Save and Exit Exit Exit Configure CPU Select Screen Tl Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 2 BIOS Setup advanced settings Copyright Leutron Vision 65 Leutron a Vision CheckSight user manual
228. ial port executing the Send Command Over Serial Port command The camera will send the characters and will start listening for the response Wait for completion of the command wait until the IsDone GenlCam property of the command yields true in Simplon API this is inspected through LvCmdIsDone The camera signals the command as done when finished waiting for the response according to the timeout and EOT marker configuration Important do not try to read the response before the command is completed otherwise the communication may fail Check the command response operation success optional but recommended step The status can be queried using the enumeration feature Serial Port Command Status Possible values are Success Timeout depending on configuration this might signal a problem or not Port Busy e g when used by another application Communication Error generic Frame Error Parity Error Overflow If the status reports a failure reading the response string itself would most probably yield irrelevant result Read the command response string from Serial Port Command Response Maximal supported response length is 128 characters Note that issuing a new command will discard any characters in the camera s communication input buffer and the camera will start waiting for a new re sponse a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 161 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control
229. ible values SingleFrame MultiFrame Continuous GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Starts image acquisition Type command GUI visibility beginner Copyright Leutron Vision 172 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name AcquisitionStop GUI name Acquisition Stop AcquisitionArm GUI name Acquisition Arm TriggerSelector GUI name Trigger Selector TriggerMode TriggerSelector GUI name Trigger Mode TriggerSoftware TriggerSelector GUI name Generate Software Trigger TriggerSource TriggerSelector GUI name Trigger Source TriggerActivation TriggerSelector GUI name Trigger Activation TriggerDelay TriggerSelector GUI name TriggerDelay Description Stops image acquisition Type command GUI visibility beginner Arms the camera for acquisition start Type command GUI visibility expert Selects the type of trigger to configure Type enumeration Possible values FrameStart GUI visibility beginner Controls if the selected trigger is active Type enumeration Possible values Off On GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Generates a software trigger Type command GUI visibility beginner Signal source for the selected trigger Type enumeration Possible values Linel Line2 Line3 ine4 Line5 Line6o L
230. ignal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight R502M Free running Triggered mode Global reset mode e Analog gain 0 18 06 dB default 0 dB Digital gain 0 24 08 dB default 0 dB Black level 0 2 55 DN default 0 DN Automatic black level 38 dB 70 dB Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Horizontal 2x 4x e Vertical 2x 4x e Horizontal 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x e Vertical 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 450801 CheckSight R502M 4GB e 450802 CheckSight RS02M 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 26 CheckSight R502M technical specifications Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 271 Vision CheckSight user manual Contacting Leutron Vision Contacting Leutron Vision Headquarters Switzerland Address Industriestrasse 57 CH 8152 Glattbrugg Switzerland Phone 41 44 809 88 22
231. igned keep this in mind The features include for example e Timestamps and related features MAC and IP addresses 32 bit masks and bitfields such as Line Status All User Output Value All or similar Generic unsigned integer features used by PicSight Smart applications a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 217 h Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages To input an integer in hexadecimal form use the 0x prefix Res uliti OER To get a value displayed in hexadecimal form use the x appendix with the variable HexValue Values x e When trying to set an integer or float value which is out of the range supported by the camera the Halcon acquisition interface will not raise an error but round the value to the closest sup ported one e Chunk data nor event data are currently supported by Halcon Halcon image acquisition interfaces make significant efforts to allow changing any camera feature value at any time including the features that would be locked read only by the camera during the acquisition When the application attempts to write to a feature that is currently read only Halcon stops the acquisition to check whether the camera would unlock the feature and eventually writes to it Then it restarts the acquisition This attitude brings a good deal of flexibility but it also comes for a price Starting and stopping the acquisition generates certain overhead on all
232. ility expert Signal source for the selected trigger Type enumeration Possible values Off Linel Line2 Line3 ine4 Line5 Lineo Line7 Lines Linel7 Linel8 Linel9 Line20 Line21 Line22 Line23 Line24 Actionl Action2 Action3 Action4 Action5 Action6 Action7 Action8g GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Activation mode of the trigger Type enumeration Possible values RisingEdge FallingEdge GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Generates a software trigger Type command GUI visibility expert A single bitfield that selects which features will be reset by the image stamp reset trigger Type integer GUI visibility guru Selects an image stamp type for configuration Type enumeration Possible values Timestamp FrameID GUI visibility expert Copyright Leutron Vision 179 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvImageStampResetEnable LvImageStampSelector GUI name Image Stamp Reset Enable LvBootSwitch GUI name Boot Switch LvBayerDecoderAlgorithm GUI name Bayer Decoder Algorithm LvBayerDecoderThreshold GUI name Bayer Decoder Threshold LvWatchdogEnable GUI name Watchdog Enable LvWatchdogTimerDuration GUI name Watchdog Timer Duration LvWatchdogTimerValue GUI name Watchdog Timer Value
233. imal value to a desired lower one The reasons might be to moderate the processing load or network load when full frame rate is not needed To enable the frame rate settings the Acquisition Frame Rate Control mode must be enabled first switched to On When set to this mode the camera internally switches to triggered mode and generates periodic internal triggers with the desired frequency The Acquisition Frame Rate feature itself is a floating point value in Hz EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure frame rate in Hz available only when operation in non triggered mode if LvIsAvailable hDev LvDevice LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode On LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice AcquisitionFrameRate 20 0 switch back to regular free running mode max frame rate LvSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode Off Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 112 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control GEN lt i gt CAM configure frame rate in Hz available only when operation in non triggered mode write enum LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode On write float AcquisitionFrameRate 20m0 switch back to regular free running mode max frame rate write enum LvAcquisit
234. imers p 113 LineSelector GUI name Line Selector LineMode LineSelector GUI name Line Mode LineFormat LineSelector GUI name Line Format Selects the I O line for querying and configura tion Type enumeration Possible values Linel Line2 Line3 ine4 Line5 Lineo Line7 Lines ine9 Linel0 Linell Linel2 Linel3 Linel4 Linel5 Linel 6 Linel7 Linel8 Linel9 Line20 Line21 Line22 Line23 Line24 Line25 Line26 Line27 Line28 Line29 Line30 Line31 Line32 GUI visibility expert Line mode input or output Type enumeration Possible values Input Output GUI visibility expert Read only feature Sets the electrical configuration of the selected line Type enumeration Possible values NoConnect TriState TTL LVDS RS422 OptoCoupled GUI visibility expert Read only feature Copyright Leutron Vision 175 a Leutron i Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LineSource LineSelector GUI name Line Source LineInverter LineSelector GUI name Line Inverter LvLineDebounceDuration LineSelector GUI name Line Debounce Duration LineStatus LineSelector GUI name Line Status LineStatusAll GUI name Line Status All UserOutputSelector GUI name User Output Selector Description Internal signal driving the line s ouptut Type enumeration Possible values Off ExposureActive
235. in situations where one part of the circuit needs to be galvanically isolated from the other part to prevent damage or unwanted interference It is used to prevent ground loops or to block voltage spikes For effective use of the optocoupler it is important to control it using an independent power supply When the external circuit is galvanically connected to the camera eg when reusing the camera s power to control the optocoupler the optocoupler s protective function is eliminated 3 8 4 2 Optocoupler inputs The CheckSight camera is equipped with four optically isolated input lines One input optocoupler is fully independent the other three are connected with a common cathode Section 3 9 2 I O connector p 37 due to limited number of pins on the I O connector a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 33 h Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation The optocoupler input s logical state is understood as logical 0 if no current is flowing through the optocoupler diode logical 1 if current is flowing through the diode The optocoupler is guaranteed to be switched on logical 1 status when the voltage applied to the input is within range of 5 24 V tolerance 10 It is guaranteed to be switched off logical 0 when the applied voltage is under 1 5 V The input status is undefined between 1 5 and 4 5 V the input voltage must not exceed the 24 V limit The optocoupler inputs have no protection
236. in valid however Note that Simplon API executes this command internally when enumerating discovering the devices so there s no need to access this feature directly when using Simplon API Selects one of the discovered devices and allows to query information about the devices through the depending features see below The Device Selector is an integer feature with zero based indexing of the discovered devices The index corresponds with the same index in the GenTL C interface The current range of the selector zero through its current maximum corresponds with the number of discovered devices Note that in Simplon API the devices are accessed through corres ponding handles and the device indexes ID s are fully wrapped into the handles they can be usually ignored by Simplon API users Globally unique ID of the selected device This feature is used for communication between the GenTL producer and consumer it should not be interpreted anyhow by the user Name of the selected camera s vendor manufacturer Model name of the selected camera Access status of the selected device at the time of the last device list update This enumeration feature can report following status options Read Write the device can be opened for reading and writing Read Only the device can be opened in read only mode No Access the device cannot be currently opened e g because it s opened by another application already User ID also known as
237. ine2 Sets the signal source for the selected trigger to line 2 optocoupler input e Line 3 Opto In Line3 Sets the signal source for the selected trigger to line 3 optocoupler input e Line 4 Opto In Line4 Sets the signal source for the selected trigger to line 4 optocoupler input e Line 17 TTL In Line 17 Sets the signal source for the selected trigger to line 17 TTL input e Line 18 TTL In Line 18 Sets the signal source for the selected trigger to line 18 TTL input e Software Trigger Software Sets the signal source for the selected trigger to software gl 8 4 OpenCV The OpenCV library does not provide native support for GenTL or GigE Vision interfaces however it is possible to integrate OpenCV with Simplon API easily A simple example demonstrating how to deliver the images acquired through the Simplon API interface to the OpenCV functions can be created through the Simplon Source Code Generator use the OpenCV sample in the Project Generation Wizard Copyright Leutron Vision Leutron 232 Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages BS Simplon Explorer Camera Leutron Vision PicSight P52B GigE RTF ScaryBear 10 0 2 220 File Camera Acquisition Display Features Source code Help 4 rf ka EN tj vV Show source code in info panel Include error handling Found cameras Connected camera S
238. ine7 Line8 Linel 7 Linel8 Linel9 Line20 Line21 Line22 Line23 Line24 Actionl Action2 Action3 Action4 Action5 Action6 Action7 Actions Software GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Activation mode of the trigger Type enumeration Possible values RisingEdge FallingEdge GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Trigger delay in microseconds Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit us Copyright Leutron Vision 173 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name TriggerDivider TriggerSelector GUI name Trigger Divider LvTriggerCaching TriggerSelector GUI name Trigger Caching ExposureMode GUI name Exposure Mode LvLongRangeExposureMode GUI name Long Range Exposure Mode LvGlobalResetMode GUI name Global Reset Mode ExposureTime GUI name Exposure Time ExposureAuto GUI name Automatic Exposure Description Trigger divider Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Caching mode for the selected trigger Type enumeration Possible values Cache Drop GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Exposure shutter mode Type enumeration Possible
239. information The Interface Subnet Selector feature zero based integer index allows to loop through the subnets configured for given GigE Vision interface The Interface Subnet IP Address Interface Subnet Mask then report the IP address and subnet mask corresponding with the selected subnet GigE Vision interfaces only EXimpion LvHInterface hItf open the interface to get the handle read basic information about the interface char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hitf LvInterface InterfaceID StmaimeValyy OZA int32_t EnumVal vGetEnum hitf LvInterface InterfaceType amp EnumVal if LvIsAvailable hItf LvInterface_GevMACAddress MAC IP addresses can be read as integers or formatted strings int32_t IntVal int64 t Int64Val LvGetInto64 hitf LvInterface GevMACAddress amp Int64Val LvGetString hItf LvInterface_ GevMACAddress SteaimogVal O24 Ee first gateway InySeieliaes 2 leLilieie wia liniGeiederite ses hiiliteste we EV first subnet InwiSene lignes leuieie Iba lLial TGS ines 2 miisi ovi TVCC tines eulieie A EV rface GevinterfaceGatewaySelector 0 rface GevinterfaceGateway amp IntVal Oi aoe rface GevinterfaceSubnetSelector 0 rface GevinterfaceSubnetIPAddress amp IntVal rface GevinterfaceSubnetMask amp IntVal i oot GEN lt i gt CAM read basic information about the interface read_string
240. ing Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems CheckSight G43AM MT9V022 Quantum Efficiency Monochrome Quantum Efficiency 4 8 8 8 3s o 550 650 750 850 950 1050 Wavelength nm e 8 3 monochrome 752 x 480 pixels 62 fps 10 bit single tap progressive 6x 6 um 4 512 x 2 88 mm global 10 us 1000 ms default 15 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Analog gain 0 12 04 dB default 4 dB e Digital gain 12 04 11 48 dB default 0 dB e Black level 0 6 35 DN default 0 DN e Auto exposure e Automatic analog gain control e Automatic black level 42 dB 49 dB Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Horizontal 2x 4x e Vertical 2x 4x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Directly supported image pro Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV cessing libraries Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 243 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specifica
241. ing Intel SCH US15 Chipset Bios Information Intel Video BIOS List All Modes Figure 4 4 Display properties configuration options 4 2 3 Network driver Navigate to the folder with network driver files execute setup exe and follow the instructions After installation reboot the system To optimize network performance you might want to edit the driver properties accessible from the Device manager Make sure the network configuration is compatible with other devices in your network ie Intel R Network Connections InstallShield Wizard Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Intel R Network Connections intel Installs drivers Intel R PROSet For Windows Device Manager and Advanced Networking Services WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Figure 4 5 Network driver installation Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 45 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation Intel R Network Connections Setup Options Select the program Features you want installed Install Drivers MJ Intel R PROSet for Windows Device Manager V Advanced Network Services J Intel R Network Connections SNMP Agent Feature Description Figure 4 6 Network driver installation options Intel R 82574L Gigabit Network Connection Properties PR Teaming VLANs Boot 0 tions Driver Details Resources i General Link Speed Advance
242. ing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P32B C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 121801 CheckSight P32B 4GB e 121802 CheckSight P32B 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 13 CheckSight P32B technical specifications A 14 CheckSight P32M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P32M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX414 Relative Response 0 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Wave Length nm monochrome Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 692 x 504 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes 62 3 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 9 9x9 9 um 7 48 x 6 15 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 16 ms
243. ing the actual action commands The Action Group Mask is the last step in the action command matching chain For the action s matching the group key parameter the delivered group mask parameter is compared against the actions configured Action Group Mask value yet another 32 bit unsigned integer In this case the camera performs the bit wise AND operation on the two values If the result is nonzero the action is considered as a match and the corres ponding internal action signal is generated Any subsystems connected to that action for example the Trigger Source would immediately receive the signal Given this algorithm for action command delivery it is solely choice of the application how it uses the described parameters to control a group of cameras through the action commands Note that many applications control these parameters under the hood and that they are all accessible only in the guru feature visibility level EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle set the action device key parameter using LvSetInt64 since the int32 range might not be sufficient for the unsigned 32 bit parameters LvSetInt64 hDev LvSetInt32 hDev LvSetInt64 hDev LvSetInt64 hDev GEN lt i gt CAM LvDevice ActionDeviceKey 0x07A312B2 configure the group key and mas for Action 1 LvDevice ActionSelector 1 LvDevice ActionGroupKey 0x00000020 LvDevice ActionGroupMask 0x00
244. integer GUI visibility guru Selects to which action signal further action set tings apply Type integer GUI visibility guru Copyright Leutron Vision 178 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name ActionGroupKey ActionSelector GUI name Action Group Key ActionGroupMask ActionSelector GUI name Action Group Mask Description Provides the key that the device will use to valid ate the action on reception of the action protocol message Type integer GUI visibility guru Provides the mask that the device will use to validate the action on reception of the action protocol message Type integer GUI visibility guru Feature category Special Features refer to Section 6 15 Special features p 163 LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSelector GUI name Special Purpose Trigger Selector LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSource LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSelector GUI name Special Purpose Trigger Source LvSpecialPurposeTriggerActivation LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSelector GUI name Special Purpose Trigger Activation LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSoftware LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSelector GUI name Generate Special Purpose Trigger LvImageStampsResetMask GUI name Image Stamps Reset Mask LvImageStampSelector GUI name Image Stamp Selector Selects the special purpose trigger type to con figure Type enumeration Possible values ImageStampsReset GUI visib
245. interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 4 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX098 Relative Response 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 Wave Length nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 692 x 504 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation 64 7 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 5 6 x 5 6 um 4 6 x 3 97 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 15 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 6 30 dB default 16 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 259 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P34B C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded
246. ion 26 h Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation CheckSight 3 3 Dimensions Ca module PCle x1 User I O Power Embedded PC with connectors Figure 3 5 CheckSight architecture Figure 3 6 CheckSight dimensions front view Copyright Leutron Vision 27 Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation 9 94 Figure 3 8 CheckSight dimensions top down view i Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 28 Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation 112 Figure 3 9 CheckSight dimensions side view Status LED Ee x a BI USBO ee USB2 Audio Figure 3 10 CheckSight connector positions 3 4 Mounting points The mounting points position and size is illustrated in sections Section 3 3 Dimensions p 27 and Section 3 1 Appearance overview p 25 The following mounting points are available e Four M4x8 points in front and back panel of the camera e Four M4x4 5 points at each side of the camera e One standard tripod mounting point 1 4 20UNC 5mm at the top and bottom sides of the camera Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 29 mh Vision CheckSight us
247. ion Blox including any available service packs hotfixes They may contain important updates Read its documentation carefully The PicSight GigE PicSight Smart cameras might not be properly discovered if their IP configur ation does not match the network interface they are connected to for example if they are configured for different subnet In such case it s recommended to use the Simplon GigE Vision Configuration Tool or a corresponding Common Vision Blox utility to configure all the cameras first before using them in Common Vision Blox e Chunk data are not supported by Common Vision Blox Event data are supported However the Common Vision Blox is using a custom event delivery mechanism not compatible with other GenTL producers Therefore the event data delivery will work reliably only over the Common Vision Blox internal GigE Vision interface a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 222 h Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages Common Vision Blox is expected to align to the GenTL event delivery mechanism in the future you might wish to observe the new available updates 8 2 2 GenTL interface CheckSight CheckSight ll optionally PicSight GigE PicSight Smart When working with our CheckSight CheckSight ll cameras the Common Vision Blox has to access the camera through the Simplon GenTL Producer according to the GenlCam GenTL standard Therefore the Simplon package has to b
248. ion Manager Device Select GenlCam Device Tree Branch Info CYB CamPort Assingment GZ SI GEY TL Interface Info brag Filter Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 gt A i t Name Local Area Connection PicSight P34M GigE RTF 00 18 66 01 97 5 ID FD MAC gt 00 18 66 07 A1 34 4 PicSight P34B GigE 5mart50x 00 18 66 01 Desc Intel R B2574L Gigabit Network C amp PicSight G32B GigE Smart70x 00 18 66 01 PicSight R502B GigE RTF 00 18 66 86 68 es A Socket Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 lt lt amp PicSight P34M GigE RTF 00 18 66 01 97 5 CJ amp PicSight P34B GigE SmartSOx 00 16 66 01 amp PicSight G32B GigE Smart70x 00 18 66 01 amp PicSight RS02B GigE RTF 00 18 66 86 68 gt lt j r Discovery r Open Mode r Multicast To configure CYB T Ignore Subnet 200 Discover Timeout in ms Reado control i eae Tar i Ge amp GigE Vision Configuration Manager Device Select GenlCam Device Tree Branch Info CYB CamPort Assingment Leutron Vision GenTL InterFace Device Info oe teri Vendor Leutron Vision 5 r ana Model Cam1 G43AB r a CheckSight 0 Cam1 G434B amp Filter Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE SmartSOx 00 18 66 01 4 Socket Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE Smart50x 00 18 66 01 A gt SEE p Discovery Open Mode Multicast To configure CYB I Ignore Subn C ReadOnly J Maste L Control Discover Assig
249. ionFrameRateControlMode Off Since camera internally switches to triggered mode for frame rate control the maximum achievable frame rate is lower than the native free running mode rate when frame rate control mode is off The frame rate feature can never increase the frequency beyond the maximum defined by current working mode see above it can only decrease it To reach a higher frame rate adjusting corresponding settings such as AOI or pixel clock should be considered 6 7 Digital I O counters and timers This section discusses the digital I O signal configuration Digital 1 0 Control Line Selector Line Mode Line Format Line Source Line Inverter Line Status Line Status All User Output Selector User Output Value User Output Value All User Output Value All Mask Line 9 Opto Out Output Opto coupled Exposure Active Off Off 0x10000 User Output 1 Off 0x0 0x0 Figure 6 23 Example GUI showing the digital I O features Counter and Timer Control H Counter Selector Counter Mode Counter Event Source Counter Reset Counter Value Counter Duration Timer Selector Timer Duration Timer Delay Timer Trigger Source o Counter 1 Autoreset Frame Trigger U 1 Timer 1 1000 us 100 us Counter 1 End Figure 6 24 Example GUI showing the counters and timers features 6 7 1 Camera I O lines The number and type of I O lines might differ among camera models The overview of
250. ions are available Table A 6 CheckSight P141B technical specifications A 7 CheckSight P141M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P141M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MkHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 2 3 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX285 1 0 0 9 0 8 07 g S 06 8 05 Mh g 5 04 D x 03 02 01 000 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Wave Length nm monochrome Output image resolution HxV 1392 x 1040 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1438 x 1050 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format 20 2 fps 12 bit single tap Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 246 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P141M progressive 6 45 x 6 45 um 10 2 x 8 3 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 48 ms e Free ru
251. istributors with their contact information is provided in our website If you reside in Germany or Austria contact lt desupport leutron com gt If you reside in US or Canada contact lt ussupport leutron com gt If you reside in Czech republic or Slovakia contact lt czsupport leutron com gt In all other cases contact e lt gigesupport picsight com gt for issues related to PicSight GigE PicSight Smart cameras e lt linuxsupport leutron com gt for any issues with Simplon for Linux e and lt intsupport leutron com gt for any other products issues and questions 9 1 3 Gathering information about the problem When collecting information about your problem please follow the steps listed hereafter 1 Be sure you use the latest version of Simplon It may be that you have an old version of Simplon installed and you are experiencing a bug which was already removed in the meantime The version of currently installed Simplon is visible in the Simplon Explorer tool menu Help About The latest Simplon version can be downloaded from the Simplon 1 http www leutron com sales contact a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 234 h Vision CheckSight user manual Troubleshooting amp Support download area If you have not registered yet for Simplon download on our website you will have to do so first 2 Enable logging Before attempting to reproduce the problem be sure the logging is enabled through the Simp
252. it B Copyright Leutron Vision 190 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name ChunkFrameID GUI name Frame ID ChunkTimestamp GUI name Timestamp ChunkExposureTime GUI name Exposure Time ChunkGainSelector GUI name Gain Selector ChunkGain ChunkGainSelector GUI name Gain ChunkBlackLevel GUI name Black Level ChunkLineStatusAll GUI name Line Status All Description Frame id of the image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Timestamp associated with the image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit us Exposure time used to acquire the image in cluded in the payload Type float GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit us Gain type to be reported in chunk data Type enumeration Possible values AnalogAli DigitalAl1 GUI visibility expert Gain used to acquire the image included in the payload Type float GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit dB Black level used to acquire the image included in the payload Type float GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit DN Status of i o lines at time of acquiring the image in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Copyright Leutron Vision 191 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera featu
253. ital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a 44 dB 69 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Vertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Directly supported image pro Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV cessing libraries Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 263 m Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Ordering information CheckSight P52M e 130801 CheckSight P52M 4GB e 130802 CheckSight P52M 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 20 CheckSight P52M technical specifications A 21 CheckSight P83B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P83B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MnHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 3 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX204 Relative Response Wave Length nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 1032 x 776 pix
254. ived buffer the camera identifies the response as complete stops waiting and reports the response immediately without completing the timeout If the camera receives a burst of characters containing the EOT marker which is followed by additional characters it waits little longer to see if another marker will arrive It then reports the response until the last marker received If the EOT marker is not encountered in the response at all the waiting stops as soon as the timeout expires Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 160 m Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Serial Port Max Response Length Maximal expected response length As soon as the camera re ceives the specified number of response characters it immedi ately stops waiting and reports the response regardless the timeout or EOT marker settings Value of 0 means that the camera does not wait for any re sponse at all The default value is 128 which is equal to the maximal suppor ted length of the response string meaning that the default value of this features does not impose any constraints on the expected response length The communication itself expects simple string based synchronous messages command followed by a single response 1 Write the command message string to Serial Port Command String Maximal supported com mand length is 128 characters Instruct the camera to send the command message to the ser
255. iversal Host Controller 8116 Version 8 8 0 1001 Installing Driver Intel R SCH Family USB2 Enhanced Host Controller 8117 Version 8 8 0 1001 Figure 4 2 Chipset drivers installation in progress Navigate to the folder with display driver files execute setup exe and follow the instructions After installation reboot the system Intel Corporation US15 Embedded Graphics Chipset F PR General Driver Details Resources Intel Corporation US15 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0 Driver Provider Intel Corporation Driver Date 2 2 2010 Driver Version 10 3 0 1525 Digital Signer Not digitally signed Driver Details To view details about the driver files Update Driver To update the driver for this device p If the device fails after updating the driver roll ponani back to the previously installed driver Uninstall To uninstall the driver Advanced Figure 4 3 Display driver properties Copyright Leutron Vision i Leutron 44 Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation Plug and Play Monitor and Intel Corporation US15 Emb PR P Driver Info Display Config Display Attributes Color Correction General Adapter Monitor Troubleshoot Color Management Adapter Type EE Intel Corporation US15 Embedded Graphics Chipset Function 0 Adapter Information Chip Type Intel SCH US15 Chipset DAC Type Integrated RAMDAC Memory Size 278988 KB Adapter Str
256. ividual camera components and their properties are given in corresponding chapters of the manual in particular in Chapter 3 Hardware interface and installation p 25 Specification CheckSight camera family PC technology Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output Sensor range CCD amp CMOS monochrome amp Bayer encoded color progressive scanning various trigger modes Sensor specific info Refer to Appendix A Technical specifications for individual mod els p 239 Camera configuration options Refer to functional description in Chapter 6 Camera features and their control p 79 Image acquisition amp transfer DMA to the CheckSight host memory Lens mount C mount CS mount on request Dimensions 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors Weight 620g Power input 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 25 W max Digital i o 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Supported operating systems Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Directly supported image pro Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox Open CV cessing libraries Ordering information Contact Leutron Vision for latest ordering and pricing information Table 2 1 CheckSight family common technical specifications a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 24 h Vision Che
257. ize the image stamps among multiple cooperating cameras The trigger can be issued from an independent signal source or from one of the cameras which works as a master in the group such setup was demon strated in Section 6 7 8 Use for inter camera synchronization p 123 To activate the image stamp reset trigger it is first necessary to enable it for the individual stamps selecting every desired stamp type in Image Stamp Selector and then activating the reset trigger functionality for it by setting the Image Stamp Reset Enable boolean feature Each occurrence of the stamp resetting trigger will reset only those stamps that were explicitly enabled leaving the others intact a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 164 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control There s an alternative way that can be used to enable the stamps to be reset in one step the Image Stamps Reset Mask feature which is a 32 bit bitfield The least significant bit controls the timestamp the second bit controls the frame ID EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure timestamp reset trigger vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSelector LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSelector ImageStampsReset configure hardware trigger input vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSource LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSource Line2 Opto input vDevice_LvSpecialPurposeTriggerActi
258. l Properties Driver Details D Realtek High Definition Audio Driver Provide Realtek Semiconductor Corp Driver Date 1 6 2009 Driver Version 5 10 0 5772 Digital Signer Microsoft Windows Hardware Compatibility Publ Driver Details To view details about the driver files Update Driver To update the driver for this device A If the device fails after updating the driver roll eases back to the previously installed driver Uninstall To uninstall the driver Advanced Figure 4 10 Audio driver properties 4 2 5 Power management settings Depending on how the CheckSight system will be used it might be necessary to adjust the Power options configurable through the Control panel To prevent the system going standby when working in standalone mode no user activity use the Always on power scheme and disable hibernation Power Options Properties Power Schemes Advanced Hibemate UPS Select the power scheme with the most appropriate settings for this computer Note that changing the settings below will modify the selected scheme Power schemes fAiwysOn Ci Save As Delete Settings for Always On power scheme Turn off monitor Never Turn off hard disks Never System standby Never Figure 4 11 Power options power scheme always on a EJ Leutron Vision Copyright Leutron Vision 48 CheckSight user manual Software installation
259. l 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 244 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P133B C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 151801 CheckSight P133B 4GB e 151802 CheckSight P133B 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 5 CheckSight P133B technical specifications A 6 CheckSight P141B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P141B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 2 3 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX285 R bayer pattern Output image res
260. l Device Control refer to Section 6 14 External device con trol p 160 Lv ExternalDeviceControlMode GUI name External Device Control Mode Lv ExternalADCSelector GUI name External ADC Selector Selects the operation mode of external device control Type enumeration Possible values Custom GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets External ADC to configure Type enumeration Possible values ExternalADCl ExternalADC2 ExternalADC3 ExternalADC4 GUI visibility expert Copyright Leutron Vision 182 a Leutron h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name LvExternalADCValue LvExternalADCSelector GUI name External ADC Value LvPowerSwitchCurrentAction GUI name Power Switch Current Action LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Power Switch Selector LvPowerSwitchBoundADC LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Power Switch Bound ADC LvPowerSwitchDrive LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Power Switch Drive LvPowerSwitchPulseDuration LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Power Switch Pulse Duration LvPowerSwitchPulsePlus LvPowerSwitchSelector GUI name Power Switch Pulse Plus Description Value of the selected external ADC Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit DN Action currently performed by a power switch Type enumeration Possible values Idle
261. l acquisition optional set explicitly the acquisition mode write enum AcquisitionMode Continuous configure essential features such as trigger mode and image format optional arm the camera prepare it for acquisition Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 102 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control exec_cmd AcquisitionArm lock the transport layer parameters as required by GenICam standard write int TLParamsLocked 1 now it is possible to read the required buffer size and allocate buffers the size will not change as long as TLParamsLocked is set read_int PayloadSize start and stop the acquisition as desired while NewAcquisitionsDesired exec _cmd AcquisitionStart acquire images as long as desired exec cmd AcquisitionStop unlock the transport layer parameters write int TLParamsLocked 0 if desired reconfigure the camera and start again Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 103 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control si eaten mesae maces Figure 6 16 Flow chart acquisition control in Simplon API and in generic GenICam application 6 6 2 Exposure time The direct setting of exposure time is trivial through the Exposure Time feature which is a floating point value in us EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure exposure time in microse
262. l built in the Halcon HDevelop development environment to create the application skeleton When finished with tuning the HDevelop script the program can be exported to programming languague of your choice In the few steps below we ll briefly demonstrate how to use the Image Acquisition Assistant Note that this section does not substitute the Halcon documentation it s just a brief introduction with some useful hints 1 Start HDevelop and open a new Image Acquisition Assistant from the menu Assistants gt Open New Image Acquisition a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 218 h Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages HDevelop unnamed File Edit Execute Visualization Procedures Operators gge Assistants Window Help BB eB Sl S oe lt Open New Matching Open New Measure 2 Select the Halcon image acquisition interface you want to use to control the camera s De pending on the camera type s select either GenlCamTL or GigEVision interface The assistant will query the list of cameras available through that interface and allow to connect one of them at the Connection tab It s possible to rescan the list of connected cameras later by clicking the Detect button Note however that current implementation of the Halcon GenlCamTL interface does not attempt to discover cameras connected to interface on which one ore more cameras are already open As a consequen
263. l is applied a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 128 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Decreased gain Increased gain Figure 6 38 Gain effect example 6 dB Before reading writing the Gain value it is necessary to first select the gain type to be accessed in the Gain Selector enumeration Possible values are Analog and Digital although not all camera models support both of them EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle adjust analog gain to 6 dB assumes that it is not switched to automatic mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice GainSelector LvGainSelector AnalogAll LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice Gain 6 0 if desired re read the value possibly adjusted by the camera double FloatVal LvGetFloat hDev LvDev_Gain amp FloatVal adjust digital gain if available to 6 QB if LvIsAvailableEnumEntry hDev LvDevice GainSelector LvGainSelector DigitalAll vSetEnum hDev LvDevice GainSelector LvGainSelector DigitalAll LvSetrloat hbev LvD evice Gain 6 0 GEN lt i gt CAM adjust analog gain to 6 dB assumes that it is not switched to automatic mode write enum GainSelector AnalogAl11 write float Gain 6 0 adjust digital gain if available to 6 aB Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 129 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their c
264. ldsses caetoawtssuesnsececbobenseees 272 Other COUNIIES ssc cepssscesdvesececenesioecasesencccedsadecesesncetepsnedecebivenevaslpavesebeseevepssepecabanenecens 272 Useful NKS setvics sassvadccncetnsnsavevadevivesienshecvaticcensheaseeevabendoes hedeneevadcestetnenseeevabessessienchives 272 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 7 h Vision CheckSight user manual General information General information Scope of the manual This manual introduces the CheckSight camera family and covers all common aspects of work with these cameras Technical specifications and other model specific data are listed in an appendix Appendix A Technical specifications for individual models p 239 Related documents Simplon getting started Simplon package overview installation instructions and quick start guide Product datasheets list of Leutron Vision camera models with links to their respective data sheets PicSight GigE user manual user manual for our GigE Vision camera series Simplon tools overview and documentation of various tools delivered with the Simplon package a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 8 h Vision CheckSight user manual Where do find Where do find The following points could help you to search for some important piece of information within this manual e Install and test the camera quickly Chapter 1 Quick start p 12 Technical specifications Appendix A Techni
265. le Jumbo Packets only if devices across the network b Figure 4 8 Network driver jumbo packet configuration Intel R 82574L Gigabit Network Connection Properties PR Teaming VLANs Boot Options Driver Details Resources General LinkSpeed Advanced Power Management intel Power Saver and Wake on LAN Options Power Saver Options reduce link speed during standby C Reduce power if cable disconnected Wake on LAN Wake on Directed Packet Wake on Magic Packet C Wake on Magic Packet from power off state Power Saver and Wake On LAN The options on this tab extend the capabilities of the standard Power Management options Highlighting an option will display help information on that option Power Saver Options determine when and how the adapter reduces power consumption Wake on LAN options allow you to specify which events will wake the computer TInlana Vitala an DR antinna nen anablad Inbal adantavn Figure 4 9 Network driver power saving options 4 2 4 Audio driver Navigate to the folder with audio driver files execute setup exe and follow the instructions After installation reboot the system The driver comes with additional control utilities which allow to adjust the audio configuration 4 Leutron Vision Copyright Leutron Vision 47 CheckSight user manual Software installation Realtek High Definition Audio Properties Genera
266. le values Note that on Linux superuser privileges are required to edit the file Instead of editing the file directly however the recommended alternative is to edit the file through a helper utility Simplon Settings Windows menu Start gt Programs Leutron Vision Simplon Tools Simplon Settings Linux opt simplon bin lv settings as superuser The tool provides a comfortable way to edit the 1v simplon ini file a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 76 h Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation 1 Simplon Settings 0 01 086 File Options Info Pp geme Item 4 Logging options Use queue 4 Logging to the Ivsimplon log file Enable Log file Log file size limit in MB Buffered logging Log level Module filter Logging to the Windows debugger Logging to the Leutron Vision Log Receiver Fatal 1 Error 2 Warning 3 Logging to the stderr output Info 4 GenTL Options 4 Options for Source Code Generator Trace 6 Target folder for created projects 4 Simplon Explorer Options Automatically receive camera logs NO The Log level limits the level of the messages the messages of higher levels are excluded The level Debug is designed for frequent log messages and the ce for very frequent messages with these levels the log output Figure 5 19 Simplon Settings utility The tool s interface can be controlled threw a handful of menu options or corresponding
267. led during acquisition start It is optional though if omitted if will be ex a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 101 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control ecuted implicitly during acquisition start The command is not needed with Simplon API TLParamsLocked This feature belong to the transport layer features category Section 6 4 Transport layer control p 84 Its purpose is to lock the features essential for the transport layer software component transporting the image data to the application buffers Once set the crucial acquisition parameters will become locked most importantly the Payload Size value indicating the required size of the acquisition buffers Having this feature locked guarantees that the user cannot cause accidental buffer overflows by changing camera configuration The GenlCam standard dictates that this feature is set throughout the entire acquisition Simplon API handles TLParamsLocked transparently while starting stop ping the acquisition When using the camera with another software package it is important that the feature is set properly before starting the acquisition otherwise any attempt to start the acquisition will fail the acquisition start command will not be executable In Simplon API none of these features with exception of the acquisition mode are accessed dir ectly Simplon API does that automatically within the LvDeviceAcq
268. ll be actually allocated twice one set for the actually acquired data the other for the processed ones CVB INIFile Settings CYB Color Format to convert image to 4uto Detect Open Mode Exclusive Multicast Master Multicast NO JOIN Multicast Session IP NumBuffers 3 E Rotate Image 0 Degree J Inter Packet Delay 5 PacketSize r Heartbeat Timeout Ez Cancel When the configuration is finished it can be written to the driver s configuration file by clicking the Save CVB INI button Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 227 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages amp GigE Vision Configuration Manager Device Select GenICam Device Tree Branch Info CYB CamPort Assingment 4 Leutron Vision GenTL Interface Device Info 0 Leutron Vision CheckSight 0 Cami G43aB A SEF GigE Interface MES E nes PCI Interface C Program Files Leutronvision Simplon LVGTL 00 18 66 01 99 E5 passe PTE l pct Interface CheckSight 0 Cam1 G434B G SI GEY TL Filter Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE Smart50x 00 18 66 01 Socket Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE SmartSOx 00 18 66 01 v lt gt Discovery Open Mode Multicast To configure CYB fie C ReadOnly a 200 Discover Timeout in ms Control ja Discover Exclusive Save CVB INI N Open Device Close The con
269. location application data directory under Windows var opt simplon log under Linux will be just right in most situations The logging level can also be adjusted While the default level Info 4 provides most useful information about the system and Simplon operation for specific troubleshooting and support requests it is often useful to switch to the most verbose level Trace 6 For the case of troubleshooting problems involving an application crash when the log might not be written completely log buffers not flushed completely at the time of application crash the logging subsystem should be configured to avoid any buffering In such case please switch on the Disable all buffering option The logging configuration offers few more options the most important of them being the max allowed size of the log file The log can be also directed to other outputs but those are mainly intended for use during advanced debugging by qualified personnel Several logging mechanisms are used by various Simplon components They are separated to utilize log analysis to separate domain specific info from the general purpose logs and to improve performance logging only what needs to get logged in a given situation Creation of these log files can usually be controlled by the user purpose is to assist the Leutron Vision support team when trying to resolve possible problems It is not designed as a tool that should be necessarily well understandable by use
270. log controls This section discusses the analog features of the image ie the features that affect the analog to digital conversion of the sensor output Analog Control Gain Selector Analog Gain 3 870 dB Automatic Gain Off Black Level Selector All Black Level Automatic Black Level Continuous Figure 6 35 Example GUI showing the analog controls features 6 9 1 Gain Gain is a multiplicative factor applied to the pixel output values to increase the response produce higher pixel values higher brightness It is useful when under given conditions environment and maximal acceptable exposure time the sensor does not reach the desired level of saturation Note however that together with the useful signal itself gain amplifies also the noise so it does not improve the real pixel dynamic range It is therefore recommended when increasing the brightness first adjust the exposure time Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 and only go for gain when exposure time can no more be increased There are two types of gain available although not all camera modes support both of them Analog gain Amplifies the actual analog signal output of the sensor before actually digitizing it Digital gain Amplifies already digitized pixel values multiplying by a given factor Since certain noise is also generated during the A D conversion digital gain also amplifies this additional noise and is thus
271. log gain 0 23 52 dB default 0 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 1 5 1 5 DN default 0 DN Auto functions n a Signal noise ratio 46 dB Dynamic range 53 dB Area of interest AOI Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor Binning n a Decimation n a Mount C mount CS mount on request Dimension 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors Weight 620g gt Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 239 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight G32B 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 401801 CheckSight G32B 4GB e 401802 CheckSight G32B 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 1 CheckSight G32B technical specifications A 2 CheckSight G32M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight G32M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D sign
272. lon Settings tool or directly the 1v simplon ini file refer to Section 5 3 1 Simplon Settings utility and the configuration file p 76 Enable logging to file preferably with highest log level If the application crashes and the log is not complete switch on the Disable all buffering log configuration option 3 Test the hardware functionality with a supplied demo program Simplon Ex plorer As the first step use the standard demo program Simplon Explorer which covers most of the possibilities of Leutron Vision hardware usage If you are able to reproduce the problem in Simplon Explorer then the problem is probably not in your code However it still need not be a bug a problem can be also caused by an improper configuration 4 Camera configuration Check especially whether the camera is set in a proper working mode See camera documentation to learn how the camera should be adjusted 5 Check with another hardware Sometimes the problem can be caused by the HW SW environment or by a defective piece of hardware If it is in your possibilities try if the same problem happens on another PC If you have another camera of the same type available try if the problem happens also after the camera replacement For GigE Vision based cameras review the network configuration and try to connect the camera directly without additional network components in the path 6 Check with your application If the problem could not be rep
273. lox documentation 8 3 VisionPro CVL Cognex The Simplon Imaging Device Adapter for Cognex Software allows to access the Leutron Vision hardware from Cognex software VisionPro 5 2 or later or CVL 6 6 or later through the Simplon library This adapter is provided namely as a solution for running Cognex software on CheckSight for Leutron Vision Copyright Leutron Vision 228 ir CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages Leutron Vision GigE cameras can be used the GigE Vision protocol which is directly supported by Cognex software and thus this adapter is not needed 8 3 1 Installation The adapter is installed by Simplon Setup from version 1 00 074 It consists of 2 files e lv cognex adapter d11 which is installed to the Simp1lon Bin folder of Simplon e lv cognex adapter ini which is installed to the Simplon user folder on Windows XP is this folder the same as Simplon Bin The Setup also modifies the Windows Registry to make the adapter visible to Cognex software This includes the following 4 values added to 32 bit registry HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SOFTWARE Cognex AIK AdapterLeutronVision UseExe dword 00000001 ServerNameBase Cognex AIKserver AdapterLeutronVision PoolSize dword 08000000 LibName C Prg Simplon Bin lv cognex adapter d1ll1 Note that the PoolSize is officially recommended to have a value 0x4000000 however when working with larg
274. lue BI_DC NC 5 white blue BI_DC NC 6 orange BI_DB RX 7 white brown BI_DD NC a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 39 i Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation Pin Wire color code Signal 1O000BASE T Signal 10BASE T 1OOBASE_TX 8 brown BI_DD NC Table 3 5 Ethernet connector pinout through cables cable wiring standard EIA 568 A For cross over cable wire pairs 1 3 2 6 4 7 and 5 8 had to be crossed Refer to official Ethernet connector and cabling specifications in case of any doubts amp The color scheme and pinout shown in the table above applies for the straight 3 9 4 USB connectors 3 standard USB connectors USB Type A are accessible directly from the camera s back panel see Section 3 3 Dimensions p 27 The connectors are marked as USBO USB1 and USB2 Figure 3 23 Standard USB connector type A Pin Signal 1 USB power supply 5V max 500mA 2 USB D data transfer 3 USB D data transfer 4 Ground Table 3 6 USB 0 2 connectors type A pinout 3 9 5 Data storage device connectors A standard CompactFlash type connector is available for industrial grade CompactFlash cards The CompactFlash slot is covered by a cover plate fixed by two screws see Section 3 3 Dimen sions p 27 and Section 3 1 Appearance overview p 25 Use Torx screwdriver size T6 to loosen these screws and get access to the CompactFlash slot 3 9 6 Displ
275. ly feature Unit px Copyright Leutron Vision 169 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name SensorHeight GUI name Sensor Height WidthMax GUI name Max Width HeightMax GUI name Max Height Width GUI name Width Height GUI name Height OffsetX GUI name X Offset Offsety GUI name Y Offset Description Effective height of the sensor in pixels Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit px Maximum width of the image Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit px Maximum height of the image Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit px Image width provided by the device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px Image height provided by the device Type integer GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px Horizontal offset from the origin of the AOI Type integer GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px Vertical offset from the origin of the AOI Type integer GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit px Copyright Leutron Vision 170 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name PixelFor
276. ly to the output as usual 3 7 IR cut or other filter All the cameras have by default an IR cut filter mounted on top of the sensor User has however an option to choose from different configurations e IR cut filter mounted on top of the sensor default CCD based cameras come with a 720nm filter CMOS based ones with 640nm filter e Clear glass filter of the same size as the original IR cut filter mounted on top of the sensor Check whether you don t need special lens designed for specifically for use without IR cut filter common lens might not focus properly in the infrared band or show other problems e Daylight blocking filter e Without any sensor cover mounted This has impact on optical properties of the camera the C mount flange distance from the sensor is accurately adjusted for the use of the IR cut filter and removing the filter decreases the length of the optical path With some lenses and working area setups it can become impossible to focus properly User should understand what impact such options can have on the image quality amp and lens choice and choose option best suiting given application Clear float glass filter 780nm daylight cut filter 640nm IR cut filter filter 830nm daylight cut filter 720nm IR cut filter Transmission 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 Wawelength nm Figure 3 12 Spectral characteristics of in
277. mage if you get different image data than expected or if you have problems with acquisition timing check again carefully that the camera is set in proper working mode and that it is not in some error status see camera manual for possible description of such situations If you have problems with acquisition from a PicSight GigE PicSight Smart camera check whether your firewall settings do not interfere with the acquisition PicSight GigE user manual provides more information about this topic 7 http www leutron com rma client_id php 4 http www leutron com support downloads download area 4 http www leutron com support downloads registrations 6 http www leutron com support downloads download area a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 236 h Vision CheckSight user manual Troubleshooting amp Support 9 2 2 Known problems and limitations 9 2 2 1 Simplon software package none in current version 9 2 2 2 CheckSight cameras none in current version 9 2 3 Simplon logging All the Simplon components are using a common logging subsystem which can be configured through the lv simplon ini and Simplon Settings Section 5 3 1 Simplon Settings utility and the configuration file p 76 The log can be directed to various outputs while the most important of them especially for sup port is the file output The log file path can be adjusted however the default name 1v simplon 1log as well as the default
278. mage might not always exactly correspond with the reality for example because of non neutral ambient illumination in the scene some color components might be emphasized more than others The goal of the white balancing operation a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 145 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control is to adjust the image colors so that color neutral objects white or gray are represented as such in the acquired image data This operation can be achieved through e RGB LUT linearly amplifying the color channels that are too weak in the image and vice versa e Color transformation matrix which can also simply amplify or curtail individual channels but can also shift the response of one channel to another one Simplon API provides functions to help with white balancing It would query the color handling functions supported by the connected camera RGB LUT or color transformation matrix inspect the target image buffer supplied by the application calculate the necessary parameters needed to white balance that buffer and configure the camera with those parameters White balancing can be combined with the other LUT based operations such as gamma correction described above The details are documented in Simplon programmer s guide 6 11 Chunk data This section discusses the additional info fields so called chunk data optionally appended to every acquired image
279. mat GUI name Pixel Format BinningHorizontal GUI name Horizontal Binning BinningVertical GUI name Vertical Binning DecimationHorizontal GUI name Horizontal Decimation DecimationVertical GUI name Vertical Decimation LvAOIMode GUI name AOI Mode Description Pixel format provided by the device Type enumeration Possible values Mono8 Mono8Signed Monol0 Monol0Packed Monol2 Monol2Packed Monol6 BayerGR8 BayerRG8 BayerGB8 BayerBG8 BayerGR10 BayerRG10 BayerGB10 BayerBG10 BayerGR12 BayerRG12 BayerGB12 BayerBG12 RGB8Packed BGR8Packed RGBA8Packed BGRA8Packed GUI visibility beginner Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Horizontal binning factor Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Vertical binning factor Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Horizontal decimation factor Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Vertical decimation factor Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Mode of controlling the area of interest Type enumeration Possible values Automatic ClipOnTransfer Manual GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Copyright Leutron Vision 171
280. mbH This section provides hints for successful integration of our cameras in the Halcon library and ActivVisionTools The details of the Halcon image acquisition interface is subject to change by MVTec Software GmbH In case of any discrepancies the official MVTec Software GmbH docu mentation overrides the info in this manual If in doubts please contact MVTec Software GmbH to get more accurate information Some of the points below might be targeted for use in the HDevelop environment It should be well usable however for all Halcon users 8 1 1 GigE Vision interface PicSight GigE PicSight Smart When working with our GigE Vision cameras the GigEVision image acquisition interface of Halcon should be used This interface accesses the GigE Vision cameras directly no Leutron Vision software needs to be installed During the initial tests it might still be good idea to install the Simplon software package for easy camera configuration or possible troubleshooting If desired however the cameras might also be connected through the GenlCamTL acquisition interface as described in the next section e Be sure to always use the latest version of the GigEVision acquisition interface released for your Halcon version It may contain important updates Read its documentation carefully e To discover the GigE Vision cameras connected to the system use the info framegrabber operator info framegrabber GigEVision info b
281. ment is of course the value associated with the last delivered event The event history is not recorded in Simplon Explorer The only exception are the logging messages which might be recorded and dis played in a separate panel This functionality is however only intended for cus tomer support If the support case requires it our support staff will provide in structions how to capture the relevant camera log Complete user interface of the Simplon Explorer is described in Simplon programmer s guide Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 153 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control E Event Control B Event Selector Log Event Notification On B Log Info User Log System Log GvpWriteCCP Unlink removing context for 10 0 2 48 1173 PnxInFPGA4_TriggerEnable 0 Close GEV system CRT output GypBSAcc_MsgPort WRITE 0x0000 GYPD lvStdGypMsg_init Message Channel closed Set SCPSO 0x00000548 GypBSAcc_MsgPort WRITE 0x0443 GypBSAcc_MsgPort READ 0x0443 GYPD lvStdGypMsg_init Message Channel active GVPMsg MCP 1187 MCD4 0x04000230 MCTT 0ms MCRC 0 Loop Count 79930 PixFormat 0x01080009 BytesPerPix 1 Payload 451632 Open GEY system CRT output Loop Count 79940 Loop Count 79950 Loop Count 79960 Loop Count 79970 Loop Count 79980 Insert separator Clear Figure 6 54 Camera log displayed in Simplon Explorer 6 12 2 Event features naming convention The naming of event
282. mera e With each new support case please list your Simplon registration number in the e mail 2 http www leutron com support downloads download area a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 235 i Vision CheckSight user manual Troubleshooting amp Support Describe your problem in detail including all its symptoms conditions under which it occurs and all other information that can help resolving the problem List all the information you gathered while testing and reproducing the problem as described in Section 9 1 3 Gathering information about the problem p 234 Attach the required 1v simplon 1log file one per each reported session The file absolutely essential for our support team and failing to attach it will usually only lead to a response asking you to collect and send it which will in effect make the time needed for the resolution longer Be sure that you send the log file generated during the problematic session you are mentioning in your report reporting If troubleshooting a CheckSight camera running Linux attach also the device driver log Sec tion 9 2 3 1 Linux driver logging p 237 and contents of proc 1vsm The driver logs are appended to the standard kernel log and can be retrieved for example using the dmesg com mand If the problem occurs only under some conditions or only with some particular piece of hardware or software describe the differences between the two cases and attach
283. might slightly differ in details such as how the individual GenTL modules are enumerated and opened but the functionality will be the same in the end For more information about the GenTL producer access and configuration refer to Simplon programmer s guide or to document ation of the 3rd party library you are using You might also want to study Chapter 8 Connecting with 3rd party software packages p 215 Overview of all the supported features is in Section 7 5 Simplon GenTL Producer feature sum mary p 208 The Simplon API extends the individual feature sets with even more features for each GenTL module These features are however discussed in the corresponding manual Simplon program mer s guide GenTL Producer can be running at amoment The first instance gains full control over the system and does not allow sharing it with other instances This limitation does not apply on other systems using PicSight GigE cameras where multiple instances can be running in parallel amp On CheckSight CheckSight II cameras just a single instance of the Simplon 7 1 GenTL system module The system module represents the entire GenTL producer there s always exactly one instance of this module It allows to obtain basic information about the GenTL producer enumerate its available device interfaces and obtain basic information about the interfaces even before actually opening them a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision
284. n Table 3 8 Audio connector pinout 3 10 Status LED The CheckSight are equipped with a LED providing basic visual feedback about the current status of the device a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 41 h vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation When the device is powered up the LED produces a stable green light ation about the Ethernet connection refer toSection 3 9 3 Ethernet connect The Ethernet connector contains additional two LED s providing status inform or p 39 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 42 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation 4 Software installation 4 1 Operating system CheckSight supports following operating systems e Windows Windows XP and later e Windows Embedded Windows Embedded Standard and newer editions of the Windows Em bedded line e Linux contact Leutron Vision to get the list of officially supported distributions and other system requirements In general any reasonably new distribution based on kernel 2 6 should work fine e Contact Leutron Vision for information of possible support of other operating systems Follow the installation instructions from the documentation of your operating system Use a USB CD drive to install the operating system After basic operating system installation you might need to install additional specific device drivers for the CheckSight system or perform addition
285. n PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P32B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX414 1 0 G o o D o pS Relative Response a N 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 Wave Length nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 692 x 504 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation 62 3 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 9 9 x 9 9 um 7 48 x 6 15 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 16 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 6 30 dB default 10 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 254 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cess
286. n Configuration Manager Device Select GenICam Device Tree Branch Info CYB CamPort Assingment Leutron Vision GenTL Interface Device Info SIGE GigE Interface SA BRR coed vendor Leutron Vision LVGTL 00 18 66 01 99 E5 pass TE pctipterfacs _ heed checksight 0 Cami G43A8 gt GE SIGN T amp Filter Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE Smart50x 00 18 66 01 B Socket Driver 00 18 66 07 A1 34 amp PicSight P34B GigE Smart50x 00 18 66 01 Vv lt lt lt gt pizcoyery Open Mode Multicast To configure CYB 5 C ReadOnly E 200 Discover Timeout in ms Control ja Discover Exclusive Open Device Double clicking the camera entry in the CVB CamPort Assignment panel pops a dialog allowing to configure some parameters controlling how the driver will handle the camera Part of the parameters are GigE Vision specific packet size inter packet delay heartbeat timeout Other parameters are universal such as the NumBuf fers parameter It specifies how many acquis ition buffers should the driver allocate for the camera Note that when your application generates a variable processing load it might get behind the acquisition rate in processing peaks Increasing the number of acquisition buffers can help to overcome these peaks and help to prevent loosing images Note also that when the driver will do color format conversion that number of buffers wi
287. n IP Exclusive Open Device 200 Discover Timeout in ms The tool will connect to the camera and display it s feature tree Now you can configure the desired camera parameters and when finished start acquisition by clicking the Grab checkbox Clicking it again will stop the acquisition 4 Leutron Vision Copyright Leutron Vision 225 CheckSight user manual amp GigE Vision Configuration Manager File View Acquisition Help Connecting with 3rd party software packages Device Port Device Control Image Format Control rare continuous acquisition Reset Image Width Height Pixel Format BGR 8 Packed AOI Mode Automatic Acquisition Control Exposure Time 15000 us j System 5 5 Leutron Vision GenTL Interface Pct Interface CheckSight 0 Cam1 G43AB Open Device CheckSight 0 Cam1 G43AB Creating Stream Channel Stream0 Adding Buffer 1082880 Bytes at 099E0020 Adding Buffer 1082880 Bytes at O94F0020 Adding Buffer 1082880 Bytes at 09C00020 Except of the feature tree of the camera itself feature trees of the individual components of the GenTL producer controlling the camera can be also accessed The individual feature trees are se lectable through the combobox by the top of the window amp GigE Vision Configuration Manager File View Acquisition Help f Device Port bd l Factory Port 1 TL Port Interface Port DeviceTL P
288. n feature LUT Mode The basic always available option is Direct In this case the LUT entries are controlled directly by the application The higher level functions are not available Alternatively it s possible to select a higher level function e g White Balance In that case the features controlling given higher level function become available and take over the LUT control LUT itself is still available but in read only mode Individual higher level functions are discussed in separate sections EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle select the direct LUT control mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvLUTMode LvLUTMode Direct access the LUT entries directly now select a higher level function here white balance vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvLUTMode LvLUTMode BalanceWhite now LUT itself is read only controlled indirectly GEN lt i gt CAM select the direct LUT control mode write enum LvLUTMode Direct access the LUT entries directly now select a higher level function here white balance write enum LvLUTMode BalanceWhite now LUT itself is read only controlled indirectly 6 10 1 3 White balance White balance function is adjustment of intensities of individual color R G B channels to com pensate for the unwanted color shift e g because of non neutral ambient illumination of the scene The whi
289. n is required for serious reasons Details are provided in a separate section 4 5 2 2 System requirements Following list enumerates the most important requirements for installing and using Simplon Note that the list might not be complete and is subject to change between Simplon versions e Kernel version kernels of the 2 6 line The oldest tested version to date is 2 6 18 Simplon is kept aligned with all the newest kernel version e Compiler g gcc 4 1 and newer libstdc v 6 GLIBCXX 3 4 5 pthreads implementation NPTL e When installing on CheckSight the kernel driver needs to get compiled and configured therefore the basic infrastructure for kernel development needs to be available in particular the basic compiling tools gcc and make and kernel headers The name of the package containing the kernel headers might differ among individual distributions eg 1inux headers kernel devel or similar Additional system requirements might apply for CheckSight systems if in doubt contact us to get full list of distributions supported by the CheckSight cameras a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 59 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation e LSB compatibility and xdg utils are advantage but they come by default on most of the usual distributions e To compile samples genrated by the Simplon Source Code Generator one needs basic develop ment tools make g plus packages for Xlib Xt developm
290. ndex Type integer GUI visibility guru Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Accesses the entire content of the selected LUT in one chunk access Type raw register GUI visibility guru Resets the LUT settings Type command GUI visibility expert Selects which color channel to configure Type enumeration Possible values Red Green Blue GUI visibility expert White balance ratio coefficient Type float GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Controls the mode for automatic white balancing between the color channels Type enumeration Possible values Off Once Continuous GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Brightness control Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit Contrast control Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Unit Feature category Transport Layer Control refer to Section 6 4 Transport layer con trol p 84 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name PayloadSize GUI name Payload Size Description Number of bytes provided for each image by the device Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit B Feature category User Sets re
291. ne below the basic rules used for naming CheckSight cameras This reference should help you understand the camera names and the available camera options Note that this explanation is just a hint the naming convention can be changed any time in future Every CheckSight name has following form Annnm Rs C F Meaning of individual name components is explained below A nnn Sensor type Possible values are e p CCD sensor progressive scan interline transfer e G CMOS sensor with global shutter R CMOS sensor with rolling shutter T CCD sensor progressive scan frame transfer F CCD sensor progressive scan frame readout I CCD sensor interlaced 2 or multiple fields Total number of pixels divided by 100000 and rounded Leading zeros are not displayed which results in 1 3 digit number Imager size Possible values are e 0 1 or bigger e 1 2 3 or bigger 2 1 2 1 1 8 or bigger 3 1 3 1 2 7 or bigger 4 1 4 or bigger 5 1 5 or bigger 6 1 6 or bigger Optional Sensor revision Allows to distinguish a new revision of the same sensor of other manufacturer or another very similar sensor with same basic properties The original model has the revision flag omitted Additional revisions are flagged with A B etc Color coding Possible values are e M monochrome e I monochrome IR sensitive e B Bayer encoded color Optional Optical filter If omitted
292. net under zlib license IwIP lightweight TCP IP stack available from savannah nongnu org projects Iwip under modified BSD license The copyright is held by Swedish Institute of Computer Science i PtP www genicam org http www apache org 3 http kirya narod ru mathparser html http www zlib net gt http savannah nongnu org projects lwip a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 10 h Vision CheckSight user manual Important information e The Independent JPEG Group s JPEG software libjpeg available from www ijg org Independent JPEG Group e OpenCV available from opencv willowgarage com under BSD license 6 http www ijg org 4 http opencv willowgarage com a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 11 h vision CheckSight user manual Quick start 1 Quick start This chapter is intended to help users wanting to start quickly with basic usage of the cameras without studying the entire documentation The information in this chapter duplicates information in the following parts of the manual Whenever in doubt please refer to the corresponding chapters of the manual providing detailed description of given problems 1 1 Prepare the camera s 1 Unpack the camera connect all the necessary peripheral If needed check the interface con nectors description in Section 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 2 Power up the camera using proper 10 26V power su
293. net mask of the device GigE Vision devices only Device Gateway Current default gateway of the device GigE Vision devices only EXimpion a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 202 h Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle read basic information about the device char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceID StringVal 1024 int32_t EnumVal vvGetEnum hDev LvDevice DeviceType amp EnumVal LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceVendorName StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceModelName StringVal 1024 MAC IP addresses can be read as integers or formatted strings int32_t IntVal int64_t Int64Val LvGetInt64 hDev LvDevice GevDeviceMACAddress amp Int64Val LvGetString hDev LvDevice GevDeviceMACAddress StringVal 1024 LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice GevDevicelIPAddress amp IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice GevDeviceSubnetMask amp IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice GevDeviceGateway amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM read basic information about the device read_string DeviceID read_enum DeviceType read_string DeviceVendorName read string DeviceModelName read_int GevDeviceMACAddress read_int GevDeviceIPAddress read_int GevDeviceSubnetMask read_int GevDeviceGateway 7 3 2 Stream enumeration The interface module also
294. ngVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceVendorName StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceModelName StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceManufactureriInfo StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceFirmwareVersion StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice LvRecoveryFirmwareVersion StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceVersion StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceSerialNumber StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice DeviceUserID StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice LvDeviceType StringVal 1024 set new nickname user ID LvSetString hDev LvDevice DeviceUserID FoobarCamera check the scanning type always LvDeviceScanType Areascan int32_t EnumVal vGetEnum hDev LvDevice DeviceScanType amp EnumVal e GEN lt I gt CAM read basic information read string DeviceVendorName a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 81 i Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control DeviceModelName read_string DeviceManufacturerInfo read string DeviceFirmwareVersion read_string read _ string LvRecoveryFirmwareVersion read string DeviceVersion read string DeviceID read string DeviceUserID read_string LvDeviceType set new nickname user ID write string DeviceUserID FoobarCamera check the scanning type always AreaScan read_enum DeviceScanType
295. nning e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 3 33 dB default 0 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a 43 dB 77 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Vertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 180801 CheckSight P141M 4GB e 180802 CheckSight P141M 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 7 CheckSight P141M technical specifications A 8 CheckSight P142AB Specification PC technology Sensor CheckSight P142AB Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX267 Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 247 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P142AB 1 0 08 0 6 04 Relative Response 02 bayer pattern Ou
296. nstallation CD ROM or if you wish to install a newer Simplon version you can download the installer from the download area on our website The installer file name follows pattern Simplonxyyzzz exe where xyyzzz stands for Simplon version Execute the installer Depending on security adjustments of your system and whether you are running the installer from a local disk or a network share you might get following security warning Simply proceed clicking Run Open File Security Warning Do you want to run this file E i Name Simplon001083 exe Publisher Leutron Vision Type Application From S Source Leutron Simplon0010 J While files from the Intemet can be useful this file type can potentially ham your computer Only run software from publishers you trust What s the risk Figure 4 13 Simplon installation Windows security warning 4 5 1 3 Installation procedure The paragraphs below discuss all the dialogs of Simplon s Windows installer and corresponding options Note that some details might slightly differ between individual Simplon versions but the principles will always be the same 2 http www leutron com support downloads download area a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 53 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation The installer first displays a welcome screen with basic information about the software you are going to install Click Next to proceed Welcome to the
297. nt LvReadoutOffsetx 200 write int LvReadoutOffsetY 200 now adjust the in memory clip AOI parameters note again that the order of setting the size and offset values might matter as described later write int Width 300 write int Height 200 write int Offsetx 100 write int OffsetY 100 Order of image format settings When combining multiple image format settings it is important to adjust them in correct order since each step defines the limits for the following step and a virtual intermediate image to which the consecutive step is applied The correct procedure is 1 AOlmode The AOI mode defines which parameters will be configurable and what will be their limits 2 Binning decimation The intermediate image resulting from the binning decimation operation is a basis for the AOI settings 3 Readout AOI Ifin manual AOI mode adjust the readout AOI parameters first The result of the readout AOI operation defines a basis for the transfer AOI step in memory clipping 4 Transfer AOI This are the regular AOI parameters available in all AOI modes They define the final image size that will be transferred to the host application buffers 5 Other parameters The other image format related parameters such as pixel format are independent from the image size related settings and can be applied at any point a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 97 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camer
298. nt feature Line Debounce Dur ation This time in us parameter specifies for how long will the debounce logic avoid scanning the physical input again after detecting a level change For optimal performance the Line Debounce Duration should be set to a value such that the wait period is slightly longer than the worst case rising or fall time of the input signal Setting Line Debounce Duration to zero 0 will disable the debouncer Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 123 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure the debouncer on line 17 setting the debounce period duration to 5 us vSetEnum hDev LvDevic uaig Selector LvLineSelector Linel7 LvSetFloat hDev LvLineDebounceDuration 5 0 or disable the debouncer for the selected line LvSetFloat hDev LvLineDebounceDuration 0 0 GEN lt i gt CAM configure the debouncer on line 17 setting the debounce period duration to 5 us write enum LineSelector Line17 write float LvLineDebounceDuration 5 0 or disable the debouncer for the selected line write float LvLineDebounceDuration 0 0 Note that this debouncing technique does not serve as an input signal noise filter which would eliminate too short input pulses The disadvantage of the noise filters is that they necessarily delay the input si
299. nterfaces The index corresponds with the same index in the GenTL C interface The current range of the selector zero through its current maximum cor responds with the number of discovered interfaces Note that in Simplon API the interfaces are accessed through corresponding handles and the interface indexes ID s are fully wrapped into the handles they can be usually ignored by Simplon API users Copyright Leutron Vision Leutron 196 Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features Interface ID Unique ID of the selected interface This feature is used for communication between the GenTL producer and consumer it should not be interpreted anyhow by the user Interface MAC Address MAC address corresponding with the selected interface GigE Vision interfaces only Interface Default IP Address Default IP address configured on the selected interface GigE Vision interfaces only Interface Default Subnet Mask Default subnet mask configured on the selected interface GigE Vision interfaces only Interface Default Gateway Default gateway configured on the selected interface GigE Vision interfaces only EXimpion LvHSystem hSys open the system to get the handle rvrescan the list of available interfaces waiting for operation completion vvCmdExecute hSys LvSystem InterfaceUpdateList now wait until the operation end using LvCmdIsDone read information about the first discove
300. nual Technical specifications for individual models Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color A 9 CheckSight P142AM CheckSight P142AM Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 2 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX267 Relative Response 0 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Wave Length nm monochrome Output image resolution HxV 1392 x 1040 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1434 x 1050 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o 0 15 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 4 65 x 4 65 um 7 6 x 6 2mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 50 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 8 28 dB default 0 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a 43 dB 71 dB Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor e Vertical 2x n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical
301. numeration Possible values Off On GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Returns the unique identifier of the log type of event Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Copyright Leutron Vision 192 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name EventLvLogTimestamp GUI name Log Event Timestamp EventLvLogMessage GUI name Log Event Message EventLvTriggerDropped GUI name Trigger Dropped Event GUI name Trigger Dropped Event Timestamp EventLvTriggerDroppedTimestamp Description Returns the timestamp of the log event Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit us The log message coming with the event Type string GUI visibility expert Read only feature Returns the unique identifier of the dropped trigger type of event Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Returns the timestamp of the dropped trigger event Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit us Table 6 2 Summary of all camera features some of them available only by specific models Copyright Leutron Vision 193 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features 7 Simplon GenTL Producer features The behaviour of the Simplon GenTL Producer can be controlled through feature trees similarly as the feat
302. o using three mechanisms Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 99 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control e The camera can report the image size in the chunk data Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 When connecting the cameras through other software than Simplon API check if your library supports chunk data decoding e The parameters of the image acquired in each respective buffer can be retrieved through the GenTL interface Simplon API provides direct access to these info fields e The GigE Vision compatible cameras PicSight GigE and PicSight Smart report the image size also in GigE Vision control packets When connecting the cameras through other software than Simplon API check if your library provides the information from the control packets and how LvFixedPayloadSize true AOI Width Height locked The reported payload size during acquisition corresponds with actual AOI size size is fixed considering chunk data allocated buffer WidthMax fits acquired data LvFixedPayloadSize false Width Height configurable The reported payload size during acquisition corresponds with max AOI size size is variable considering chunk data allocated buffer WidthMax can be bigger than acquired data Width B Figure 6 14 Variable payload size EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle use variable payload size the PayloadSize feature reports
303. oards Information ValueList That call will rescan the network and detect all currently available GigE Vision cameras providing various information about every detected camera The most important part of the string is so called unique name which is built as MacAddress_VendorName_Mode1Name where any a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 215 i Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages non alphanumeric characters are eliminated from vendor and model names Example unique name can be 00186601975a_ LeutronVision PicSightP34MGigE The unique name is used when opening the camera in the open _framegrabber operator passing the unique name in the Device parameter Alternatively the entire output string from the info framegrabber can be used to open the camera as well The info _framegrabber operator has an alternative form info framegrabber GigEVision device Information ValueList In this case it returns just the unique names without the additional information To make the discussion complete the cameras can be also opened using the Device User ID string sometimes also known as camera nickname Once you assign unique user ID s to all used cameras referring them using those ID s might be easier and more straightforward than using the Halcon unique names Of course this mechanism can only work reliably if the user ID s for individual cameras are truly unique no
304. of interest the image dimensions equal to Sensor Width and Sensor Height Max Width Max Height These values specify the maximum possible size of the area of interest in current configuration This maximum size can be affected by features such as binning which reduce the effective sensor size When no binning decimation is active Max WidthxMax Height are equal to Sensor Widthx Sensor Height 6 5 3 2 AOI and binning decimation When binning or decimation is active the area of interest is applied to the virtual sensor area res ulting from the binning decimation operation In this case the Max Width and Max Height features a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 90 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control report the size resulting from binning decimation ie sensor size reduced by given factor s Take this in account when using the two features together Binning Decimation SensorWidth Full sensor size Full sensor WidthMax ReadoutWidthMax Logical sensor size after applying binning or decimation Logical sensor view after binning iS subject to application of AOI in any of the AOI modes Width User Figure 6 8 AOI and binning 6 5 3 3 AOI on color cameras On the color Bayer encoded cameras the AOI settings size an offset can only be adjusted with increment of 2 to keep the same Bayer mosaic format in the buffer regardless the actual AOI configu
305. of setting the size and offset values might matter as described later LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice Width 300 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice Height 200 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice OffsetX 100 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice Offsety 100 e GEN lt I gt CAM select clip on transfer AOI mode write enum LvAOIMode ClipOnTransfer adjust AOI size to 300x200 pixels with offset 100 pixels from top and left image sides note that the order of setting the size and offset values might matter as described later write int Width 300 AeA TNE Height 200 write int Offsetx 100 Weee E OffsetY 100 Manual AOI mode The most flexible mode allowing elaborate options for AOI configuration The AOI can be configured in two separate steps sensor readout and in memory clip AOI The first one defines the region to be read out from a sensor into the camera memory The second AOI is applied to this region directly in camera memory clipped before the transfer The sensor readout AOI is tightly coupled with capabilities of each respective sensor All sensor specific constraints apply examples only height is configurable the AOI has to be centered etc Four additional parameters are introduced in the manual AOI mode to define the sensor readout AOI part Readout Width Readout Height Readout XOffset and Readout Y Offset If no binning and decimation is applied the size limits are equal to t
306. olution HxV 1392 x 1040 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1438 x 1050 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes 20 2 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 6 45 x 6 45 um 10 2 x 8 3 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 48 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 245 a Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P141B e Analog gain 3 33 dB default 9 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 181801 CheckSight P141B 4GB e 181802 CheckSight P141B 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more opt
307. omer registration sec ciessssssesesteeeswesvsesescrowewsedevsecuserooesans EEROR N EENE EESE 236 9 2 Troubleshooting Leutron Vision products eessessssssesesesrerseseererrererererrrerrrererereee 236 9 2 1 Troubleshooting COMMON ISSUES s ssseseeeseeeeeesseessssssssesssssssssssssssssrssssssese 236 9 2 2 Known problems and limitations 2 0 0 0 eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 237 9 2 2 1 Simplon software package cee eeeeeesseeeeeeesereneeersesnsenenenaeenes 237 9 2 2 2 CheckSight Cameras wccsicsscesseesscesteasscesasesacasabassvccanasaeesababanecanesen 237 9 2 3 SIMPION IOGGING wicesictsccescstcaessccasacedacdsacesccdsavecnsesaensccasseeeccessovedsavaceenseses 237 9 2 3 1 LINUX driver lOGGing e eee cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 237 9 2 4 DebUGGING SYMDOIS ce eeeeeeseeeeeseersrenesaeenaeaeaeanaeaeaeaeaeanaeaeaeanaeenaees 238 A Technical specifications for individual models ss eeeeeeeseeeeseeneessensseeseeeeenanaeeaanaees 239 Ale CHECKSIGNE G32B cvisaccsssdescesace save sacs cocceacebevt sacs devssaversbtonedsscteaerbiebonesdsbrensnweevoretes 239 A 2 CheckSight G32M ssscessvesteslavebesetecevarssacesetulavesebabsvebeneseresavasavesedesaoevensbavcbesaseneven 240 A 3 CheckSight G43AB i sisisscecscdsseesactsnca becdsheasiensite vecestecebebuntessonp hensbebsnenssctpnerebebsnters 241 A4 CheckSight G43AM scssscesseiescd sascsebesepassvesdeassce stensitecatcsabesapnss
308. on the selected components will be installed to your computer The installer will inform you about the progress Note that the installation includes also Microsoft Visual Studio runtime redistributable device driver for CheckSight cameras and network filter driver for GigE Vision based cameras PicSight GigE PicSight Smart Simplon 0 01 083 Installing n Data fol on ini Ink s Public LeutronVision Simplon _Simplon Bin folder _ Ink rogram Files LeutronVision Simplon UninstSimplon exe idenek AppData Local Temp nseDA67 tmp 100 n Leutron ntimes for x86 Vision Figure 4 19 Simplon installation installation progress When completed the installer displays the final dialog We recommend to keep the default option Reboot now and click Finish After rebooting Simplon is ready to use 2 Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 57 Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation Simplon 0 01 083 Completing the Simplon Setup Wizard Your computer must be restarted in order to complete the installation of Simplon Do you want to reboot now E Leutron Vision Figure 4 20 Simplon installation finising installation 4 5 1 4 Installation layout As mentioned above the Simplon files are installed to two destinations the main directory and the application data directory For the older Windows versions Windows XP these two are merged and the application data directory is actually eq
309. on a paranoid firewall which has to be configured or switched off if working with GigE Vision cameras PicSight GigE PicSight Smart Fedora community version of Red Hat Enterprise Linux Originally tested version 12 Constantine Packaging type rpm format e Default installation switches on a paranoid firewall which has to be configured or switched Mandriva off if working with GigE Vision cameras PicSight GigE PicSight Smart Originally tested version 2010 0 Packaging type rpm format e Default installation switches on a paranoid firewall which has to be configured or switched Slackware Gentoo Mint off if working with GigE Vision cameras PicSight GigE PicSight Smart Originally tested version 13 Packaging type special tgz based but slackware has a tool rpm2tgz which can be used to convert the rpm package rpm2tgz simlpon x yy zzz rpm and then install it installpkg simplon x yy zzz tgz Works out of the box Originally tested version 10 1 Packaging type special no reasonable way to use the rpm deb packages need to use the tar gz package Originally tested version 8 Helena Packaging type deb format Works out of the box a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 63 h Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation 5 Initial configuration and preparation 5 1 BIOS 5 1 1 BIOS specifications The CheckSight system uses an AMI BIOS with following specificati
310. ons Embedded BIOS ACPI PM ACPI Battery Support Boot Devices CMOS Data BIOS Setup Backup Battery less Boot Customized CMOS Customized User Data PCI Express IDE Mode APIC Support AHCI EIST Intel VT Thermal Management Supported ACPI Suspend Modes Description V3 0 Power Management Not enabled PATA USB Devices LAN Battery backed SRAM and a copy in the EEPROM Automatically written into the EEPROM after setup screen exit Generally possible setup data are transferred from the EEPROM Without backup battery the time and date counter is not running while the computer system is switched off Possible for OEMs must be ordered separately Possible for OEMs must be ordered separately Supports PCI V2 2 Compatible mode IRQ14 15 or native mode PCI device Yes Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller No Yes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology Yes Yes integrated in the ACPI e Throttling processor function e Catastrophic temperature hardware shutdown e S1 POS Power On Suspend e S3 STR Suspend to RAM Table 5 1 CheckSight BIOS specifications 5 1 2 BIOS Setup configuration To enter the BIOS Setup utility press the Delete key when the CheckSight starts To enter the boot menu boot device selection press the F11 key when the CheckSight starts The following figures demonstrate the configuration options of the CheckSight camera s BIOS Setup utility The values shown at the screens
311. ontrol write enum GainSelector DigitalAll write float Gain 6 0 The camera might also adjust the gain automatically see Section 6 9 3 Automatic gain and black level p 132 On certain camera models in particular those based on the G43A sensor the gain is applied with a delay of one frame 6 9 1 1 Default gain and exposure time settings The factory defaults for gain and exposure time are adjusted for good first test experience ie to provide reasonable image brightness in regular office conditions in a typical illumination level assuming lens aperture size 2 8 We assume that the user will have to adjust the camera anyway for the target working environment The order of adjusting the default values is as follows 1 First try to adjust the image brightness by altering the exposure time Do not however increase the exposure time beyond the value which would start affecting the camera s frame rate 2 If the image is still too dark at the maximal exposure time level finish the adjustment by in creasing also the analog gain 3 The digital gain if available is always kept at 0 dB 6 9 2 Black level The black level function also known as offset controls the output value of the black pixels ie pixels not exposed to illumination It controls it by applying offset positive or negative to the individual pixel values That offset is expressed as a floating point value in unit digital number
312. orin nET r ni iarasi tE 80 6 2 1 Basic CheckSight CheckSight ll models ssesssesesesseseseeesereserererrrerrrrrrrrrrreee 80 6 2 2 QEM features ccvcissersbescnctsn scence stesncrsactsncs babesccasevesacesabesges cesdsaea vabesauecesasawes 80 6 3 Information about the camera cc seseseseseseeesnersnensnsesnsscscsesesssrsneesaeasaeaeaneees 80 6 3 1 Device identity and Version 0 00 00 eeeeeseseseresenenereneessessnssseeeaeaenaneaeneaeees 80 6 3 2 RUNTIME INFOMATION 22 cece ccc cc cece cece eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 82 6 3 3 Resetting the camera 20 0 ee eeeseeeeeeereeerersneseeseeneseenaaaaaaeaaaeaaaeaaaaaeaeaeees 82 6 3 4 Pixel clock sensor digitization clock ce ceeeeeeeeecececeeeeeeeeeeecececeaeaaeeeeees 83 6 3 5 Register streaming SUPPOTT oo eee eee ec cece ee eeeteeeeeeeeseseaeeaeeeeeeeseeseaeanee 83 6 4 Transport layer CONtIOI eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeesereseneeeeeseeesenenes 84 6 4 1 Acquired image data SIZ eee eeeeeseeeeerenersrenenseenenenaaeaaaesaaaaaaenaaaaeees 84 6 5 Mage POMA sesssrsrsieisrsrsisrsrssss isre tsten tsis kers EEKE KESERKEN EEKE RENE EEEE NEEKERI EEE KE 85 6 5 1 Pixel formiat sesec ccwsst es tevstiacedeestes chvewads edeesnee bees tetevsuesnde cotevnke v udsnes NEE SiS EKSS 85 6 5 2 Binning and decimation eee ee eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeees 86 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 4 h Vision
313. ork Connection v10 6 15 0 Table 4 1 WinXPe v1 5 101206 4 3 4 Useful hints Network high performance settings In case you need to work with Gigabit cameras it is suitable to set up network adapter to be able to handle heavy traffic without overloading of CPU Following parameters have significant influence on network performance e Jumbo frame length e Inter packet delay e Filter driver For more information please refer to PicSight GigE manual a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 50 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation Windows firewall A firewall settings is a typical problem in case that user has successfully connected the camera but he cannot see any images after star of acquisition The fastest way how to verify if firewall is a guilty one is to switch it off and start acquisition again If you can see images you can enable the firewall and start to play with exceptions allowing UDP packets to traverse through the firewall For more information about this topic please refer to PicSight GigE manual FBWF File Based Write Filters FBWF is a tool allowing to save a compact flash lifetime by redirecting unwanted writes into operating memory rather than directly into compact flash Filters are controlled by command line utility called fowfmgr exe In default installation the FBFW filters for drive C are installed but not enabled e You can enable FBWF by following sequence of commands fbw
314. ort hs i l Drean Port t __ Reset Image Y Counter and Timer Conteol Special Features Analog Control External Device Control LUT Control Transport Layer Control Chunk Data Control j System BS Leutron Vision GenTL Interface Pct interface CheckSight 0 Cam1 G434B Open Device CheckSight 0 Cam1 G43AB Creating Stream Channel Stream0 Adding Buffer 1082880 Bytes at 099E0020 Adding Buffer 1082880 Bytes at O94F0020 Adding Buffer 1082880 Bytes at 09C00020 Copyright Leutron Vision Leutron zen Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages When finished with testing the camera functionality in the GigE Vision Configuration Manager you can use the tool to configure the camera s for use through the Common Vision BloxGenlCam Driver Note that the Common Vision Blox libraries and tools will access the cameras exactly through this driver The Common Vision Blox acquisition drivers are stored in 3CVB Drivers directory The GenlCam Driver binary file name is GenICam vin and its configuration file GenICam ini The configuration file mainly lists the cameras to be used and their connection parameters It can be created from the GigE Vision Configuration Manager Select the camera s you want to store in the driver s configuration file and click the gt to copy them from the GenlCam Device Tree panel to CVB CamPort Assignment amp GigE Visio
315. ound I O line 1 optocoupler input anode I O line 1 optocoupler input cathode I O line 2 optocoupler input anode I O lines 2 4 optocoupler inputs common cathode Ground I O line 3 optocoupler input anode I O line 4 optocoupler input anode I O line 9 optocoupler output collector I O line 9 optocoupler output emitter I O line 10 12 optocoupler outputs common collector I O line 10 optocoupler output emitter Ground Reserved DO NOT CONNECT Reserved DO NOT CONNECT RS 232 RxD serial data input RS 232 TxD serial data output I O line 26 TTL output I O line 18 TTL input Reserved DO NOT CONNECT I O line 25 TTL output I O line 17 TTL input Ground Reserved DO NOT CONNECT I O line 12 optocoupler output emitter I O line 11 optocoupler output emitter Level Ground Ext power 5 24V Ext ground Ext power 5 24V Ext ground Ground Ext power 5 24V Ext power 5 24V Ext power 5 24V Ext output Ext power 5 24V Ext output Ground n a n a RS 232 RS 232 5V TTL 5V TTL n a 5V TTL 5V TTL Ground n a Ext output Ext output D sub 25 12 A WN OWN DAWN 11 n c 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Table 3 4 I O connector pinout including pin numbers on the SDR 26 to D sub 25 adapter 3 9 2 1 SDR 26 connector adapter cable An adapter cable to interface the camera s 26 pin SDR connector is available The other
316. pion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure triggered mode vvSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerSelector LvTriggerSelector FrameStart vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerMode LvTriggerMode_ On optionally use a specific trigger mode if supported if LvIsAvailable hDev LvDevice LvLongRangeExposureMode LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LvLongRangeExposureMode 1 if LvIsAvailable hDev LvDevice LvGlobalResetMode LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LvGlobalResetMode 1 configure hardware trigger input vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerSource LvTriggerSource Linel opto input vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerActivation LvTriggerActivation RisingEdge configure software trigger input vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerSource LvTriggerSource Software configure trigger over an action command vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerSource LvTriggerSource Actionl1 other options LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice TriggerDelay 100 0 100 us vSetEnum hDev LvDevice_LvTriggerCaching IviriggerCaching Cache or LvTriggerCaching Drop issue software trigger command after starting the acquisition to generate regular trigger in software trigger mode to force the trigger in hardware trigger mode vvCmdExecute hDev LvDevice TriggerSoftware switch back to free running mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice TriggerSelector LvTriggerSelector FrameSt
317. pler timing diagram 3 8 5 TTL I O s Standard 5V TTL transistor transistor logic interface After power up the TTL outputs are driven high and they remain driven high until reconfigured from the software interface Whenever the TTL output is disconnected in the SW interface it gets in driven high status TTL inputs are pulled up to 5V inside the camera to guarantee a stable input in case nothing is connected To generate a steep edge the TTL input driver should be capable of driving and sinking 10mA The TTL input s and output s logical state is understood as logical 1 when it s driven high 5V and logical 0 when it s not driven OV a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 36 h Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation The TTL input lines are equipped with a debouncer to prevent generating unwanted input signals Its functionality and control options are documented in Section 6 7 9 Input lines deboun cer p 123 The delays listed in the table are setup dependent mean values while the jitters are maximal de viations from those mean values Parameter Value Operating voltage 5V 10 absolute maximum 6 5V ON voltage level gt 3 5V OFF voltage level lt 1 5V High level output current 32mA max high level at 3 8V min Low level output current 32mA max low level at 0 55V max Input to sensor trigger delay 19 us jitter 13 2 us TTL in to TTL out delay 32 us jitter 10 2 u
318. plon GenTL Producer and every GigE Vision compliant software uses the GVCP protocol which basically consists of commands issued by the host software and acknowledges responded by the device If the acknowledge from the device does not arrive within the expected timeout Simplon GenTL Producer assumes that delivery of the command failed and eventually retries sending it again Both the timeout and number of eventual retries can be configured by the user through features Control Channel Transmission Timeout value in ms and Control Channel Retry Count If the device itself provides hints about the maximal expectable response timeout Simplon GenTL Producer uses this hint to adjust the initial value of Control Channel Transmission Timeout otherwise it defaults to 200 ms The default values used by Simplon GenTL Producer will work just fine in vast majority of cases and the user should attempt to readjust them only if encountering a communication problem such as failing read write operations with a particular camera usually with guidance of our support staff The features become visible only at the guru feature visibility level Note that it is important to configure these values before the problematic communication with the device can ever happen ie typically before accessing the feature tree of the remote device EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle adjust control channel retransmission parameters LvSetInt32
319. pplication Since multiple values might be de livered the ChunkLvSmartAppUint feature comes with a selector ChunkLvSmartAppUintSelector which is an in teger with range from 1 to the number of values in the chunk To read the desired value set the selector to point to the value of question A raw register memory buffer that might be appended to the image by the smart application running on PicSight Smart The contents and length of the register is defined by the re spective application 6 12 Asynchronous events This section discusses the asynchronous event and associated data delivery Event Control Event Selector Log Event Notification On Log Event Data Log Event OxBBO1 Log Event Timestamp 10196860520 Log Event Message Loop Count 5080 l Smart Application Log Event Data Figure 6 51 Example GUI showing the asynchronous event features Besides the acquired images and possibly additional chunk data appended to images Sec tion 6 11 Chunk data p 146 the cameras can deliver additional asynchronous messages The events are delivered through a separate channel independent on the streaming channel images and control channel camera configuration therefore asynchronous z z Control RESPONSE RESPONSE camera discovery connection configuration control ome CHUNK DATA CHUNK DATA Streaming images and chunk data SENT EN as By Messa
320. pply 3 Assuming that the desired operating system is already pre installed on the camera no additional steps are needed and the camera is ready for Simplon installation ant test Otherwise install the operating system following instructions of the operating system supplier Install the necessary device drivers available from our download area 1 2 Simplon installation quick guide for Windows Following points guide you quickly through Simplon installation under Windows If in doubts if you need detailed instructions or if installing in another operating system refer to full Simplon installation description Now let s walk through the installation procedure 1 Prepare the installation media The software should be installed by a user with administrator rights e If you have the installation CD insert it in the CD ROM drive and wait until installation starts e If you have downloaded the installer from our website execute it 2 Depending on security adjustments of your system and whether you are running the installer from a local disk or a network share you might get following security warning Simply proceed clicking Run Open File Security Warning Do you want to run this file re Name Simplon001083 exe j Publisher Leutron Vision Type Application From S Source Leutron Simplon0010 potentially harm your computer Only run software from publishers 0 While files from the Intemet can be useful this
321. provides means for stream enumeration according to the GenTL specification However Simplon GenTL Producer currently always uses just a single stream per device For streams there s no update stream list command like with other module types the stream s configuration is always known upon opening the device module and remains fixed Stream Selector Selects one of the streams belonging to the device and allows to query in formation about the stream through the depending features see below The Stream Selector is an integer feature with zero based indexing of the device streams The index corresponds with the same index in the GenTL C interface The current range of the selector zero through its current maximum corresponds with the number of streams of the device Note that in Simplon API the streams are accessed through corresponding handles and the stream indexes ID s are fully wrapped into the handles they can be usually ignored by Simplon API users Stream ID Unique ID of the selected stream This feature is used for communication between the GenTL producer and consumer it should not be interpreted anyhow by the user EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle read information about the first stream of the device i e stream with index 0 Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 203 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice
322. r CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 3 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX424 1 0 bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 656 x 492 pixels Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 256 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification CheckSight P33B Full sensor resolution incl black 692 x 504 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information 62 3 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 7 4 x 7 4 um 5 79 x 4 89 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 16 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 6 30 dB default 12 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded
323. r horizontal and vertical sub sampling yielding a distorted image Note that the availability and range of possible sub sampling factors varies among individual camera models Some color sensors are not capable of binning decimation even if their mono chrome counterparts are Let s have a look how binning and decimation is implemented Binning Every N neighbouring pixels N being the binning factor are merged together to produce a single output pixel Depending on the binning implementation on each a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 86 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control respective sensor the pixels might be merged by summing or averaging pixel values Binning is applied on the analog pixel values before digitization It thus improves low light camera performance in particular the signal to noise S N ratio It is controlled through features Horizontal Binning and Vertical Binning Decimation Simple pixel skipping only every Nth N being the decimation factor pixel is output from the sensor the others are ignored Decimation does not affect lightness or S N ratio It is controlled through features Horizontal Decimation and Vertical Decimation The following two figures illustrate the differences between binning and decimation first using a simple schematics second on a real life image Note that the actual binning result in particular the resulting image lightness might differ
324. ra features and their control write enum LineSource TimerlActive optionally invert the output signal polarity write bool LineInverter true Digital 1 0 Control E Line Selector Line 10 Opto Out Line Mode Output Line Format Opto coupled Line Source Timer 1 Active Line Inverter On Counter and Timer Contr Counter Selecta Counter 1 E Timer Selector Timer 1 Timer Duration 1000 us Timer Delay 100 us Timer Trigger Source Frame Trigger Figure 6 29 Strobe configured to be delayed 100 us behind trigger and last 1000 us Note that any of the timers Timer 1 through Timer 4 could be used Using the described strobe timing configuration together with the Trigger Delay feature the desired timing of the strobe and exposure itself can be precisely configured Setting Trigger Delay larger than the strobe delay the exposure starts later than the strobe signal itself Acquisition Control Acquisition Mode Continuous E Trigger Selector Frame Start Trigger Mode On Generate Software Trigger Trigger Source Line 1 Opto In Trigger Activation Rising Edge TriggerDelay 100 us Trigger Caching Cache Earl Triggers Exposure Mode Timed Long Range Exposure Mode Off Exposure Time 8000 us Digital 1 0 Control B Line Selector Line 10 OptcafOut Line Mode Output Line Format Opto coupler Line Source Timer 1 Acti Line Inverter Off Counter and Timer Control H Counter Selector Co
325. ration 6 5 4 Advanced AOI settings While the default automatic mode described above is sufficient in most cases some applications might require greater control over the AOI settings 6 5 4 1 Two step AOI implementation In general there are two points where area of interest can be applied Sensor The camera might configure the sensor to read out only the specified area of interest This attitude has the advantage that the AOI has direct impact on the frame rate the smaller AOI the faster readout and frame rate p Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 91 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Camera frame buffer On the other hand this implementation is strongly sensor specific Some sensors do not allow to reduce AOI in both directions others impose additional constraints such as that the AOI has to be centered within the sensor The functionality would thus be quite limited on some camera models It is not allowed to reconfigure sensor side AOI during active acquisition The camera could alternatively read out the entire image from the sensor into its frame buffer and apply the area of interest clip the image before transferring it out to the host memory application buffer In this case the AOI settings have no impact on the sensor readout time and frame rate Only the required bandwidth for image transfer decreases that means lower network load for PicSight GigE lower PC
326. reach the desired AOI settings e The AOI parameters cannot be changed during active acquisition Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 92 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Automatic AOI Mode WidthMax Full sensor size eventually size after applying binning Sensor Camera applies defined AOI size as far as possible on the sensor to increase frame rate Offset settings not configurable this step is applied transparently not visible in feature settings Camera memory If the AOI size could not be fully applied on sensor the rest is clipped in memory AOI size locked during acquisition offset not available User does not care about sensor specific AOI constraints Width User buffer Figure 6 9 Automatic AOI mode EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle select automatic AOI mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvAOIMode LvAOIMode Automatic adjust AOI size to 300x200 pixels LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice Width 300 LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice Height 200 GEN lt i gt CAM select automatic AOI mode write enum LvwAOIMode Automatic adjust AOI size to 300x200 pixels write int Width 300 write int Height 200 Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 93 mb Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Clip on transfer AOI mode This mode allows free control over AOI parameters
327. red interfac lee antertace with index 0 LvSetInt32 hSys LvSystem InterfaceSelector 0 char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hSys LvSystem InterfaceID StringVal 1024 if LvIsAvailable hSys LvSystem GevInterfaceMACAddress MAC IP addresses can be read as integers or formatted strings int32_t IntVal int64 t Int64Val LvGetInto64 hSys LvSystem_GevInterfaceMACAddress amp Int64Val LvGetString hSys LvSystem_GevInterfaceMACAddress StringVal 1024 LvGetInt32 hSys LvSystem_GeviInterfaceDefaultIPAddress amp IntVal LvGetInt32 hSys LvSystem_GeviInterfaceDefaultSubnetMask amp IntVal LvGetInt32 hSys LvSystem GeviInterfaceDefaultGateway amp IntVal GEN lt i gt CAM vrescan the list of available interfaces waiting for operation completion exec cmd InterfaceUpdateList wait_until done InterfaceUpdateList read information about the first discovered interfac i e interface with index 0 write int InterfaceSelector 0 read_string InterfaceID read_int GevInterfaceMACAddress read_int GevInterfaceDefaultIPAddress Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 197 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features GevInterfaceDefaultSubnetMask GevInterfaceDefaultGateway read_int read_int 7 2 GenTL interface module The interface module symbolizes a physical interface through which the GenTL produ
328. related features follows the recommendation of the GenICam SFNC standard As described earlier each supported event is listed in the Event Selector enumeration and can be selectively enabled or disabled Each supported event comes with a set of additional features fol lowing fixed naming scheme Let s describe the naming scheme for a hypothetical event with name Xxx EventxxxData Event xxx Event xxxTimestamp Eventxxxyyy A subcategory of the EventControl category This subcategory contains all the features specific to the xxx event Read only integer feature Its main purpose is that it can be used for re gistering the callback when listening for given events Each time the event of this type is generated by the camera the callback would be called note that other libraries than Simplon API might use other mechanism than callbacks for signalling the event Note that when monitoring an event carrying some event data registering the callback on the data field would also work The Event XXX feature is just available for every single event type The value of the Event Xxx integer is always the ID of the respective event type Note that every event type is internally identified by a unique numeric ID The ID is however not important for most applications and especially to Simplon API based ones since it is not needed for event monitoring Every single generated event carries a timestamp value of the camera s
329. rererererererererererererereeererererereeeee 206 7 4 1 Information about the stream sesesesesesererererererererererererererererereeererereeees 206 7 5 Simplon GenTL Producer feature SUMMALY se seeeseeesesesesrsrerseseeeenaeaeaeaeeees 208 8 Connecting with 3rd party software packages eceeeceeecececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 215 8 1 Halcon MVTec Software GMDH cccccccseseececeeseececeeeeeceeeeeeceseeaeeseaseneeeeeqens 215 8 1 1 GigE Vision interface PicSight GigE PicSight Smart eee 215 8 1 2 GenTL interface CheckSight CheckSight ll optionally PicSight GigE Pic SIQHTE SMAMt cssce ceveacessvevacccscesacectvsbacrcecteseresvtvnckosebonceoeetonehectessderesbiepekcverssenoberes 216 8 1 3 COMMON NOTES s siccssseccisisss cde casssecassv es ececssssccusseseeccdbsneetesey EEEO EEEE 217 8 1 4 Halcon Image Acquisition Assistant 2 0 0 0 eee eeeeecececececececececeeeceeeeeeeees 218 8 2 Common Vision Blox Stemmer IMaging esse eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 222 8 2 1 GigE Vision interface PicSight GigE PicSight Smart eee 222 8 2 2 GenTL interface CheckSight CheckSight ll optionally PicSight GigE Pic SIQHESIMAML ssscescutssce sasesecasevteaua iess E nrn EEN e E IEEE EEEREN CERERE ESS 223 8 2 3 Getting started Quickly oo cece cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeese 223 8 3 ViSIOMPro CVL COGNEX 0 eeeeceeneseececeeeeececeeseecenneaee
330. res and their control Name ChunkLvExternalADCSelector GUI name External ADC Selector ChunkLvExternalADCValue ChunkLvExternalADCSelector GUI name External ADC Value ChunkLvTriggerDelayed GUI name Trigger Delayed ChunkLvStrobeDropped GUI name Strobe Dropped Description gt External ADC to be reported in chunk data Type enumeration Possible values ExternalADCl ExternalADC2 ExternalADC3 ExternalADC4 GUI visibility expert Value of the selected external ADC at time of acquisition of the image included in the payload Type integer GUI visibility expert Read only feature Unit DN Flag indicating if the trigger was delayed when acquiring the image included in the payload Type bool GUI visibility expert Read only feature Flag indicating if the configured strobe was dropped when acquiring the image included in the payload Type bool GUI visibility expert Read only feature Feature category Event Control refer to Section 6 12 Asynchronous events p 151 EventSelector GUI name Event Selector EventNotification EventSelector GUI name Event Notification EventLvLog GUI name Log Event Selects which event to signal to the host applic ation Type enumeration Possible values LvLog LvTriggerDropped GUI visibility expert Activate or deactivate the notification to the host application of the selected event occurrence Type e
331. res in the Device Control category Device identity The most important features identifying the camera are Vendor Name and Model Name The camera s serial number is stored as string in feature Device ID available only in expert feature level Finally the nick a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 17 h Vision CheckSight user manual Quick start Firmware version name used to identify the device is accessible read write in Device User ID The version of the firmware loaded on the camera is accessible as string in feature Device Firmware Version El Device remote features HAAA Device Control vendor Name Leutron Model e PicSight P83 Manufacturer Infe 1 GigE Smart70x Device Firmware Versio Device User ID Clyde Image Format Control Acquisition Control Analog Control Transport Layer Control User Sets Copyright Leutron Vision Leutron 18 i Vision CheckSight user manual Basic information 2 Basic information 2 1 Product package The standard product package contains just the camera itself Any required camera accessories Section 2 4 Accessories p 20 should be ordered separately Camera control software Simplon device drivers and other updates can be downloaded from our download area free of charge 2 2 CheckSight model naming convention To better understand CheckSight model names we outli
332. rigger action Possible values are Rising Edge and Falling Edge rising edge being the transition a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 163 i Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control of signal level from logical 0 to logical 1 The interpretation of signal levels for different input types TTL optocoupler is discussed in Section 3 8 Input and output signals p 32 Not applicable for software triggering 4 Configure additional options specific to given trigger If a given trigger action can be further controlled through additional features do it now For the Image Stamps Reset trigger it is possible to specify which stamps should be reset see below 5 Triggering The triggers being generated from external device using a trigger input line or from the application through the Generate Special Purpose Trigger command can be issued at any suitable time 6 15 1 1 Image stamps reset The image stamps reset trigger can reset the stamps used to label the image buffers and other camera outputs eg the asynchronous events After reset given stamp starts counting again from zero Following stamps are available Timestamp Value of the 64 bit timestamp counter maintained by the device The timestamp is used to label various data outputs provided by the camera in particular the image buffers through chunk data Section 6 11 Chunk data p 146 and the asyn chronous events Section 6
333. rite accesses to it as much as possible It can be done by using of special file system designed for Compact Flash devices like JFFS YAFFS or UBIFS Other and much simpler way is to disable unnecessary logging Please refer to documentation of your distribution for more information a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 52 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation 4 5 Simplon Following sections provide installation instructions for Simplon on the Windows and Linux operating systems More details regarding the installation options other operating systems custom install ation etc Simplon configuration and other related topics can be found in Simplon getting started 4 5 1 Installation in Windows 4 5 1 1 System requirements The Simplon for Windows does not have any particular system requirements the installer will install all the necessary dependencies including the NET Framework runtime Simplon is compatible with all recent Windows versions including Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP Note that Windows versions older than Windows 2000 are not supported The Simplon package installation should be performed by a user with adminis trator rights 4 5 1 2 Installation media The Simplon package can be installed from two types of installation media e If you obtained the installation CD ROM insert it to the CD ROM drive The installation will start automatically If you don t have the i
334. rmat Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Signal noise ratio Dynamic range Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight R132M 10 bit single tap progressive 5 2 x 5 2 um 6 66 x 5 32 mm rolling 28 us 520 ms default 30 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Analog gain 0 23 53 dB default 14 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 51 2 51 DN default 0 DN e Automatic black level 42 dB 52 dB Horizontal and vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a e Horizontal 2x 4x 8x e Vertical 2x 4x 8x C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 420801 CheckSight R132M 4GB e 420802 CheckSight R132M 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 23 CheckSight R132M technical specifications Specification PC technology Sensor A 24 CheckSight R312AB CheckSight R312AB Embedded PC with Int
335. roduced in the previous steps reproduce the problem in your application If it is possible extract and send us the smallest part of your code that can demonstrate where the problem occurs Even better is if you can make the extracted code fragment compilable so that the problem can be reproduced with a small application that you can send to us Make sure that your application does proper error handling when accessing Simplon functions Ignoring the error status of Simplon functions can lead to unexpected behavior of your application 7 Screenshots In case of disturbances in the acquired images make and send us the screenshots of them either as bitmaps with lossless compression bmp png or as jpg with a high quality small compression 8 Send us the report Send all the collected information and especially the lv simplon 1log file to us following guidelines from Section 9 1 4 Reporting the prob lem p 235 9 1 4 Reporting the problem Each problem report should contain following information e The e mail subject should give a brief but specific description of the problem and your company name separated by a character The subject will be used to identify evolution of the support case so if you need to submit a different problem create a new subject string do not reuse the old one e Example of a good subject Changing exposure time has no effect My Company Inc e Example of a bad subject Problem with ca
336. rol Acquisition Frame Rate Figure 6 15 Example GUI showing the acquisition and trigger features 6 6 1 Basic acquisition control The camera delivered off factory always starts in free running mode as soon as the acquisition is started it acquires images in highest possible frame rate without need for any triggering The basic acquisition control is in all working modes done using few basic camera features Acquisition Mode This enumeration is a mandatory feature for GigE Vision cameras hence it is implemented on all our camera families even if they currently support only a single acquisition mode Continuous Setting this feature is thus optional Acquisition Start Command that actually starts the acquisition In free running mode the camera starts immediatelly grabbing and streaming images In triggered mode the images will be acquired upon valid triggers Simplon API en capsulates this command in LvDeviceAcquisitionStart together with additional startup actions Acquisition Stop Command stopping the acquisition In free running mode the acquisition stops after finishing the current frame In triggered mode no more trig gers will be accepted Simplon API encapsulates this command in LvDeviceAcquisitionStop together with additional stopping actions Acquisition Arm Optional command that puts the camera to a status ready for acquisition It performs some initialization and verification routines otherwise hand
337. ron Vision 121 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Digital 1 0 Control Line Selector Line 10 Opto Out i Line Mode Output i Line Format Opto coupled Line Source Timer 1 Active i i Line Inverter On Counter and Timer Control i E Counter Selector Counter 1 i be Counter Mo Autoreset pee Counter Event Frame Trigger Counter Reset i Counter Value 0 Counter Dyr 410 El Timer Selector Timer 1 Timer Duration 1000 us Timer Delay 100 us i Timer Trigger Source Counter 1 End Figure 6 31 Output configured to be fired on every fourth trigger an delayed 100 us i Yes fo Figure 6 32 Flow chart strobe configuration options z Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 122 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 6 7 7 Disconnected outputs When an output line is disconnected its line source is set to Off its status is always switched to its default high impedance for optocoupler driven high for TTL regardless the actual value of the line inverter flag Refer also to Section 3 8 Input and output signals p 32 example if the line source is set to Timer 1 Active but the timer itself is discon The line might be effectively disconnected even if the line source is not Off for nected not driven by any signal 6 7 8 Use for inter camera synchronization One of possible use cases for
338. rs it might be misleading and all the information is context specific If a word error or warning appears in the log it does not necessarily mean a real error occurred it might be valid situation in a given context You don t need to get alarmed because of that and contact support especially if the application is otherwise working well amp Note however that all the information in the logs is just informative and its main 9 2 3 1 Linux driver logging On the CheckSight systems a device driver controlling the acquisition device is running The driver can also provide useful logs but those are not routed through Simplon user level logging subsystem but rather through standard Linux kernel logging mechanisms Depending on the system config uration there might be multiple ways to access that log but the most convenient is usually to simply execture the dmesg command and store its output to a file Apart of the kernel log messages other mostly static information can be available through reading the proc 1vsm a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 237 h Vision CheckSight user manual Troubleshooting amp Support 9 2 4 Debugging symbols When debugging certain kinds of problems such as application crash it might be very useful if you can provide the support team with extended diagnostic information such as the stack trace showing the crash point The installer of Simplon for Windows allows to install
339. rt 0 Auto Save and Exit PCIE Port 1 Auto Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 17 BIOS Setup chipset southbridge configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced PCIPnP Boot Security Chipset Exit Options Exit system setup after saving the changes Discard Changes and Exit Discard Changes F10 key can be used for this operation Load Optimal Defaults Load Failsafe Defaults Select Screen t Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02 61 C Copuright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 18 BIOS Setup exit 5 1 3 BIOS upgrade Before upgrading the BIOS please check the following e Make a bootable USB device or Compact Flash which includes the following files kccflash exe dldelep exe BIOS upgrade bios rom update bat e If necessary rename the BIOS upgrade to bios rom e Content of update bat Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 73 Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation e dldelep y e kccflash f bios rom Disable the EMM386 or other memory managers in the config sys of your boot device Make sure that the kccflash exe the dldelep exe program and the bios romto be used for upgrade are in the same path and directory To Boot DOS without config sys and autoexec bat press F5 while starting the DOS boot Is the empty drive space where the kccflash exe is loca
340. s Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 261 Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification CheckSight P52B Full sensor resolution incl black 823 x 592 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information 62 3 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 8 3 x 8 3 um 7 48 x 6 15 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 15 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 10 26 dB default 12 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level 0 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 131801 CheckSight P52B 4GB e 131802 CheckSight P52B 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A
341. s Table 3 3 TTL input output parameters summary 3 8 6 Serial port interface Standard RS 232 communication interface accessible directly from the camera s feature tree Configurable communication parameters are baud rate parity data bits stop bits 3 9 Connector and cable description amp All the grounds from individual connectors are connected inside the camera 3 9 1 Power input connector Standard 2pin power jack connector interfaces to standard DC power supply over 5 5x2 5mm plug Locking prevents accidental plug to jack decoupling The central pin tip of the connector carries the power input the outer pin sleeve connects the ground Miniature locking power plugs may be ordered from Leutron Vision Use always power supply fulfilling all the specifications listed in Section 3 8 1 DC power in put p 32 3 9 2 I O connector A 26pin SDR female connector for digital I O optocoupler and TTL inputs outputs and serial port RS 232 interface An adapter cable with D sub 25 pin female connector is available The table lists also pin numbers on the D sub connector The cable construction is described below a Leutron Vision Copyright Leutron Vision 37 CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation Pin nA kB UNS O ON DBD 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 14 Figure 3 20 I O connector female pinout Signal Gr
342. s including e When installing on a CheckSight system detected automatically the necessary device driver is built and installed e For convenience the directory opt simplon bin is added to PATH environment variable so that the tools are directly accessible from the shell This is performed by adding an entry to etc profile d on systems using other mechanism the system administrator might need to adjust the path manually Directory opt simplon cti is added to the GENICAM GENTL32_ PATH environment variable and analogically the 64 bit variant so that the Simplon GenTL Producer can be located by 3rd party GenTL consumers This is performed by adding an entry to etc profile d on systems using other mechanism the system administrator might need to adjust the path manually e For convenience the directory opt simplon 1ib and it s 64 bit variant is added to the search path of the dynamic linker This is performed by adding an entry to 1d so conf d on systems using other mechanism the system administrator might need to adjust the path manually Custom installations Installation to other than default locations is possible however we recommend to do that only for well legitimate reasons Corresponding guidelines are provided in a separate section 4 5 2 4 Notes for the most common distributions The Simplon package is tested with the most popular distributions Brief notes for those distributions are listed
343. s while NewAcquiredBuffersComing LvHBuffer hBuf obtain handle of the acquired buffer LvBufferParseChunkData hBuffer 0 double FloatVal LvGetFloat hDev LvDevice ChunkExposureTime amp FloatVal switch off the chunk mode if desired LvSetBool hDev LvDevice ChunkModeActive 1 GEN lt i gt CAM switch to the chunk mode write bool ChunkModeActive true and enable the ExposureTime chunk delivery write enum ChunkSelector ExposureTime write bool ChunkEnable true now the camera appends the exposure time chunk to every acquired image the application can process the chunk data in each delivered buffer and read associated feature values while NewAcquiredBuffersComing before reading the values pass the buffer for chunk data parsing unless your library does that implicitly read_float ChunkExposureTime Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 148 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control switch off the chunk mode if desired write bool ChunkModeActive false In Simplon API to read the chunk data values delivered in a buffer the application has to pass the acquired buffer s handle to the chunk data parsing function LvyBufferParseChunkData Details including sample code are listed in Simplon programmer s guide In other software packages the procedure might be quite similar ena
344. s Read Write Type enumeration Values Bayer RG 8 Pixel format Bayer RG 8 Bayer RG 12 Pixel format Bayer RG 12 BGRA 8 Packed Pixel format BGRA 8 Packed 4 When prepared click the Start acquisition button the camera should start acquiring If not verify again if the camera is properly connected and running if the system was properly configured remember the notes above about firewall network configuration etc or if the camera was not set to triggered mode while no trigger was attached Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 14 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Quick start By Simplon Explorer Camera Leutron Vision PicSight P52B GigE RTF ScaryBear 10 0 2 220 Requisition Display Features Sourcecode Help C ot goma PRONE fart acquisition Found cameras onhfected camera 5 While the acquisition is active you can still adjust the runtime parameters such as exposure time or gain Basic acquisition parameters such as pixel format or trigger mode become locked when the acquisition starts By Simplon Explorer Camera Leutron Vision PicSight P52B GigE RTF ScaryBear 10 0 2 220 File Camera Acquisition Display Features Sourcecode Help stha 4G SB PROSE BK Z amp crm Found cameras Connected camera System Interface Device Stream I Renderer Image 1810 ID 2332737 Time 737848842848082 X 0 Y 0 W 776 H 582 LInc
345. s through other library than Simplon API please check its document ation to see if it supports chunk data parsing and delivery Note that for GigE Vision cameras PicSight GigE and PicSight Smart part of the information available through the chunk data are also delivered in GigE Vision control packets data leader and trailer If your library provides access to those fields they can be used alternatively instead of the chunk data In Simplon API the library s acquisition engine delivers acquired image buffers In chunk mode it is responsibility of the application to specify when the chunk data of a given buffer should be parsed and attached to the camera s feature tree As soon as the library performs the chunk data processing in the given buffer the values of individual chunks are available through corres ponding camera features The values will be available until another buffer s chunk data are processed then the features are updated with new values Note that it is important to process and read the chunk data before returning the buffer to the acquisition engine queuing the buffer after that the buffers is owned by the acquisition engine and its contents is undefined All needed details are documented in Simplon programmer s guide In a 3rd party library the mechanism might be similar but it is important to study its document ation carefully to be sure how to retrieve the chunk data reliably 6 11 1 Enabling chunk d
346. scscdssecstersectcacebevt cscs sacseeedsabectenbecdsacebeut sacs savesanavatecuea becteana ban 259 As18 CheckSight P34M sivc ccssopsiccsssssnceasdpstsnsseebaceesepencnesspsiceasoploee ceestacessepebeeesesenteseon 260 A19 GheckSiGht PS2B soccesiecsicisieesectshenctbbsacevscdsaeesachbnte becdshoa sasnbace bend stee Enie PrN EENE 261 A 20 CheckSight P52M sivsvscssscssscsssesecctetssersbebescceseresbteses snes cdenestecbebebccasepesbesseeeneneees 262 As21 CheckSIGht P83 B i cscisscesecesseesectsaes vavesace cacdstea vavesacevebesaed obvtsaes candsaue revenues bebeeand bas 264 A 22 CheckSight PO3M sss ieccctesiscsescsececae sees sexe ssee vedo sane saad eanc ends ne cand eaeenade ease E EEEE ni 265 A 23 GHECKSIGNURI 32M cssc2ssesezessvensbevescesscteb sbbieeesel ones ovenseewsesetel es tubbteosebetes SEEE ESEE 266 A 24 CheckSight R312AB ws cccsisscesatesstdsaseseccsenesace capasacecadesaed sana sacesanasnes EEE RE aAa 267 A 25 CheckSight R502B ccscc seessce castes tabevtsaes covssaee sabe sacs cocdsacebevtsans cecesawssanesaca sovteoca ban 269 A26 CheckSight R502M sssisssssisriserisenise nosni caessaclaaeeseuese aun ueie ane abe eee sea oriee Eeen 270 CONTACTING LOULFOM VISION scssscssiue sets cswosnea case oeron e EE DEE E TEE ESSIE EE SEEE eS 272 Headquarters Switzerland eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeesenenes 272 GOHMANY secrecsesceietesteverdsessesscesnes cn ctenecssbdercecctsssesssivsnss co cbodsssa
347. select the Simplon components to install The set of actual options can slightly differ among individual Simplon versions The basic options are e Runtime files files necessary to run every Simplon application these are always installed e Development files essential files for compiling against Simplon API as well as additional helper files Files in this category are typically installed only on a development system but not deployed with final runtime systems e Include and library files required for building Simplon API applications e Sample code e Documentation full documentation set for Simplon package and all Leutron Vision camera families Note that for testing the cameras the runtime components suffice However for programming with Simplon you need to make sure the Developer s tools are installed as well When finished with the selection click Install z Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 56 Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Install to start the installation Select the type of install Developer full i Or select the optional E M Run time Files components you wish to 5M Developer s Tools Z Indude and library files i Samples with source code Documentation install Figure 4 18 Simplon installation selecting components After starting the installati
348. set Clock Selector to Sensor Digitization to differentiate from other clocks a camera might be report ing EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle read camera sensor digitization clock in Hz vSetEnum hDev LvDevice DeviceClockSelector vDevicClockSelector SensorDigitization LvGetFloat hDev LvDevice DeviceClockFrequency amp FloatVal set pixel clock if the camera supports it float in Hz vSetEnum hDev LvDevice DeviceClockSelector vDevicClockSelector SensorDigitization LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice DeviceClockFrequency 28 6 1000000 GEN lt i gt CAM read camera sensor digitization clock in Hz write enum DeviceClockSelector SensorDigitization read float DeviceClockFrequency 7 Set pixel Clock is Ghe camera Suppoces te flog an Hz write enum DeviceClockSelector SensorDigitization write float DeviceClockFrequency 28 6 1000000 6 3 5 Register streaming support The camera supports so called register streaming This GenlCam term refers to safe storing and re loading entire camera configuration Safe means that it restores complete state of the camera without need to know about complex feature dependencies The same settings can be applied to multiple cameras of the same type and version To work reliably the operation must exactly follow rules standardized by the GenlCam standard Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision
349. so that this size can always be safely used for buffer allocation It is important that the actual value of the Payload Size feature does not change during active acquisition otherwise the application is in danger that its buffers will not be large enough for the received data GenlCam provides a standard way to lock the essential transport layer features during acquisition through feature called TLParamsLocked Note that this feature is set transparently during acquisition by Simplon API and in all reasonable GenlCam based software packages so the user does not need to care about it Simplon API offers additional image processing functions that can also alter the image data size and thus the required size of the target buffer This topic is however behind the scope of this manual it is discussed in Simplon programmer s guide EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle read the payload size buffer size required to hold acquired image data int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice PayloadSize amp IntVal now allocate the buffers and use them for the acquisition GEN lt i gt CAM read the payload size buffer size required to hold acquired image data read_int PayloadSize now allocate the buffers and use them for the acquisition 6 5 Image format The image format features allows to configure image size and all related features as well as the pixel
350. specifies a camera with the default IR blocking filter Other options are e F float glass filter e D daylight blocking filter e N no filter 1 http www leutron com support downloads download area a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 19 h Vision CheckSight user manual Basic information CheckSight resolution sensor type imager size sensor revision color coding Figure 2 1 CheckSight naming convention illustrated 2 3 Ordering option summary Every CheckSight basic model see Appendix A Technical specifications for individual models p 239 can be further customized through additional options Following ordering options are available for high quantity OEM s IR cut filter By default the cameras are delivered with an IR cut filer mounted on top of the sensor Optionally every modelcan also be delivered without this filter See more details in Section 3 7 IR cut or other filter p 31 Query us about possibility to deliver the camera with other e g daylight blocking or float glass filter Lens mount The cameras can be delivered with CS mount optical head instead of the standard C mount version Other options might be available for high quantity OEM s please contact Leutron Vision for more information 2 4 Accessories The list of CheckSight accessories might grow in future please contact Leutron Vision to learn all the options and to get the ordering pricin
351. sts for the device it has a precedence over the Device section contents ES Simplon Explorer 1 00 073 32 bit CheckSight P32B File Camera Acquisition Display Features Sourcecode Help Va a Disconnect camera E ON Fout Sy Update camera list s F4 Sys Info Statistics Use Feat Value s oa UYT Show 1 0 dialog Y Save camera settings t Load camera settings Special Features Analog Control External Device Control LUT Control and White Balance Transport Layer Control User Sets Chunk Data Control Device GenTL features GenTL Device Module Device Simplon features Simplon API Device Module lt gt 8 3 4 Features The Device features visible in Simplon Explorer are also available through the Adapter The feature is identified by its Gen i cam name and in case of enumerations you can also see the available values in Simplon Explorer For example for setting the trigger source the feature name is Trigger Source and value is Line1 see the arrows in the screen shot See also FeatureVisibility in the INI file a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 231 mi Vision CheckSight user manual b Image database e Folde Camera Acquisition rate frames per second Camera Infomation Name Device CheckSight P32B Serial Number Feature Access Feature TriggerSource Value Line2
352. t LUTIndex i write_int LUTValue i don t forget to enable the LUT enabling any of the thr tables enables entire LUT write bool LUTEnable true disable the LUT later if needed LUT contents will be preserved write bool LUTEnable false 6 10 1 1 LUT single access reading writing The per element LUT access provides a natural interface for reading writing the LUT the application does not need to make any assumptions about the internal layout of the LUT On the other hand reading wriging the entire LUT this way can generate significant overhead due to excessive I O operations In some situations it might be desirable to eliminate this overhead reading or writing the entire LUT in a single access Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 140 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control The single step access is performed through feature LUT Value All which is based on GenlCam type IRegister behaving as a raw block of memory All the rules about selecting the LUT to be accessed LUT Selector or enabling the LUT LUT Enable apply same as in case of the per element access method the feature LUT Value All just allows to replace the LUT Index and LUT Value calls with a single input output request Since the LUT Value All feature accesses the LUT in a single step as a block of memory it is necessary to know the internal layout of the LUT e Regardless of the LUT type the size of
353. t and Simplon e Ubuntu 10 04 LTS graphics driver is not available for this version e Ubuntu 10 10 a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 51 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation eee Note List in not enclosed and further distribution are going to be added 4 4 1 Chipset network and audio drivers Hardware is supported in kernel 2 6 and higher 4 4 2 Display driver CheckSight offers graphics acceleration capability to operating system Drivers Intel GMA 500 chip are under development process but official version for Linux hasn t been released yet Never theless Linux is able to use graphics unit in standard VGA mode In this case a maximal graphics resolution the user can use depends on BIOS setting 4 4 3 Recommendations e VGA memory For maximal graphics performance a presence of Intel GMA 500 driver in operation system is needed If the driver is missing then kernel will initialize only VGA Controller In this case an amount of VGA m emory reserved for display has a significant influence on maximal graphics resolutions which can be set by operating system If you have a problem to set more than 800 x 600 pixels in 32 color depth in VGA mode than enter into BIOS menu entering menu by pressing F11 key when CheckSight logo appears after restart and reserve more memory for VGA maximum value is 8 MB This will allow you to set 1024 x 768 pixels in 32 bit color depth BIOS Menu gt Chipset
354. t flash is factory clean it hasn t been partitioned yet install the system by install cmd b If a compact flash contains old data start installation by install cmd f a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 49 h Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation amp Please note that all data on the first disk will be overwritten 4 3 3 List of distributed systems 1 Windows Embedded Standard v1 5 101206 iso Name Windows XP Embedded Standard 2009 Eng lish CheckSight Version 1 5 101206 Article number 998000 Related files CS WinXPe v1 5 101206 iso Description Version of Windows XP Embedded aimed to support developers who need to start to work on application immediately without loosing a time by preparing suitable build environment or for system recovery Minimal requirements System needs at least 4GB of space on compact flash card for self installation User accounts username checksight password 1234 username Administrator password 1234 Default partition scheme One partition 3 4GB rest of compact flash re mains un partitioned NTFS FBWF filters in stalled but not enabled 1 76GB occupied by operating system after installation 1 64GB is free for use by user Software installed e Simplon v1 00 030 Microsoft NET Framework v3 5 SP1 US15 Intel Embedded Media and Graphics Driver v6 14 01 1742 Drivers installed Realtek High Definition Audio v5 10 0 5953 Intel R 82574L Gigabit Netw
355. te balancing is controlled through amplification factors to be applied on the indi vidual R G B color channels Note that white balance makes only sense when using a true RGB pixel format The camera implements the white balance functionality using the RGB LUT the white balance factors ratios are applied as linear functions in the individual R G B LUT s To make the white balance functinality avilable if supported by the camera first switch LUT Mode to White Balance To apply the desired white balance factors select progressively the individual color channels Red Green Blue in the Balance Ratio Selector enumeration and for each channel configure the desired amplification factor through Balance Ratio The Balance Ratio is a floating point factor allowing to amplify the given color channel within certain limits EXimpion a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 142 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle select the white balance LUT mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvLUTMode LvLUTMode_ BalanceWhite adjust white balance increase red decrease blue leave green channel intact vSetEnum hDev LvDevice BalanceRatioSelector LvBalanceRatioSelector Red LvSetFloat hDev LvDevice BalanceRatio 1 2 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice BalanceRatioSelector LvBalanceRatioSelector Green LvSe
356. ted larger than 1024 kB for backup kcecflash exe s or r e Isn t the drive write protected The BIOS upgrade procedure 1 Start the system with the bootable Compact Flash or USB device If you do not have modified your autoexec bat and config sys you can press the F5 key to disable all the entries and start with DOS prompt 2 Runupdate bat dldelep exe Y will clear the CMOS and the EEPROM The Y is for the confirmation if you don t use this Y you must confirm manually by pressing warning on some keyboards Z and Y keys might be swapped If you do not run dldelep exe Y the system will be destroyed during the BIOS upgrade 3 kccflash exe f bios rom will upload the bios rom file to the system The kccflash exe utility recognizes following parameters f filename filename of the new BIOS file s filename filename for backup of current BIOS x filenam backup current BIOS to a file with specified filename and exit the program y say yes to all questions i list all supported chipsets and flash chips 4 When the BIOS upgrade is finished you must power off the system 5 After powering the system back on press Delete to enter the setup mode and set the default values pressing F9 6 Save and leave the setup pressing F10 7 The system will reboot The upgrade procedure is finished an MS DOS 6 22 disk available you can download a boot disk from www boot Do not use boot disks
357. tents and number of the values is defined by the application Event ID for this event type is 0xBBO5 Event specific data fields Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 156 Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control e EventLvSmartAppUintSelector selects one of the values delivered in the message It is an integer with range from 1 to the number of values in the message To read the desired value set the selector to point to the value of ques tion e EventLvSmartAppUintValue reads the unsigned in teger value the selector points to Smart Application Register A raw register memory buffer message generated by the LvSmartAppRegister smart application running on PicSight Smart The contents and length of the register is defined by the application Event ID for this event type is 0xBB06 Event specific data fields e EventLvSmartAppRegisterValu the register fea ture carrying the raw memory data 6 13 User sets saving loading camera configuration This section discusses options to store and reuse camera configuration sets El User Sets User Configuration Set Selector Default User Set User Set Load User Set Save Default Startup Set Default User Set Figure 6 56 Example GUI showing the user sets features 6 13 1 Features defining camera configuration The set of features that the user can control make up the camera configuration The
358. th the device and current network configuration can be retrieved from Packet Size Value The application can then actually apply the packet size on the camera itself using the Packet Size feature in the remote device feature tree whenever suitable but not during active streaming For applications requiring even finer approach to packet size control the Simplon GenTL Producer can be asked to verify if a given packet size is valid on the current network configuration The specified packet size would be verified but not applied this is left for the application The a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 205 h Vision CheckSight user manual Simplon GenTL Producer features packet size to be tested should be specified in Packet Size Value and the verification procedure started using the Test Packet Size command The success usability of given packet size is reported in Packet Size Test Success EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle determine the maximal usable packet size vCmdExecute hDev LvDevice LvGevFindMaxPacketSize now wait until the operation end using LvCmdIsDone and read the result will not be automatically applied the application has to configure the camera explicitly int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice LvGevPacketSizeValue amp IntVal test if packet size 9000 is usable with current configuration LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice LvGevPacketSiz
359. the individual elements as they are stored in the memory are always 4 bytes Naturally not all bits of the 4 byte slot are actually used the luminance LUT uses 12 bit the RGB LUT s 8 bit elements When writing the LUT as a memory block the applic ation is responsible to not overflow these limits e Beware due to differences between the actual technologies the endianess of the individual elements vary among Leutron Vision camera families PicSight GigE cameras store the LUT ele ments in big endian CheckSight cameras in little endian format The application is responsible to provide the memory block in correct format when writing Note that these considerations apply only to the entire memory block access when accessing the LUT per element the LUT internals are shielded from the user e The number of elements in the LUT depends on the LUT type As described above the luminance LUT has always 4096 elements while the individual R G B LUT s have 256 elements each e The entire size of the LUT in bytes is naturally product of the single element size 4B and number of entries The order of elements in the LUT is defined by their indexes The element with index 0 is always stored at the lowest address aligned with the start of the LUT memory block The element with index 1 can be accessed at a 4 byte offset from the LUT beginning etc EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle adjust the luminance LUT
360. the installer assumes the user chooses a writable area and installs everything to that directory The dialog will be omitted in these cases You can choose from three options e C Users Public LeutronVision Simplon recommended when Simplon will be used by multiple users e Cc Users YourUserName AppDAta Local LeutronVision Simplon recommended when Simplon will be used by a single user you e User configured directory if none of the options above fit your requirements you can specify another directory Be sure the directory has write access for all applications and is not protected by UAC Select the preferred option and click Next z Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 55 Vision CheckSight user manual Software installation elected the installation to Program Files As this location is read only please the location for writable LV SDS application data Camera definitions INI and amples etc C Users Public LeutronVision Simplon This location is recommended if LV SDS is to be used by multiple users C Users Zdenek AppData Local LeutronVision Simpion This location is recommended only in case nobody else than the user Zdenek will work with Simplon on this PC C Users Public LeutronVision Simplon El Be sure the specified folder has writable access for any application and is not protected by UAC Figure 4 17 Simplon installation application data directory In the next step you can
361. tion Ordering information CheckSight G43AM e 412801 CheckSight G43AM 4GB e 412802 CheckSight G43AM 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 4 CheckSight G43AM technical specifications A 5 CheckSight P133B Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P133B Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB DDR2 533MhHz interface for CompactFlash card Gigabit Ethernet interface 3xUSB2 interfaces 1 audio in and 1 output mono DVI D signal compatible graphics output 1 1 CCD interline transfer type SONY ICX442AQ 1 0 09 08 g o6 8 05 s amp 04 H 03 02 01 Wave Length nm bayer pattern Output image resolution HxV 1304 x 976 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1360 x 986 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation 8 3 fps 12 bit single tap progressive O x O um 6 23 x 5 09 mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 100 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 10 26 dB default O dB e Digital gain n a e Black leve
362. tion is undefined The signal is asserted immediately when the frame trigger arrives before applying the Trigger Delay e Timer X Active TimerXActive aligned with active period of a timer The signal starts as soon as the Timer Delay expires and stays active during entire Timer Duration Discussed below e Counter X End CounterXEnc asserted when a counter expires reaches Counter Duration Only the starting edge is significant duration of this signal is undefined Discussed below e User Output X UserOutputX asserted as long as given user output is set Only the starting edge is significant duration of this signal is undefined Discussed below 6 7 2 Observing I O lines status There are two ways to query the current status of the camera s I O lines e Status of the single line currently selected in the Line Selector is reported in the boolean feature Line Status Note that the status of the output lines can be inverted using Line Inverter flag as will be described shortly below The way how the signal levels of individual I O types TTL op tocoupler are interpreted as logical 0 and 1 is described in Section 3 8 Input and output sig nals p 32 Status of all the I O lines can be querying in a single access using Line Status All integer This feature is a 32 bit bitfield each bit representing status of a single line The least significant bit corresponds with Line 1 next bit with Line 2 etc EXimpion
363. tput image resolution HxV 1392 x 1040 pixels Full sensor resolution incl black 1434 x 1050 pixels pixels Frame rate Video format Scanning Pixel size HxV Sensor size HxV Shutter Operating trigger modes Gain amp black level Auto functions Area of interest AOI Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information 0 15 fps 12 bit single tap progressive 4 65 x 4 65 um 7 6 x 6 2mm global 5 us 60000 ms default 130 ms e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode e Analog gain 8 28 dB default 0 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level O 25 5 DN default 0 DN n a Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 171801 CheckSight P142AB 4GB e 171802 CheckSight P142AB 4GB WinXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 8 CheckSight P142AB technical specifications Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 248 i Vision CheckSight user ma
364. trol so it is always correct mistakes such as applying the user set to incompatible camera type or version are not possible e The camera s default user set is applied directly at camera boot before any application even connects to it e The software controlled user sets can be stored once and applied to many cameras of the same type e The software controlled user sets might be edited by qualified personnel although it must be done with maximum care The action recorder playback functionality can include command execution On the other side it strongly depends on the initial camera status a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 159 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 6 14 External device control The section documents features for camera s external device peripheral control Peripheral devices can be controlled over a serial port interface 6 14 1 Serial Port Control The CheckSight CheckSight Il cameras and some models of PicSight GigE and PicSight Smart are equipped with a serial port interface to control peripheral devices connected to the camera The interface supports regular synchronous command response string based communication All usual serial communication parameters can be configured Serial Port Baud Rate Serial Port Parity Serial Port Data Bits Serial Port Stop Bits Enumeration adjusting the baud rate The values range from 2400 Baud2400 to 115200
365. tures and their control Va wri wri wri wri Via wri wri wri wri exe be wal configure the communication interface parameters te enum LvSerialPortBaudRate Baud9600 te enum LvSerialPortParity None te enum LvSerialPortDataBits DataBits8 te enum LvSerialPortStopBits StopBits1 configure the response timing parameters te float LvSerialPortTimeout 100 0 in ms te string LvSerialPortEOTMarker n te int LvSerialPortMaxResponseLength 16 send simple command abc 5 n te string LvSerialPortCommandString abc 5 n c_cmd LvSerialPortCommandSend wait for the response and pick it up unless failure is reported t_until done LvSerialPortCommandSend read_enum LvSerialPortCommandStatus read string LvSerialPortCommandResponse 6 15 Special features This section discusses special purpose features that do not belong to any other category or that span multiple categories Special Features El Special Purpose Trigger Selector Image Stamps Reset Special Purpose Trigger Source Off Special Purpose Trigger Activation Generate Special Purpose Trigger Bayer Decoder Algorithm Figure 6 58 Example GUI showing the special features 6 15 1 Special purpose triggers Besides controlling the acquisition Section 6 6 Acquisition and trigger control p 101 and the I O s Section 6 7 Digital I O counters and timers p 113 the external signals can be used
366. types of LUTs depending on the cur rently used pixel format Section 6 5 Image format p 85 RGB LUT Used only with the RGB BGR pixel formats The LUT consists of three tables each controlling separately given color channel Luminance LUT Used for all other pixel formats ie the monochrome and Bayer encoded ones A single look up table controls the luminance gray value of individual pixels When controlling the LUT you first need to select the table you want adjust luminance red green or blue in the LUT Selector enumeration The choice depends on the camera model and current pixel format Having the table selected you can loop through the entire range of LUT Index and adjust the LUT Value for each of them we ll demonstrate that in a sample code below Finally the LUT operation can be switched on or off using the LUT Enable flag when switched off the data flow bypasses the LUT operation but the LUT contents itself remains intact so it is possible to switch it on again later without need to refill the table The luminance LUT can be used to perform various operations such as invert the image binarize the image at given threshold apply gamma correction adapt brightness and contrast simulate gain and black level operations etc a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 134 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 4095 Wy rr eee eee correction Output pixel value
367. uisitionStart and LvDeviceAcquisitionStop functions The steps needed to initialize a Simplon API application and prepare it for acquisition should be studied in Simplon programmer s guide EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle Vf SHOW CO COme rol mac Gus Si tenors optional set explicitly the acquisition mode vSetEnum hDev LvDevice AcquisitionMode LvAcquisitionMode Continuous configure essential features such as trigger mode and image format perform other basic Simplon initialization as indicated in its manual when finished read required buffer size and allocate buffers int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice PayloadSize amp IntVal start and stop the acquisition as desired Simplon API controls the underlying features automatically under the hood while NewAcquisitionsDesired LvDeviceAcquisitionStart hDev acquire images as long as desired LyDeviceAcquisitionStop hDev if desired reconfigure the camera and start again In 3rd party GenlCam based software package similar attitude might be expected ie the ac quisition related features might be hidden and wrapped into dedicated functions The following pseudocode anyway demonstrates the required procedure to start and stop the acquisition but remember that a typical GenlCam aware library does this completely for you under the hood GEN lt i gt CAM how to contro
368. uivalent to the bin subdirectory of the main installation destination Main installation directory The main installation directory contains the following subdirectories backup backup of user modified files such as the configuration files that might be overwrit ten when upgrading to newer Simplon version bin all executable exe and library d11 files belonging to Simplon data tool specific data eg templates used by the Simplon Source Code Generator doc documentation files drivers drivers CheckSight device driver network filter driver include header files for Simplon API development lib library 1ib files for Simplon API development samples additional sample code most of the samples can be however generated interact ively using the Simplon Source Code Generator Application data directory The application data directory contains following main components lv simplon ini Simplon configuration file lv simplon 1log Simplon log file XML contains static XML files copied during installation None of the files in this directory should be removed unless being explicitly adviced by our support team XMLCache contains GenlCam XML files downloaded from cameras Cache preprocessed versions of the GenlCam XML files for performance improvement These can be safely removed Simplon will re generate them upon next use Debug the pdb files with debugging information
369. ultExposure 16019 DefaultImageWidth 656 DefaultImageHeight 492 8 3 2 1 Interfaces In this section you can specify which interfaces are to be scanned for devices Typically the Cognex software installs support for GigE camera so if you enable ListGigEDevices then the GigE camera would appear in the list twice once through the GigE Vision protocol once through the Simplon GenTL interface As this adapter is primarily designed for CheckSight which is a PCI device the List PciDevices 1 assures its device s will be listed 8 3 2 2 Options NumberOfBuffers Defines how many buffers should be used by Simplon for the acquisition The higher number of buffers may be needed in case your Cognex application may not pick in time the acquired images they are queued and the higher number of images means a longer queue The default value is 10 in case you use triggered or non continuous acquisition and pick images in time the number of buffers can be reduced to 3 SupportRoi Enables the support of hardware ROI This should be enabled only if the given sensor supports the hardware ROI AOI You can check this in Simplon Explorer in such case the LvDevice LvAOIMode feature can be set to LVAOIMode Manual and LvDevice Offsetx LvDevice Offsety can be set to a non zero value On CheckSight the support of hardware ROI is useful only in case the sensor provides faster acquisition with reduced ROI on GigE cameras the HW ROI can also save net
370. unter 1 E Timer Selector Timer 1 Timer Duration 1000 us Timer Delay Ous Timer Trigger Source Frame Trigger Figure 6 30 Strobe configured to be start 100 us before exposure start Sometimes it s desirable to assert the output just once in a number of events frame triggers This might be required in use cases such as inter camera synchronization see below or similar Such scenario is configured in the same way as the previous case delayed output just the timer is not connected directly to the frame trigger event but through a counter The timer and any line output connected would then be asserted only when the counter expires the counter thus effectively behaves as signal divider Let s have a look at the previous example modified to assert the output only at every fourth frame trigger event Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 120 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle i COntAgGune Sere OUEpUE On lane LO starting 100 ps after every 4th frame trigger and staying active 1000 ps tivst configure the counter vSetEnum hDev LvDevice CounterSelector LvCounterSelector Counterl vSetEnum hDev LvDevice CounterEventSource LvCounterEventSource FrameTrigger LvSetInt32 hDev LvDevice CounterDuration 4 vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvCounterMode LvCounterMode Autoreset restarts
371. ure Sec tion 6 6 2 1 Automatic exposure p 105 the auto exposure takes precedence Automatic gain is inactive as long as the automatic exposure functionality does not reach its limits only then the automatic gain becomes active as well Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 133 mh Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control The automatic gain functionality might work against the manual exposure time settings When increasing the exposure time the automatic gain function will decrease the gain to reach again the target luminance level automatic gain value never fully reaches the limits min max of the manual gain The low pass filter applied in the automatic gain algorithm can cause that the settings 6 10 Luminance and color handling The section discusses camera features controlling the luminance and color information in the di gitized image The features include in particular the look up table LUT and color transformation matrix but the section discusses also several higher level functions that can be implemented using those primitives for example gamma correction binarization or white balance 6 10 1 Look up table LUT The LUT look up table is a trivial preprocessing technique allowing to map each input pixel value to a corresponding output pixel value The look up table operation is applied separately to every image pixel The PicSight and CheckSight cameras use two
372. ures of the camera itself the camera features were documented in Chapter 6 Camera features and their control p 79 The basic principles of work with the Simplon GenTL Producer features are same as with the camera features refer to the introduction in Section 6 1 Common principles p 79 This chapter will discuss the Simplon GenTL Producer features some of them dictated by the GenTL standard others specific to Simplon The chapter will discuss the Simplon GenTL Producer in general considering all Leutron Vision camera families Note that the chapter is irrelevant for users connecting to our GigE Vision cameras PicSight GigE PicSight Smart directly through the GigE Vision interface of a 3rd party library in such case the Simplon GenTL Producer is not in volved A feature set is associated with every GenTL module instance The module types are System represents the entire GenTL producer Interface an interface through which the cameras devices are connected to the system Device GenTL producer s view of the camera device Data stream controls image acquisition from the camera Buffer wraps a single acquisition buffer Simplon GenTL Producer currently does not provide any buffer related features The availability and use of the individual features is the same regardless if you access the Simplon GenTL Producer through Simplon API or through a 3rd party GenTL compatible library Individual libraries
373. user configura tion sets Mask for the User Output Value All bitfield Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Feature category Counter and Timer Control refer to Section 6 7 Digital O counters and timers p 113 CounterSelector GUI name Counter Selector LvCounterMode CounterSelector GUI name Counter Mode CounterEventSource CounterSelector GUI name Counter Event Source CounterReset CounterSelector GUI name Counter Reset CounterValue CounterSelector GUI name Counter Value Selects which counter to configure Type enumeration Possible values Counterl Counter2 Counter3 Counter4 GUI visibility expert Selects working mode of the selected counter Type enumeration Possible values Autoreset GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Signal incrementing the counter Type enumeration Possible values Off FrameTrigger GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Resets the selected counter Type command GUI visibility expert Current value of the selected counter Type integer GUI visibility expert Streamable feature stored with user configura tion sets Copyright Leutron Vision 177 a Leutron Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control Name CounterDuration CounterSelector G
374. ut is possibly driving a strobe light The simple case of strobe aligned with active exposure can be configured easily select the desired line in Line Se lector and set its Line Source to Exposure Active logical signal If desired the output signal polarity can be inverted EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle configure strobe output aligned withe exposure on line 10 remeber to configure triggered mode first vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSelector LvLineSelector rine Koi vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LineSource LvLineSource ExposureActive optionally invert the output signal polarity LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LineInverter 1 e GEN lt I gt CAM configure strobe output aligned withe exposure on line 10 remeber to configure triggered mode first write enum LineSelector Linel10 write enum LineSource ExposureActive optionally invert the output signal polarity write bool LineInverter true Digital 1 0 Control E Line Selector Line 10 Opto Out Line Mode Output Line Format Opto coupled Line Source Exposure Active Line Inverter on Figure 6 25 Simple strobe configuration strobe aligned with exposure It is possible to drive multiple output lines by the same eg Exposure Active signal at the same time To disconnect an output line again you simply set its line source back to Off EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the
375. utomatically For example if changing one feature enables disables another feature it will not automat ically appear hide in the feature tree To update the feature list after changing the config uration or whenever in doubts click the Refresh button The feature tree will be reloaded with proper access modes a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 220 h Vision CheckSight user manual Connecting with 3rd party software packages Image Acquisition Image Acquisition 01 File Acquisition Code Generation Help PR A Fae 1 x Source Connectign Parameters ode Generation Interface Library hAcqGenICamTtdll Rev 4 2 20101021 J Update Image Refresh X peset All Category Jacquisitioncontrol Visibility Een o I Sort by Name AcquisitionMode Continuos o TriggerSelector Framestare 0 TriagerMode off F ExposureMode ima gt ExposureTime ioo3s2 00 o y r LvAcquisitionFrameRateControlMode for P Read only parameters AcquisitionFrameRate Action parameters Write only parameters not supported in this GUI 5 When finished with the camera configuration you can test the image acquisition using the Live or Snap buttons in the Connection tab of the assistant You can repeat changing the camera configuration until the desired final status is reached Image Acquisition Image Acquisition 01 File Acquisition Code Generation Help gt Pa a Source Connection
376. uts of the connectors carrying the signals is documented in Section 3 3 Dimensions p 27 and Section 3 9 Connector and cable description p 37 3 8 1 DC power input CheckSight cameras are designed for power supply input range of 10 26 V The power consump tion strongly depends on the connected peripherals devices being powered from CheckSight through the USB or other interfaces The power consumption of the CheckSight itself is typically 12 W while the total power consumption including the connected peripherals should not exceed 25 W A suitable 12V power supply for CheckSight is available from Leutron Vision The customers designing an own power supply will find the information about the power input connector in Section 3 9 1 Power input connector p 37 3 8 2 PC interfaces For completness the PC interfaces of the CheckSight camera are again listed below The compon ents driving individual principal interfaces are described in Section 3 2 System architec ture p 26 z Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 32 Vision CheckSight user manual Hardware interface and installation Ethernet CheckSight provides a Gigabit Ethernet connectivity Compatible also with 10 100Mb networks Display CheckSight connects with DVI D compatible displays The DVI D interface is available through a custom connector Section 3 9 6 Display connect or p 40 adapter cable is available USB
377. vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LUTSelector LvLUTSelector Luminance uint8 t LUTData 16384 4096 4B prepare the memory block LUTData using size and layout compatible with camera s internal representation of the LUT LvSetBuffer hDev LvDevice LUTValueAll LUTData 16384 don t forget to enable the LUT LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LUTEnable 1 GEN lt i gt CAM adjust the luminance LUT write enum LUTSelector Luminance prepare the memory block LUTData using size and layout compatible with camera s internal representation of the LUT write raw _reg LUTValueAll LUTData 16384 don t forget to enable the LUT write bool LUTEnable true a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 141 h vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control 6 10 1 2 Direct and indirect LUT control LUT modes The LUT s can be configured either directly by adjusting the look up table entries or if given camera supports it through higher level functions built on top of the LUT functionality An example of the higher level function is white balance which is implemented on top of the RGB LUT The higher level function s fully control the LUT in such case it s no more possible to modify the LUT entries directly Therefore the user has to select the desired mode of operation If a given camera supports various LUT operation modes they are controlled through enumeratio
378. vanced PCI PnP Settings aj Clear NURAM during System Boot WARNING Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction Plug amp Play O S No PCI Latency Timer 64 Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA Yes Palette Snooping Disabled PCI IDE BusMaster Disabled OffBoard PCI ISA IDE Card Auto IRQS Available IRQ4 Available IRQS Available IRQ Available IRQS Available Select Screen IRQ10 Available Select Item IRQ11 Available Change Option TRQ14 Available General Help TRQ15 Available Save and Exit Exit Reserved Memory Size Disabled v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 10 BIOS Setup advanced PCI PnP settings Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 69 Vision CheckSight user manual Initial configuration and preparation Main Advanced PCIPnP Boot Settings gt Boot Device Priority gt Hard Disk Drives BIOS SETUP UTILITY li Security Chipset Exit Configure Settings during System Boot Select Screen Tl Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02 61 C Copyright 1985 2006 American Megatrends Inc Figure 5 11 BIOS Setup boot settings Boot Settings Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Quiet Boot AddOn ROM Display Mode Bootup Num Lock PS 2 Mouse Support Wait For F1 If Error Hit DEL Message Display Interrupt 19 Capture Enabled Force BIOS 0n
379. vation LvSpecialPurposeTriggerActivation RisingEdge or configure trigger over an action command vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSource LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSource Action2 select the stamps to be reset vSetEnum hDev LvDevice LvImageStampSelector LvImageStampSelector Timestamp vDevice LvImageStampResetEnable 1 vDevice_ LvImageStampSelector LvImageStampSelector FramelID LvSetBool hDev LvDevice LvImageStampResetEnable 1 read back the stamps reset mask as a bitfield int32_t IntVal LvGetInt32 hDev LvDevice LvImageStampsResetMask amp IntVal issue software trigger command to reset the timestamps valid regardless the trigger source configuration vCmdExecute hDev LvDevice LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSoftware GEN lt i gt CAM vSetEnum hDev LvSe ise Bool hDev Enum hDev configure triggered mode configure timestamp reset trigger write enum LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSelector ImageStampsReset configure hardware trigger input write enum LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSource Line2 Opto input write enum LvSpecialPurposeTriggerActivation RisingEdge RisingEdge or configure trigger over an action command write enum LvSpecialPurposeTriggerSource Action2 select the stamps to be reset write enum LvImageStampSelector Timestamp write
380. vel System Interface Device Stream Renderer Fae e Image format The basic properties of the acquired image can be configured through features in the Image Format category 2 Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 15 Vision CheckSight user manual Quick start Pixel format The Pixel Format feature is an enumeration allowing to specify the type of image data delivered to the application buffer The available pixel formats differ among camera models In general they can be e Monochrome with various number of bits per pixel eg Mono 8 or Mono 12 Bayer encoded with sensor dependent Bayer formats eg Bayer GR 8 or Bayer BG 8 In this case the application needs to decode the Bayer encoded image buffer to get a proper color image Simplon API provides functions for this RGB color format providing true RGB output in this case the Bayer decod ing is performed directly by the camera Image size The camera will acquire full size image by default The acquired image size can be reduced using the Width and Height features which set the acquired image size in pixels The field of view will be automatically centered within the full sensor image Device remote features Device Control E Image Format Control Width 1032 Height 779 Offset 0 y Offset 0 Pixel Format Mono amp Acquisition Control Analog Control Transport Layer Control User Sets
381. vent Notification on B Log Event Data Log Event Log Event Timestamp Log Event Message B Smart Application Log Event Data Smart Application Log Event Smart Application Log Event Timestamp Smart Application Log Event Message Figure 6 53 Event type Log enabled subcategory with features carrying the associated data highlighted EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle enable the Log events delivery vSetEnum hDev LvDevice EventSelector LvEventSelector LvLog vSetEnum hDev LvDevice EventNotification LvEventNotification On a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 152 i Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control now the camera starts generating the log events whenever appropriate provided that a callback was registered for the log event LvDevice_EventLvLo the application can monitor them and read associated event data while NewLogEventsComing char StringVal 1024 LvGetString hDev LvDevice EventLvLogMessage StringVal 1024 int64 t Int64Val LvGetInt64 hDev LvDevice EventLvLogTimestamp amp Int64Val disable the Log events delivery vSetEnum hDev LvDevice EventSelector LvEventSelector LvLog vSetEnum hDev Device EventNotification LvEventNotification Off GEN lt i gt CAM enable the Log events d
382. well The info _framegrabber operator has an alternative form info framegrabber GigEVision device Information ValueList In this case it returns just the GenTL device ID s without the additional information The device ID unequivocally identifies the camera so it can be also used to open it However this mechanism currently only works in Halcon when the camera is detected on the first interface of the first GenTL producer therefore it s not fully reliable and we recommend to use the full syntax device interface producer When you need to rescan the system to discover newly connected cameras just call the info framegrabber operator again Note that Halcon currently avoids rescanning the GenTL interfaces where one ore more cameras are already open This might improve in future When opening the camera you can adjust the number of acquisition buffers the Halcon acquis ition interface will allocate for the camera In most cases the default value 3 will be just fine but in some scenarios it might be useful to allocate more buffers to prevent acquisition overflows eg when the system gets temporarily under a heavy load and cannot process the incoming images as they are coming Larger number of acquisition buffers can help to overcome short peaks of the processing load The number of buffers might be changed through the Generic parameter of the open framegrabber operator Set this parameter to num_buffers N where Nis the desire
383. were discussed in Chapter 6 Camera features and their control p 79 but rather to the features exported by the GenTL producer itself controlling how it handles the camera Device GenTL features GenTL Device Module Device ID LWGTL 00 18 66 01 97 54 Device Vendor Name Leutron Vision Device model Name PicSight P34M GigE RTF Device Type Device IP Address Device Subnet tMash Device MAC Address Device Gateway Device Stream Capture Mode System Default Stream Selector 0 Stream ID Stream Figure 7 3 Example GUI showing the GenTL device module features 7 3 1 Information about the device The device module provides basic set of features describing its properties Device ID Globally unique ID of the device This feature is used for communication between the GenTL producer and consumer it should not be inter preted anyhow by the user Device Type A feature dictated by the GenTL specification It informs the consumer about the camera s interface technology it is based on For Simplon GenTL Producer it s always GigE Vision for the GigE Vision cameras such as PicSight GigE and Custom for the CheckSight CheckSight IIl cameras Device Vendor Name Name of the camera s vendor manufacturer Device Model Name Model name of the camera Device MAC Address MAC address of the device GigE Vision devices only Device IP Address Current IP address of the device GigE Vision devices only Device Subnet Mask Current sub
384. work traffic If the ROI is not hardware supported the Cognex libraries make the ROI automatically by software FeatureVisibility The device features as you can see them in Simplon Explorer are also available as Features of the imaging device in the Cognex library Enumeration of the features consumes some time so if you want to reduce the device connection time you can limit the available features by selecting the level The levels correspond to the levels visible in Simplon Explorer The lower level the faster is the connection of the device Beginner 0 Expert 1 Guru 2 See also the Features chapter DontStopInNonContinuous When in non continuous mode an application usually calls StartAcquisition function and after obtaining the image it calls the StopAcquisition function Starting and stopping the acquisition is time consuming so the adapter introduces a mode in which it postpones the StopAcquisition call to the moment when it is really needed If the next StartAcquisition comes just after StopAcquisition without change of any feature or other parameters these 2 calls are skipped only the acquisition of a new image is triggered and time is saved This enhancement is available only in non continuous and non triggered mode You can disable it by this option 8 3 2 3 Device DeviceSettings Here you can specify the name of the settings file for the device You can create this file in Simplon Explorer by saving the
385. x is using a custom event delivery mechanism not compatible with other GenTL producers Therefore we strongly recommend to not use any device event related functionality within Common Vision Blox it might cause serious problems Common Vision Blox is expected to align to the GenTL event delivery mechanism in the future you might wish to observe the new available updates 8 2 3 Getting started quickly The Common Vision Blox comes with documentation describing how to work with the cameras connecting through the GenlCam Driver the Common Vision Blox component responsible for communication over the GenTL interface That driver will be used to control our cameras either through Simplon GenTL Producer or through Common Vision Blox own GigE Vision interface This section is not intended to replace the Common Vision Blox documentation but rather provide step by step introduction on how to test and integrate our cameras into the Common Vision Blox environment We still recommend to read the Common Vision Blox documentation carefully For the first test you can use the tool called GigE Vision Configuration Manager Despite it s name the tool is not working just with GigE Vision cameras The executable path is CVB Hardware StemmerImaging siFilterDriver GEVConfigManager exe where CVB stands for Common Vision Blox installation directory a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 223 h Vision CheckSight user manual Conn
386. xV 8 5 x 6 8 mm Shutter global 5 us 60000 ms default 60 ms Operating trigger modes e Free running e Triggered mode e Long range exposure mode Gain amp black level e Analog gain 10 26 dB default 4 dB e Digital gain n a e Black level O 25 5 DN default 0 DN Auto functions n a Area of interest AOI Vertical AOI applicable directly at the sensor a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 250 i Vision CheckSight user manual Technical specifications for individual models Specification Binning Decimation Mount Dimension Weight Power input Digital i o Supported operating systems Directly supported image pro cessing libraries Ordering information CheckSight P202B n a n a C mount CS mount on request 72x66x112 mm WxHxL without connectors 620g 10 26 VDC 12 W typical 4xopto in 4xopto out 2xTTL in 2x TTL out RS 232 interface Microsoft Windows Windows Embedded Linux Halcon ActivVisionTools Common Vision Blox MATLAB OpenCV e 211801 CheckSight P202B 4GB e 211802 CheckSight P202B 4GB WinxXPe Run time license of Windows Embedded Standard 2009 is preinstalled Check latest price list or contact us to learn if more options are available Table A 10 CheckSight P202B technical specifications A 11 CheckSight P202M Specification PC technology Sensor Spectral sensitivity Monochrome color CheckSight P202M Embedded PC with Intel Atom Z530 1 6GHz 1GB
387. xposition The automatic exposure algorithm observes the luminance of acquired images and attempts to keep it at constant level by compensating for any changes by adjusting the exposure time for subsequent frames To prevent flickering the adjustments are low pass fltered it may take sev eral frames until the target luminance is restored again To switch the camera to automatic exposure if supported by the camera you switch the Auto matic Exposure enumeration from Off to Continuous The exposure time itself will become read only since that feature is now under control of the camera firmware EXimpion LvHDevice hDev open the device to get the handle switch to automatic exposure mode if LvIsAvailableEnumEntry hDev LvDevice ExposureAuto VVExposureAuto Continuous vSetEnum hDev 1vDevice ExposureAuto LvExposureAuto_ Continuous switch back to the direct control of exposure time LvSetEnum hDev LvDevice ExposureAuto LvExposureAuto Off GEN lt i gt CAM switch to automatic exposure mode write enum ExposureAuto Continuous switch back to the direct control of exposure time write enum ExposureAuto Off a Leutron Copyright Leutron Vision 105 h Vision CheckSight user manual Camera features and their control When used together with the automatic gain feature Section 6 9 Analog con trols p 127 the
388. y whether the strobe pulse was dropped for the cur rent image due to hardware constraints in particular if the timing did not match the device capabilities the trigger arrived before the device could accept it Note that the way how early strobe requests are processed cache drop can be controlled through feature Strobe Drop Mode A string that might be appended to the image by the smart application running on PicSight Smart The contents and length of the string is defined by the respective application One or more signed integer values that might be appended to the image by the smart application running on PicSight Smart The contents and number of the values is defined by Copyright Leutron Vision a Leutron 150 Vision CheckSight user manual Smart Application Unsigned Integer LvSmartAppUint Smart Application Register LvSmartAppRegister Camera features and their control the respective application Since multiple values might be de livered the ChunkLvSmartAppint feature comes with a se lector ChunkLvSmartAppIntSelector which is an integer with range from 1 to the number of values in the chunk To read the desired value set the selector to point to the value of question One or more unsigned integer values that might be appended to the image by the smart application running on PicSight Smart The contents and number of the values is defined by the respective a
389. ystem Interface Device Stream Rer PlainC C C Net C Net VB Net Plain C for PicSight Smart Feature Width Pixel Format AOI Mode Clear feature setting history Readout Height So Variable Payload Size K Project generation wizard Acquisition Control X E e o BS Project Generation Wizard Language Template parameters Plain C Item Value C 4 Project Options C Net Target folder C Users Public LeutronVision Simplon GenSamples P LC Net Camera configuration snippet Streamable all streamable and writable features Template Number of buffers 10 Include code for image display YES Open Interface By ID Open Device By ID Linux Xlib application Template description This application has simple GUI with a menu for Open Close camera and Start Stop the acquisition The Dis ass acquired images are processed with the OpenCV library desis oe Soot AT RREN owners wee ae adne datactinn drawn a frame and nlarad a tevt Ta Z Generate project E geen Figure 8 2 Simplon Explorer select the OpenCV template in the wizard The generated sample is trivial and should be easy to follow It passes the acquired data to the OpenCV library using its IplImage structure This approach allows to keep the full flexibility of the Simplon API interface while programming with OpenCV The OpenCV library can be used also on our PicSi

CheckSight user manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents